<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://bou.de/u/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Asep+Budiman</id>
	<title>China Studies Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://bou.de/u/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Asep+Budiman"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/wiki/Special:Contributions/Asep_Budiman"/>
	<updated>2026-04-05T00:46:46Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.14</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134424</id>
		<title>20211229 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134424"/>
		<updated>2021-12-28T01:49:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] [[20211027_homework|for Oct 27 - HLM Chapters 23-24]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
心较比干多一窍──比干：暴君商(殷)纣王之叔，被誉为圣人。据《史记·殷本纪》载：纣王厌恶比干谏诤不已，怒曰：“吾闻圣人心有七窍。”于是“剖比干，观其心”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart is one more hole than Bigan. Bigan, the uncle of tyrant Shang King Zhou, is known as a saint. According to Historical Records: Yin Dynasty, King Zhou dislikes the advisement of Bigan, so said with anger,&amp;quot;I heard that a saint has seven hole in his heart.&amp;quot; Thus, Bigan was anatomized to observe his heart.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 11:44, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
古人以为心窍越多越聪明，故以“心较比干多一窍” 形容黛玉绝顶聪明。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
病如西子胜三分──西子：即西施。《庄子·天运》说：“西施病心而颦(皱眉)”，益增娇艳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ancients thought that the more the mind, the smarter it was, so they described Daiyu as extremely clever. ​&lt;br /&gt;
Illness like Xi Zi wins three points - Xi Zi: Xi Shi. Zhuangzi Tianyun said: &amp;quot;Xi Shi frowns (frowns) when she is ill&amp;quot;, which increases her beauty.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 12:01, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故以“病如西子胜三分”形容黛玉病弱而娇美。 胜：胜过，超过。 下面贾宝玉替林黛玉起表字为“颦颦”，亦用西施颦眉之典，但又不敢明说，故编了一套谎活，杜撰了《古今人物通考》书名。​&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Dai Yu is described as weak and beautiful by &amp;quot;sick as Xizi wins three points&amp;quot;. Next, Jia Baoyu wrote &amp;quot;Pingping&amp;quot; for Lin Daiyu. He also used the code of Xi shi’s frown, but he didn't dare to say it clearly, so he made up a set of lies and invented the title of the general examination of ancient and modern characters. ​--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 12:00, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
教引嬷嬷──清代专司教导年幼皇子的女子，称“谙达”。后来世家大族也仿效而行。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“花气袭人”之句：是宋·陆游《村居书喜》中的半句，原诗为七言律诗：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Yin Mammy -- a woman who was in charge of teaching the young emperor's son in the Qing Dynasty, known as &amp;quot;Jiuda&amp;quot;. Later, the big families followed the suit. ​&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence &amp;quot;flower spirit attacks people&amp;quot; is half of a sentence in &amp;quot;Village Residence Book Xi&amp;quot; by Song · Lu You. The original poem is a seven-word poem: --[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 06:05, 27 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guide Mammy——a woman who in charge of teaching young sons of Emperor in the Qing Dynasty，called “Anda”. Later, the big families followed the suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence &amp;quot;flower spirit attacks people&amp;quot; is half of a sentence in &amp;quot;Book of Happiness Living in Village&amp;quot; by Lu You in Song Dynasty.The original poem is a seven-word poem：--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:43, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红桥梅市晓山横，白塔樊江春水生。花气袭人知骤暖，鹊声穿树喜新晴。坊场酒贱贫犹醉，原野泥深老亦耕。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountains stand away from the Hong Qiaomei market and the Fanjiang river flows beside the Bai Tower. The glamour of flowers notices the spring and Tweetie magpies are happy because of a sunny day. The price of unstrained wine is so low that poor me can have a good drink. Farmers are diligently ploughing and sowing. --[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:37, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
最喜先期官赋足，经年无吏叩柴荆。”意谓因闻到花香，才知天气已经骤然暖和了。第二十三回和二十八回均引作“花气袭人知昼暖”，将“骤”误为“昼”，可能是曹雪芹误记。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
省(xǐ ng醒)——典出《礼记·曲礼上》：“凡为人子之礼，冬温而夏凊，昏定而晨省。”[凊( jìng净)：凉。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xing (pronounced xǐng) – canonical originated from ''The Book of Rites • Qu Li'': &amp;quot;The etiquette of being sons is: make his parents feel warm in winter, cool in the summer, serve them to bed at night, and greet them in the morning. [Jing  (pronounced jìng)]--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 11:27, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓子女冬天要为父母焐暖被褥，夏天要为父母扇凉床席，每天早上要向父母请安问好，晚上要服侍父母安寝。泛指子女对父母的孝敬无微不至。故“省”即“晨省”的略称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指子女早晨向父母请安问候的礼节。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第四回 薄命女偏逢薄命郎，葫芦僧判断葫芦案&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说黛玉同姐妹们至王夫人处，见王夫人正和兄嫂处的来使计议家务，又说姨母家遭人命官司等语。因见王夫人事情冗杂，姐妹们遂出来 ,至寡嫂李氏房中来了。原来这李氏即贾珠之妻。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
珠虽夭亡，幸存一子，取名贾兰，今方五岁，已入学攻书。这李氏亦系金陵名宦之女。父名李守中，曾为国子祭酒；族中男女无不读诗书者。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bead Merchant had died at an early age, he had the good fortune of leaving behind him a son, to whom the name of Cymbidium Merchant was given. He was, at this period, just in his fifth year, and had already entered school, and applied himself to books. This Silk Plum was also the daughter of an official of note in Gold Mausoleum. Her father's name was Midfielder Plum, who had, at one time, been Imperial Libationer. Among his kindred, men as well as women had all devoted themselves to poetry and letters. --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 07:24, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bead Merchant died young. But luckily, she had a son, Cymbidium Merchant, just five and already in school. Her father, Midfielder Plum, a notable of Jinling, had served as a Libationer in the Imperial College. All the sons and daughters of his clan had been devoted to the study of the classics. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 10:06, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至李守中继续以来，便谓“女子无才便是德”，故生了此女，不曾叫他十分认真读书，只不过将些 《女四书》、 《烈女传》读读，认得几个字，记得前朝这几个贤女便了；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Midfielder Plum became head of the family, however, in the belief that “an unaccomplished woman is a virtuous one,” instead of making his daughter study hard he simply had her taught enough to read a few books such as the ''Four Books for Girls'', ''Biographies of Martyred Women'', and ''Lives of Exemplary Ladies'' so that she might be able to recognize a few characters and be familiar with some of the models of female virtue of former ages; --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 10:05, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却以纺绩女红为要，因取名为李纨，字宫裁。所以这李纨虽青春丧偶，且居处于膏粱锦绣之中，竟如槁木死灰一般，一概不问不闻，惟知侍亲养子，闲时陪侍小姑等针黹、诵读而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今黛玉虽客居于此，已有这几个姑嫂相伴，除老父之外，馀者也就无用虑了。如今且说贾雨村授了应天府，一到任，就有件人命官司详至案下，却是两家争买一婢，各不相让，以致殴伤人命。彼时雨村即拘原告来审。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那原告道：“被打死的乃是小人的主人。因那日买了个丫头，不想系拐子拐来卖的。这拐子先已得了我家的银子，我家小主人原说第二日方是好日，再接入门；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这拐子又悄悄的卖与了薛家，被我们知道了，去找拿卖主，夺取丫头。无奈薛家原系金陵一霸，倚财仗势，众豪奴将我小主人竟打死了。凶身主仆已皆逃走，无有踪迹，只剩了几个局外的人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this kidnapper stealthily sold her over again to the Hsueeh family. When we came to know of this, we went in search of the seller to lay hold of him, and bring back the girl by force. But the Hsueeh party has been all along the bully of Chin Ling, full of confidence in his wealth and prestige; and his arrogant menials in a body seized our master and beat him to death.The murderous master and his crew have all long ago made good their escape, leaving no trace behind them, while there only remain several parties not concerned in the affair. --[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 13:37, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小人告了一年的状，竟无人作主。求太老爷拘拿凶犯，以扶善良，存殁感激天恩不尽！”雨村听了，大怒道：“那有这等事：打死人竟白白的走了，拿不来的？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便发签差公人，立刻将凶犯家属拿来拷问。只见案旁站着一个门子，使眼色不叫他发签。雨村心下狐疑，只得停了手。He sent a signature to send the official and immediately tortured the family members of the murderer. Seeing a boy page of the court standing by the case, who didn't ask Yucun to sign. Yucun was suspicious and had to stop.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 01:45, 26 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He sent a signature to send the official and immediately tortured the family members of the murderer. Seeing a boy page of the court standing by the case, who didn't ask Yucun to sign. Yucun was suspicious and had to stop to do it.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 11:17, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
退堂至密室，令从人退去，只留这门子一人伏侍。门子忙上前请安，笑问：“老爷一向加官进禄，八九年来，就忘了我了？”&lt;br /&gt;
He retreated to the secret room and ordered everyone to leave the door man alone. The door man is busy forward to ask for his respect, smile to ask: &amp;quot;the master has been adding officials into the salary, eight or nine years, forget me?&amp;quot;--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 11:20, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He retreated to the secret room and ordered everyone to leave except for the door man Menzi. Menzi is busy forward to ask for his respect, smile to ask: &amp;quot;the master has been adding officials into the salary, eight or nine years, forget me?&amp;quot;--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 01:27, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“我看你十分眼熟，但一时总想不起来。”门子笑道：“老爷怎么把出身之地竟忘了？老爷不记得当年葫芦庙里的事么？”雨村大惊，方想起往事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun said, “You look so familiar, but I can’t remember you at once.” Menzi laughed, “How could you forget your birthplace, my Master? Do you forget what happened in the Gourd Temple?” After listening, Yucun felt surprised, and the remembered the past.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 01:22, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这门子本是葫芦庙里一个小沙弥，因被火之后无处安身，想这件生意倒还轻省，耐不得寺院凄凉，遂趁年纪轻，蓄了发，充当门子。雨村那里想得是他。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It turned out that the gatekeeper was originally a little monk in Bottle-gourd Temple. Because he had no place to settle down after the temple being burned by the fire, he thought this business was easy and could not bear the desolation of the temple. So he saved his hair and acted as a gatekeeper while he was young. Yue-ts'un didn't think it was him.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 07:10, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fact is that this Retainer had been a young monk in the Hu Lu temple, but because of its destruction by fire, he had no place to rest his frame, he remembered how light and easy was, after all, this kind of occupation, and being unable to reconcile himself to the solitude and quiet of a temple, he accordingly availed himself of his years, which were as yet few, to let his hair grow, and become a retainer. Yue-ts'un had had no idea that it was him. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:03, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便忙携手笑道：“原来还是故人。”因赏他坐了说话。这门子不敢坐。雨村笑道：“你也算贫贱之交了。此系私室，但坐不妨。”门子才斜签着坐下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hastily taking his hand, he smilingly said, &amp;quot;You are, indeed, an old acquaintance!&amp;quot; and then pressed him to take a seat, so as to have a chat with more ease, but the Retainer would not presume to sit down. &amp;quot;Friendships,&amp;quot; Yue-ts'un remarked, putting on a smiling expression, &amp;quot;contracted in poor circumstances should not be forgotten! This is a private room, so that if you sat down, what would it matter?&amp;quot; The Retainer thereupon craved permission to take a seat and sat down gingerly.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:04, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“方才何故不令发签？”门子道：“老爷荣任到此，难道就没抄一张本省的‘护官符’来不成？”雨村忙问：“何为‘护官符’？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chia Yu-tsun asked, &amp;quot;Why did you not grant me the passport just now?&amp;quot; The doorman answered that &amp;quot;Your Excellency, when you are to assume office here, haven't you hold some relations to a guard officer? &amp;quot; Yu-tsun was confused and thus continued, &amp;quot;guard officer?&amp;quot;.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 13:30, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
门子道：“如今凡作地方官的，都有一个私单，上面写的是本省最有权势极富贵的大乡绅名姓，各省皆然。倘若不知，一时触犯了这样的人家，不但官爵，只怕连性命也难保呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以叫做‘护官符’。方才所说的这薛家，老爷如何惹得他！他这件官司并无难断之处，从前的官府都因碍着情分脸面，所以如此。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So it was called “the amulet of protection from the feudal official. The family Xue we talked just now, we can’t offend them, my lord. His lawsuit had no difficulty, however, the former official had trouble in the relationship, thus causing the situation then.”.  --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 09:46, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
So it's called ‘Guardian Talisman’. The Xue family just said, how did the master provoke him! There is nothing difficult about him in this lawsuit. The previous government officials were obstructed because of their affection, so it was so. &amp;quot;--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 11:32, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面说，一面从顺袋中取出一张抄的“护官符”来，递与雨村看时，上面皆是本地大族名宦之家的俗谚口碑，云：贾不假，白玉为堂金作马。&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, while taking out a copy of the &amp;quot;protection charm&amp;quot; from the Shun bag, when it was handed it to Yucun, it was all the common sayings of the family of famous local eunuchs, saying: Jia is not fake, and Bai Yu is the gold of the house. Be a horse.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 11:31, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阿房宫，三百里，住不下金陵一个史。东海缺少白玉床，龙王来请金陵王。丰年好大雪，珍珠如土金如铁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村尚未看完，忽闻传点，报：“王老爷来拜。”雨村忙具衣冠接迎，有顿饭工夫，方回来问这门子。门子道：“四家皆连络有亲，一损俱损，一荣俱荣。&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, suddenly smell spread point, report: &amp;quot;Wang master came to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to meet him and had a meal before he came back to ask about it. Siemens way: &amp;quot;the four are connected to have relatives, a failure other destroyed, a glory other glory.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 06:45, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, but suddenly heard from the messenger saying : &amp;quot;Wang master come to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to welcome him. Only after a meal did he come back to ask Menzi, who said: &amp;quot;the four families are closely connected, so do their  honor and failure.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 07:12, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今告打死人之薛，就是‘丰年大雪’之薛。不单靠这三家，他的世交亲友在都在外的本也不少，老爷如今拿谁去？”雨村听说，便笑问门子道：“这样说来，却怎么了结此案？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The xue of killing people is the xue of 'heavy snow in the year of plenty'. He has not only these three families, but also many family friends and relatives who are away from home. Who are you going to take now?&amp;quot; Rain village heard, then smiled and asked Siemens way: &amp;quot;So say, but how to settle the case?--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 07:05, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你大约也深知这凶犯躲的方向了？”门子笑道：“不瞒老爷说，不但这凶犯躲的方向，并这拐的人我也知道，死鬼买主也深知道，待我细说与老爷听：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这个被打死的是一个小乡宦之子，名唤冯渊，父母俱亡，又无兄弟，守着些薄产度日。年纪十八九岁，酷爱男风，不好女色。这也是前生冤孽，可巧遇见这丫头，他便一眼看上了，立意买来作妾，设誓不近男色，也不再娶第二个了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man who was killed was the son of a small township official, named Feng Yuan. His parents died and had no brothers. He lived on a low income. He is eighteen or nine years old. He loves men and is not good at women. This is also an injustice in his previous life. But when he happened to meet this girl, he took a fancy to it and decided to buy it as a concubine. He swore that he would not be close to a man and would not marry a second one.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 05:38, 27 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以郑重其事，必得三日后方进门。谁知这拐子又偷卖与薛家，他意欲卷了两家的银子逃去；谁知又走不脱，两家拿住，打了个半死，都不肯收银，各要领人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那薛公子便喝令下人动手，将冯公子打了个稀烂，抬回去三日竟死了。这薛公子原择下日子要上京的，既打了人，夺了丫头，他便没事人一般，只管带了家眷走他的路，并非为此而逃；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He then rudely ordered his subordinates to do something about it, and beat Feng up so badly that he was carried home and died within three days. The Duke of Xue had intended to go to the capital in a few days, and since he had beaten and robbed the maid, he acted as if nothing had happened, and simply took his family away, not because of this escape;--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 06:59, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这人命些些小事，自有他弟兄、奴仆在此料理。这且别说，老爷可知这被卖的丫头是谁？”雨村道：“我如何晓得？”门子冷笑道：“这人还是老爷的大恩人呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他就是葫芦庙旁住的甄老爷的女儿，小名英莲的。”雨村骇然道：“原来是他！听见他自五岁被人拐去，怎么如今才卖呢？”门子道：“这种拐子单拐幼女，养至十二三岁，带至他乡转卖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当日这英莲，我们天天哄他玩耍，极相熟的，所以隔了七八年，虽模样儿出脱的齐整，然大段未改，所以认得；且他眉心中原有米粒大的一点胭脂记，从胎里带来的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Yinglian was a little girl, we played with her every day and were very familiar with each other. Her appearance didn’t change a lot after seven or eight years though she has grown prettier than before, so we still remembered her; besides, her eyebrows came to a little carmine point (the size of a grain of rice) in the middle, which was the birthmark.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 05:53, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
偏这拐子又租了我的房子居住，那日拐子不在家，我也曾问他。他说是打怕了的，万不敢说，只说拐子是他的亲爹，因无钱还债才卖的。再四哄他，他又哭了，只说：‘我原不记得小时的事。’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trafficker had rented my house to live in by coincidence. I had ever asked her one day when the trafficker was not at home. She said that she dared not to say anything after being attacked for a long time, and only answered that he was her father who sold her to pay off the debts. By coaxing her for several times, she cried again and said that &amp;quot;I don’t remember what happened when I was a child&amp;quot;.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:14, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The kidnapper just happened to rent the houses from me. One day, when he was not at home, I asked her about such a thing. She told me that she was afraid to say anything after being beaten so much; she only insisted that he was her father who sold her to pay off his debts. When I tried repeatedly to coax it out of her, she burst into tears and said that 'I do not remember what happened in my childhood.'--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:29, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这无可疑了。那日冯公子相见了，兑了银子，因拐子醉了，英莲自叹说：‘我今日罪孽可满了！’后又听见三日后才过门，他又转有忧愁之态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is not doubt that the girl who was carried off by the kidnapper is Yinglian all right. The day when Feng Yuan met her and paid down his silver, the kidnapper had got drunk. And then, Yinglian sighed, 'I am overwhelmed by my sins today!' However, her gloom started deepening again, when she heard that Feng Yuan would not be coming and picking her up for three days.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:14, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我又不忍，等拐子出去，又叫内人去解劝他：‘这冯公子必待好日期来接，可知必不以丫鬟相看。况他是个绝风流人品，家里颇过得，素性又最厌恶堂客，今竟破价买你，后事不言可知。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只耐得三两日，何必忧闷？’他听如此说，方略解些，自谓从此得所。谁料天下竟有不如意事，第二日，他偏又卖与了薛家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only for three or two days, why bother to be depressed? Hearing this, he relieved a little bit, saying that he would get a place to settle since then. Unexpectedly, everything is never perfect. On the next day, he was sold to the Xue.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:13, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若卖与第二家还好，这薛公子的混名，人称他‘呆霸王’，最是天下第一个弄性尚气的人，而且使钱如土。只打了个落花流水，生拖死拽，把个英莲拖去，如今也不知死活。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这冯公子空喜一场，一念未遂，反花了钱，送了命，岂不可叹！”雨村听了，也叹道：“这也是他们的孽障遭遇，亦非偶然，不然这冯渊如何偏只看上了这英莲？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这英莲受了拐子这几年折磨，才得了个路头，且又是个多情的，若果聚合了，倒是件美事，偏又生出这段事来。这薛家纵比冯家富贵，想其为人，自然姬妾众多，淫佚无度，未必及冯渊定情于一人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这正是梦幻情缘，恰遇见一对薄命儿女。且不要议论他人，只目今这官司如何剖断才好？”门子笑道：“老爷当年何其明决，今日何反成个没主意的人了？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be the love of dream, only to be an ill-fated couple. Don’t talk about others for the moment. It’s crucial that this case be judged properly.” The servant said with a smile, “ how decisive you were in those days. Why are you so irresolute at the present ?”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:31, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小的听见老爷补升此任，系贾府、王府之力。此薛蟠即贾府之亲，老爷何不顺水行舟，做个人情，将此案了结，日后也好去见贾、王二公。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I heard that you respected master assumed office with the help of Jia Mansion and Wang Mansion. Xue Pan is a relative of Jia Mansion. Why don’t you do him a special favor, making use of the opportunity to settle the case, so that you can make a smooth explanation to master Jia and Wang in days to come.”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:03, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“你说的何尝不是，但事关人命，蒙皇上隆恩，起复委用，正竭力图报之时，岂可因私枉法？是实不忍为的。”门子听了，冷笑道：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“老爷说的自是正理，但如今世上是行不去的。岂不闻古人说的：‘大丈夫相时而动。’又说：‘趋吉避凶者为君子。’依老爷这话，不但不能报效朝廷，亦且自身不保，还要三思为妥。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“What lord said is reasonable, but it is unfeasible in the current world. Have you not heard what the ancients said:’ A real man can take action according to the specific situation’, and ‘The one who can avoid calamity and bring on good fortune is a gentleman.’ According to lord’s words, you not only can’t serve the court, but also can’t protect yourself. You’d better think it over. ‘ --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 15:40, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村低了头，半日方说道：“依你怎么着？”门子道：“小人已想了个很好的主意在此：老爷明日坐堂，只管虚张声势，动文书，发签拿人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
凶犯自然是拿不来的，原告固是不依，只用将薛家族人及奴仆人等拿几个来拷问；小的在暗中调停，令他们报个‘暴病身亡’，合族中及地方上共递一张保呈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturally, the murderer could not get it. The plaintiff did not follow it. He only took a few of the Xue family and slave servants to torture them; The small ones were secretly mediating, so that they reported a &amp;quot;violent illness&amp;quot; and a joint guarantee was handed over to the middle and local communities.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 11:25, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷只说善能扶鸾请仙，堂上设了乩坛，令军民人等只管来看。老爷便说：‘乩仙批了，死者冯渊与薛蟠原系夙孽，今犯狭路相遇，原应了结：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lord requested to set out the altar in order to invite immortals to come, and let the military and people to come to see. The lord then said that after coscinomancy finished, the dead Feng Yuan and Xue Pan should have come to an end because they used to be long-standing and are bound to meet head-on on a narrow road.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 14:46, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今薛蟠已得了无名之病，被冯渊的魂魄追索而死。其祸皆由拐子而起，除将拐子按法处治外，馀不累及’等语。小人暗中嘱咐拐子，令其实招。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众人见乩仙批语与拐子相符，自然不疑了。薛家有的是钱，老爷断一千也可，五百也可，与冯家作烧埋之费。那冯家也无甚要紧的人，不过为的是钱，有了银子，也就无话了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crowed had no doubt after they saw the remarks of divinities in accordance with the trickster. The Xues had plenty of money, the Lord could give one thousand Yang yuan, or five hundred, to the Fengs for funeral expenses.There was no one of special importance in the Fengs, all they wanted was just the money. Having received the money, they wouldn't say anything more.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 14:25, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The people had no doubt after seeing the remarks of divinities in accordance with the trickster. The Xues had plenty of money, the Lord could give one thousand yuan, or five hundred, to the Fengs for funeral expenses.There was no one of special importance in the Fengs, all they wanted was just the money. Having received the money, they wouldn't say anything more. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:44, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷细想，此计如何？”雨村笑道：“不妥，不妥。等我再斟酌斟酌，压服得口声才好。”二人计议已定。至次日坐堂，勾取一干有名人犯，雨村详加审问。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lord thought carefully, and asked how about this plan? Yucun laughed and said: “ It’s not the right way, it’s not the right way. Let me think the matter over, the plan should be convinced by all the others.” Then they confirmed the plan. At tomorrow’s  court session, convening all criminals, whose name was known, Yucun questioned them seriously. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:31, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
果见冯家人口稀少，不过赖此欲得些烧埋之银；薛家仗势倚情，偏不相让：故致颠倒未决。雨村便徇情枉法，胡乱判断了此案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冯家得了许多烧埋银子，也就无甚话说了。雨村便疾忙修书二封与贾政并京营节度使王子腾，不过说“令甥之事已完，不必过虑”之言寄去。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Feng family got a lot of buried silver and had nothing to say. Rain village will quickly repair two letters and Jia Zheng and Jingying jie make Prince Teng, but said &amp;quot;nephew has finished, do not have to worry about&amp;quot; words to send.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 10:25, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此事皆由葫芦庙内沙弥新门子所为，雨村又恐他对人说出当日贫贱时事来，因此心中大不乐意。后来到底寻了他一个不是，远远的充发了才罢。当下言不着雨村。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was all done by a novice monk Xinmenzi in Gourd Temple. Yucun was afraid that he would tell people about the awful current affairs of that day, so he was very unsatisfied. Later, Yucan pick holes in him , and banished him far away. Now, there was no one talking about bad things about Yucun.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 14:05, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且说那买了英莲、打死冯渊的薛公子，亦系金陵人氏，本是书香继世之家。只是如今这薛公子幼年丧父，寡母又怜他是个独根孤种，未免溺爱纵容些，遂致老大无成；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且家中有百万之富，现领着内帑钱粮，采办杂料。这薛公子学名薛蟠，表字文起，性情奢侈，言语傲慢；虽也上过学，不过略识几个字，终日惟有斗鸡走马，游山玩景而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are countless money in the family, and now people are taking the domestic money and food to purchase stuffs. The Mr. Xue so-called Xue Pan, is entitled as Wenqi with extravagant temperament and arrogant speech. Although he has also gone to school, but he knows a few words, he only like fighting cock walking around the mountains and enjoying the scenery all day long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are countless money in the family, and now people are taking the domestic money and food to purchase stuffs. Mr.Xue, whose name is Xue Pan, is entitled as Wenqi with extravagant temperament and arrogant speech. Although he has also gone to school, he knows a few words, he only like fighting cock walking around the mountains and enjoying the scenery all day long.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 11:21, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽是皇商，一应经纪世事全然不知，不过赖祖、父旧日的情分，户部挂个虚名，支领钱粮；其馀事体，自有伙计、老家人等措办。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was a royal merchant, he knew nothing about economics. However, due to the old affection of his grandfathers and fathers, he was given a virtual position in Board of Revenue to received money and grain, and the rest of affairs were handled by his clerks and old family members.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 09:43, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was a royal merchant, he knew nothing about economics. However, due to the old affection of his ancestors and his father, he was given a virtual position in Board of Revenue to received money and grain, and the rest of affairs were handled by his clerks and old family members.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 11:08, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寡母王氏，乃现任京营节度使王子腾之妹，与荣国府贾政的夫人王氏是一母所生的姊妹，今年方五十上下，只有薛蟠一子。还有一女，比薛蟠小两岁，乳名宝钗，生得肌骨莹润，举止娴雅。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, the widowed mother, is the sister of Wang Ziteng, the current governor of Jingying Festival and the sister of Wang, the wife of Jia Zheng in the Rongguo mansion. This year, she is about 50, and has only a son Xue Pan. Besides, she has a daughter, whose milk name is Bao Chai, two years younger than Xue Pan. Bao Chai has beautiful body and behave elegantly .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, she has a daughter, whose small name is Bao Chai, two years younger than Xue Pan.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 06:50, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当时他父亲在日极爱此女，令其读书识字，较之乃兄竟高十倍。自父亲死后，见哥哥不能安慰母心，他便不以书字为念，只留心针黹、家计等事，好为母亲分忧代劳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His father had been so fond of her that he had sent her to read ten times better than her brother. Seeing that her brother could not pacify her mother after her father's death, she stopped thinking about reading and only cared about needle-work and family livelihood in order to share her mother's cares and duties.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 06:49, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近因今上崇尚诗礼，征采才能，降不世之隆恩，除聘选妃嫔外，凡世宦名家之女，皆得亲名达部，以备选择为公主、郡主入学陪侍，充为才人、赞善之职。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自薛蟠父亲死后，各省中所有的买卖承局、总管、伙计人等，见薛蟠年轻不谙世事，便趁时拐骗起来，京都几处生意，渐亦销耗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ever since the death of Xue Pan's father， all the assistants， managers and partners， and other employees in the respective provinces， perceiving how youthful and inexperienced Xue Pan was in years， readily availed themselves of the time to begin swindling and defrauding. As a result, The business， carried on in various different places in the capital，gradually also began to fall off and to show a deficit.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 08:33, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠素闻得都中乃第一繁华之地，正思一游，便趁此机会：一来送妹待选；二来望亲；三来亲自入部销算旧账，再计新支；其实只为游览上国风光之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因此早已检点下行装细软，以及馈送亲友各色土物人情等类，正择日起身，不想偏遇着那拐子卖英莲。薛蟠见英莲生的不俗，立意买了作妾，又遇冯家来夺，因恃强喝令豪奴将冯渊打死。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便将家中事务，一一嘱托了族中人并几个老家人；自己同着母亲、妹子，竟自起身长行去了。人命官司，他却视为儿戏，自谓花上几个钱，没有不了的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dragon Marshgrass entrusted the household affairs to the clan middleman and old family members. Then he just went away with his mother and sister. He should deem the affair of murder as a trifling matter and believed it could be easily solved through money.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 12:31, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在路不计其日。那日已将入都，又听见母舅王子腾升了九省统制，奉旨出都查边。薛蟠心中暗喜道：“我正愁进京去有舅舅管辖，不能任意挥霍；如今升出去，可知天从人愿。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因和母亲商议道：“咱们京中虽有几处房舍，只是这十来年没人居住，那看守的人未免偷着租赁给人住，须得先着人去打扫收拾才好。”他母亲道：“何必如此招摇？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he discussed with his mother, &amp;quot;Although we have a few premises in the capital, no one has lived there for ten years, the guards may sneakily rent to people to live, we must first ask someone to clean and tidy up.&amp;quot; His mother said, &amp;quot;Why do you have to be so flashy? &amp;quot;--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 09:23, 25 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he discussed with his mother, &amp;quot;Although we have a few houses in the capital, no one has lived there for ten years. The guards may sneakily rent the house to other people, so we must first send someone to tidy up the house. His mother said, &amp;quot;Why do you have to be so flashy? &amp;quot;--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:50, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们这进京去，原是先拜望亲友，或是在你舅舅处，或是你姨父家，他两家的房舍极是宽敞的，咱们且住下，再慢慢儿的着人去收拾，岂不消停些？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we go to the capital Beijing,  and we should visit our relatives first. Your uncle‘s or your aunt‘s husband’s house are good choices, and their houses are very spacious. Let's stay there for a while and then send someone to clean up the house，and it will be more inconspicuous.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:38, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠道：“如今舅舅正升了外省去，家里自然忙乱起身，咱们这会子反一窝一拖的奔了去，岂不没眼色呢？”他母亲道：“你舅舅虽升了去，还有你姨父家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况这几年来，你舅舅、姨娘两处，每每带信捎书接咱们来；如今既来了，你舅舅虽忙着起身，你贾家的姨娘未必不苦留我们，咱们且忙忙的收拾房子，岂不使人见怪？你的意思，我早知道了：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
守着舅舅、姨母住着，未免拘紧了；不如各自住着，好任意施为。你既如此，你自去挑所宅子去住；我和你姨娘，姊妹们别了这几年，却要住几日，我带了你妹子去投你姨娘家去。你道好不好？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠见母亲如此说，情知扭不过，只得吩咐人夫，一路奔荣国府而来。那时王夫人已知薛蟠官司一事，亏贾雨村就中维持了，才放了心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又见哥哥升了边缺，正愁少了娘家的亲戚来往，略觉寂寞。过了几日，忽家人报：“姨太太带了哥儿、姐儿，合家进京，在门外下车了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing that her brother was promoted, she was worried about the lack of relatives in her mother's family, and felt a little lonely. A few days later, suddenly her family reported: &amp;quot;concubine brought her brothers and sisters to Beijing and got off outside the door.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 10:02, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing that her brother was promoted,  Dragon Marshgrass was worried about the lack of relatives in her mother's family, and felt a little lonely. A few days later, suddenly her family reported: &amp;quot;concubine brought her brothers and sisters to Beijing and got off outside the door.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 14:38, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
喜的王夫人忙带了人，接到大厅上，将薛姨妈等接进去了。姊妹们一朝相见，悲喜交集，自不必说。叙了一番契阔，又引着拜见贾母，将人情土物各种酬献了，合家俱厮见过，又治席接风。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King was so happy that she brought someone to the hall and took Aunt Marshgrass in. The sisters were joy tempered with sorrow to see each other that it goes without saying. Told a story of great deeds, and led to visit Grandma Merchant, all kinds of reward will be offered, together with the furniture saw, and treat the seat to receive wind.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 14:35, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang was so happy that she brought someone to the hall and took Aunt Xue in. The sisters were  in joy tempered with sorrow to see each other that it goes without saying. Told a story of great deeds, and led to visit Grandma Merchant, all kinds of reward will be offered, together with the furniture saw, and treat the seat to receive wind.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:07, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠拜见过贾政、贾琏，又引着见了贾赦、贾珍等。贾政便使人进来对王夫人说：“姨太太已有了年纪，外甥年轻，不知庶务，在外住着，恐又要生事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan met Jia Zheng and Jia Lian and introduced Jia She and Jia Zhen. Jia Zheng sent someone in and said to Mrs. Wang, &amp;quot;my aunt is old, and my nephew is young. He doesn't know about general affairs. If he is living outside, I am afraid that something will happen again.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:10, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan met Jia Zheng and Jia Lian and introduced Jia She and Jia Zhen. Jia Zheng sent someone in and said to Mrs. Wang, &amp;quot;my aunt is old, and my nephew is young. He doesn't know about general affairs. If he lives outside, I am afraid that he will make some trouble.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 13:01, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们东南角上梨香院那一所房十来间白空闲着，叫人请了姨太太和姐儿、哥儿住了甚好。”王夫人原要留住。贾母也遣人来说：“请姨太太就在这里住下，大家亲密些。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“We have a room in the southeast corner of the Li Xiang courtyard that is vacant, and ask someone to invite the aunt and sister and brother to live here.” Mrs. Wang originally wanted to stay. Mrs. Jia also sent someone to say: “Please invite the aunt to stay here, the relationship between us will be closer.”--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:58, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“We have dozens of room in the southeast corner of the Li Xiang courtyard that is vacant, and ask someone to invite the aunt and sister and brother to live here.” Mrs. Wang originally wanted to stay. Mrs. Jia also sent someone to say: “Please stay here, the relationship between us will be closer.”--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 02:51, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛姨妈正欲同居一处，方可拘紧些儿子；若另住在外边，又恐他纵性惹祸：遂忙应允。又私与王夫人说明：“一应日费供给，一概都免，方是处常之法。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Xue wanted to live here so that she could supervise her son. If she lived elsewhere, she feared that her son would get into trouble again. So he agreed. She said to Mrs. Wang privately, &amp;quot;The Xue family will pay for all the supplies in the Jia mansion by themselves. This is the only way to get along with them for a long time.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人知他家不难于此，遂亦从其自便。从此后，薛家母女就在梨香院住了。原来这梨香院乃当日荣公暮年养静之所，小小巧巧，约有十馀间房舍，前厅后舍俱全。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另有一门通街，薛蟠的家人就走此门出入。西南上又有一个角门，通着夹道子，出了夹道，便是王夫人正房的东院了。每日或饭后或晚间，薛姨妈便过来，或与贾母闲谈，或与王夫人相叙；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was another gate to the street, through which Xue Pan's family went in and out. There is another side gate in the southwest, which leads to the narrow lane. Out of it, comes the east courtyard of Lady King's principal room. Every day, after dinner or in the evening, Aunt Marshgrass came to chat with Grandma Merchant or Lady King;--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 12:49, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝钗日与黛玉、迎春姊妹等一处，或看书下棋，或做针黹：倒也十分相安。只是薛蟠起初原不欲在贾府中居住，生恐姨父管束，不得自在。无奈母亲执意在此，且贾宅中又十分殷勤苦留，只得暂且住下；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面使人打扫出自家的房屋，再移居过去。谁知自此间住了不上一月，贾宅族中凡有的子侄，俱已认熟了一半，都是那些纨袴气习，莫不喜与他来往。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at the same time he directed servants to go and sweep the apartments of their own house and  they should move into them when they were ready.&lt;br /&gt;
But, contrary to expectation， for not over a month， Hsueeh P'an came to be on intimate relations with all the young men among the kindred of the Chia mansion， the half of whom were extravagant in their habits and glad to make contact with he.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 06:44, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今日会酒，明日观花，甚至聚赌嫖娼，无所不至，引诱的薛蟠比当日更坏了十倍。虽说贾政训子有方，治家有法，一则族大人多，照管不到；二则现在房长乃是贾珍，彼乃宁府长孙，又现袭职，凡族中事，都是他掌管；&lt;br /&gt;
Staying together and drinking wine today, appreciating flowers tomorrow, and even gambling and prostitution, everything will be done. Xue Pan, who is seduced, is ten times worse than that day. Although Jia Zhengxun is good at governing family, on the one hand,there are so many people in the family that he can not look after everyone; On the other hand, the house chief is Jia Zhen, and he is the eldest grandson of the Ning Mansion, now everything is in charge of him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三则公私冗杂，且素性潇洒，不以俗事为要，每公暇之时，不过看书、着棋而已；况这梨香院相隔两层房舍，又有街门别开，任意可以出入：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些子弟们所以只管放意畅怀的，因此薛蟠遂将移居之念渐渐打灭了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日后如何，下回分解。葫芦僧判断葫芦案──&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“葫芦”的谐音为糊涂，故其意谓糊涂僧糊涂判案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指知县贾雨村按照现为衙门门子而原为葫芦庙小沙弥的主意糊里糊涂判结了薛蟠强买甄英莲并打死人命一案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhizhi County Jia Yucun was confused and convicted the case of Xue Panqiang buying Zhen Yinglian and killing people based on the idea that he is now Yamenzi but was originally a young novice monk in the Gourd Temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子无才便是德──语出明·张岱《公祭祁夫人文》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“(陈)眉公曰：‘丈夫有德便是才，女子无才便是德。’此语殊为未确。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(又见清·石成金《家训钞》引)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓女子如果读书识字，便可能受到小说、戏曲的不良影响，做出伤风败俗的事，倒不如不识字而能保持妇德。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》、《列女传》──都是记述历代贤德女子的事迹，以宣扬封建妇德的书。&lt;br /&gt;
 English:The Four Books on Women and the Biography of Lienu ─ ─ both describe the deeds of &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 virtuous women in past dynasties to publicize the feudal virtues of women.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》：明·王相模仿南宋·朱熹所编《四书》而辑成，包括东汉·班昭的《女诫》、唐·宋若莘和宋若昭的《女论语》、明·永乐皇后徐氏的《内训》、王相之母刘氏的《女范捷录》四种专讲女德的书，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《列女传》：西汉·刘向编撰。全书七卷，每卷为一类，分别为母仪、贤明、仁智、贞顺、节义、辩通、嬖孽，共收妇女故事一百零四则。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩女红(gōng工)──泛指女子应做的家务活计。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fangji Female Red (''gong'')──refers to the household chores of women.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 19:13, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩：“纺”是把丝纺成纱，“绩”是把麻绩成线。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Fangji'': &amp;quot;Fang&amp;quot; means to spin silk into yarn, &amp;quot;Ji&amp;quot; means to turn the hemp into thread.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 19:06, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Fangji'': ''Fang'' means spinning silk into yarn, ''Ji'' means turning hemp into thread. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 01:48, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女红：又作“女工”或“女功”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Female Red (''gong''): is also known as &amp;quot;female worker&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;female performer&amp;quot;. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 01:46, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是指纺织、缝纫、刺绣等。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134423</id>
		<title>20211229 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134423"/>
		<updated>2021-12-28T01:48:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] [[20211027_homework|for Oct 27 - HLM Chapters 23-24]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
心较比干多一窍──比干：暴君商(殷)纣王之叔，被誉为圣人。据《史记·殷本纪》载：纣王厌恶比干谏诤不已，怒曰：“吾闻圣人心有七窍。”于是“剖比干，观其心”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart is one more hole than Bigan. Bigan, the uncle of tyrant Shang King Zhou, is known as a saint. According to Historical Records: Yin Dynasty, King Zhou dislikes the advisement of Bigan, so said with anger,&amp;quot;I heard that a saint has seven hole in his heart.&amp;quot; Thus, Bigan was anatomized to observe his heart.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 11:44, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
古人以为心窍越多越聪明，故以“心较比干多一窍” 形容黛玉绝顶聪明。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
病如西子胜三分──西子：即西施。《庄子·天运》说：“西施病心而颦(皱眉)”，益增娇艳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ancients thought that the more the mind, the smarter it was, so they described Daiyu as extremely clever. ​&lt;br /&gt;
Illness like Xi Zi wins three points - Xi Zi: Xi Shi. Zhuangzi Tianyun said: &amp;quot;Xi Shi frowns (frowns) when she is ill&amp;quot;, which increases her beauty.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 12:01, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故以“病如西子胜三分”形容黛玉病弱而娇美。 胜：胜过，超过。 下面贾宝玉替林黛玉起表字为“颦颦”，亦用西施颦眉之典，但又不敢明说，故编了一套谎活，杜撰了《古今人物通考》书名。​&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Dai Yu is described as weak and beautiful by &amp;quot;sick as Xizi wins three points&amp;quot;. Next, Jia Baoyu wrote &amp;quot;Pingping&amp;quot; for Lin Daiyu. He also used the code of Xi shi’s frown, but he didn't dare to say it clearly, so he made up a set of lies and invented the title of the general examination of ancient and modern characters. ​--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 12:00, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
教引嬷嬷──清代专司教导年幼皇子的女子，称“谙达”。后来世家大族也仿效而行。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“花气袭人”之句：是宋·陆游《村居书喜》中的半句，原诗为七言律诗：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Yin Mammy -- a woman who was in charge of teaching the young emperor's son in the Qing Dynasty, known as &amp;quot;Jiuda&amp;quot;. Later, the big families followed the suit. ​&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence &amp;quot;flower spirit attacks people&amp;quot; is half of a sentence in &amp;quot;Village Residence Book Xi&amp;quot; by Song · Lu You. The original poem is a seven-word poem: --[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 06:05, 27 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guide Mammy——a woman who in charge of teaching young sons of Emperor in the Qing Dynasty，called “Anda”. Later, the big families followed the suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence &amp;quot;flower spirit attacks people&amp;quot; is half of a sentence in &amp;quot;Book of Happiness Living in Village&amp;quot; by Lu You in Song Dynasty.The original poem is a seven-word poem：--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:43, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红桥梅市晓山横，白塔樊江春水生。花气袭人知骤暖，鹊声穿树喜新晴。坊场酒贱贫犹醉，原野泥深老亦耕。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountains stand away from the Hong Qiaomei market and the Fanjiang river flows beside the Bai Tower. The glamour of flowers notices the spring and Tweetie magpies are happy because of a sunny day. The price of unstrained wine is so low that poor me can have a good drink. Farmers are diligently ploughing and sowing. --[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:37, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
最喜先期官赋足，经年无吏叩柴荆。”意谓因闻到花香，才知天气已经骤然暖和了。第二十三回和二十八回均引作“花气袭人知昼暖”，将“骤”误为“昼”，可能是曹雪芹误记。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
省(xǐ ng醒)——典出《礼记·曲礼上》：“凡为人子之礼，冬温而夏凊，昏定而晨省。”[凊( jìng净)：凉。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xing (pronounced xǐng) – canonical originated from ''The Book of Rites • Qu Li'': &amp;quot;The etiquette of being sons is: make his parents feel warm in winter, cool in the summer, serve them to bed at night, and greet them in the morning. [Jing  (pronounced jìng)]--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 11:27, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓子女冬天要为父母焐暖被褥，夏天要为父母扇凉床席，每天早上要向父母请安问好，晚上要服侍父母安寝。泛指子女对父母的孝敬无微不至。故“省”即“晨省”的略称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指子女早晨向父母请安问候的礼节。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第四回 薄命女偏逢薄命郎，葫芦僧判断葫芦案&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说黛玉同姐妹们至王夫人处，见王夫人正和兄嫂处的来使计议家务，又说姨母家遭人命官司等语。因见王夫人事情冗杂，姐妹们遂出来 ,至寡嫂李氏房中来了。原来这李氏即贾珠之妻。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
珠虽夭亡，幸存一子，取名贾兰，今方五岁，已入学攻书。这李氏亦系金陵名宦之女。父名李守中，曾为国子祭酒；族中男女无不读诗书者。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bead Merchant had died at an early age, he had the good fortune of leaving behind him a son, to whom the name of Cymbidium Merchant was given. He was, at this period, just in his fifth year, and had already entered school, and applied himself to books. This Silk Plum was also the daughter of an official of note in Gold Mausoleum. Her father's name was Midfielder Plum, who had, at one time, been Imperial Libationer. Among his kindred, men as well as women had all devoted themselves to poetry and letters. --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 07:24, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bead Merchant died young. But luckily, she had a son, Cymbidium Merchant, just five and already in school. Her father, Midfielder Plum, a notable of Jinling, had served as a Libationer in the Imperial College. All the sons and daughters of his clan had been devoted to the study of the classics. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 10:06, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至李守中继续以来，便谓“女子无才便是德”，故生了此女，不曾叫他十分认真读书，只不过将些 《女四书》、 《烈女传》读读，认得几个字，记得前朝这几个贤女便了；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Midfielder Plum became head of the family, however, in the belief that “an unaccomplished woman is a virtuous one,” instead of making his daughter study hard he simply had her taught enough to read a few books such as the ''Four Books for Girls'', ''Biographies of Martyred Women'', and ''Lives of Exemplary Ladies'' so that she might be able to recognize a few characters and be familiar with some of the models of female virtue of former ages; --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 10:05, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却以纺绩女红为要，因取名为李纨，字宫裁。所以这李纨虽青春丧偶，且居处于膏粱锦绣之中，竟如槁木死灰一般，一概不问不闻，惟知侍亲养子，闲时陪侍小姑等针黹、诵读而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今黛玉虽客居于此，已有这几个姑嫂相伴，除老父之外，馀者也就无用虑了。如今且说贾雨村授了应天府，一到任，就有件人命官司详至案下，却是两家争买一婢，各不相让，以致殴伤人命。彼时雨村即拘原告来审。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那原告道：“被打死的乃是小人的主人。因那日买了个丫头，不想系拐子拐来卖的。这拐子先已得了我家的银子，我家小主人原说第二日方是好日，再接入门；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这拐子又悄悄的卖与了薛家，被我们知道了，去找拿卖主，夺取丫头。无奈薛家原系金陵一霸，倚财仗势，众豪奴将我小主人竟打死了。凶身主仆已皆逃走，无有踪迹，只剩了几个局外的人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this kidnapper stealthily sold her over again to the Hsueeh family. When we came to know of this, we went in search of the seller to lay hold of him, and bring back the girl by force. But the Hsueeh party has been all along the bully of Chin Ling, full of confidence in his wealth and prestige; and his arrogant menials in a body seized our master and beat him to death.The murderous master and his crew have all long ago made good their escape, leaving no trace behind them, while there only remain several parties not concerned in the affair. --[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 13:37, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小人告了一年的状，竟无人作主。求太老爷拘拿凶犯，以扶善良，存殁感激天恩不尽！”雨村听了，大怒道：“那有这等事：打死人竟白白的走了，拿不来的？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便发签差公人，立刻将凶犯家属拿来拷问。只见案旁站着一个门子，使眼色不叫他发签。雨村心下狐疑，只得停了手。He sent a signature to send the official and immediately tortured the family members of the murderer. Seeing a boy page of the court standing by the case, who didn't ask Yucun to sign. Yucun was suspicious and had to stop.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 01:45, 26 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He sent a signature to send the official and immediately tortured the family members of the murderer. Seeing a boy page of the court standing by the case, who didn't ask Yucun to sign. Yucun was suspicious and had to stop to do it.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 11:17, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
退堂至密室，令从人退去，只留这门子一人伏侍。门子忙上前请安，笑问：“老爷一向加官进禄，八九年来，就忘了我了？”&lt;br /&gt;
He retreated to the secret room and ordered everyone to leave the door man alone. The door man is busy forward to ask for his respect, smile to ask: &amp;quot;the master has been adding officials into the salary, eight or nine years, forget me?&amp;quot;--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 11:20, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He retreated to the secret room and ordered everyone to leave except for the door man Menzi. Menzi is busy forward to ask for his respect, smile to ask: &amp;quot;the master has been adding officials into the salary, eight or nine years, forget me?&amp;quot;--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 01:27, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“我看你十分眼熟，但一时总想不起来。”门子笑道：“老爷怎么把出身之地竟忘了？老爷不记得当年葫芦庙里的事么？”雨村大惊，方想起往事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun said, “You look so familiar, but I can’t remember you at once.” Menzi laughed, “How could you forget your birthplace, my Master? Do you forget what happened in the Gourd Temple?” After listening, Yucun felt surprised, and the remembered the past.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 01:22, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这门子本是葫芦庙里一个小沙弥，因被火之后无处安身，想这件生意倒还轻省，耐不得寺院凄凉，遂趁年纪轻，蓄了发，充当门子。雨村那里想得是他。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It turned out that the gatekeeper was originally a little monk in Bottle-gourd Temple. Because he had no place to settle down after the temple being burned by the fire, he thought this business was easy and could not bear the desolation of the temple. So he saved his hair and acted as a gatekeeper while he was young. Yue-ts'un didn't think it was him.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 07:10, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fact is that this Retainer had been a young monk in the Hu Lu temple, but because of its destruction by fire, he had no place to rest his frame, he remembered how light and easy was, after all, this kind of occupation, and being unable to reconcile himself to the solitude and quiet of a temple, he accordingly availed himself of his years, which were as yet few, to let his hair grow, and become a retainer. Yue-ts'un had had no idea that it was him. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:03, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便忙携手笑道：“原来还是故人。”因赏他坐了说话。这门子不敢坐。雨村笑道：“你也算贫贱之交了。此系私室，但坐不妨。”门子才斜签着坐下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hastily taking his hand, he smilingly said, &amp;quot;You are, indeed, an old acquaintance!&amp;quot; and then pressed him to take a seat, so as to have a chat with more ease, but the Retainer would not presume to sit down. &amp;quot;Friendships,&amp;quot; Yue-ts'un remarked, putting on a smiling expression, &amp;quot;contracted in poor circumstances should not be forgotten! This is a private room, so that if you sat down, what would it matter?&amp;quot; The Retainer thereupon craved permission to take a seat and sat down gingerly.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:04, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“方才何故不令发签？”门子道：“老爷荣任到此，难道就没抄一张本省的‘护官符’来不成？”雨村忙问：“何为‘护官符’？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chia Yu-tsun asked, &amp;quot;Why did you not grant me the passport just now?&amp;quot; The doorman answered that &amp;quot;Your Excellency, when you are to assume office here, haven't you hold some relations to a guard officer? &amp;quot; Yu-tsun was confused and thus continued, &amp;quot;guard officer?&amp;quot;.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 13:30, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
门子道：“如今凡作地方官的，都有一个私单，上面写的是本省最有权势极富贵的大乡绅名姓，各省皆然。倘若不知，一时触犯了这样的人家，不但官爵，只怕连性命也难保呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以叫做‘护官符’。方才所说的这薛家，老爷如何惹得他！他这件官司并无难断之处，从前的官府都因碍着情分脸面，所以如此。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So it was called “the amulet of protection from the feudal official. The family Xue we talked just now, we can’t offend them, my lord. His lawsuit had no difficulty, however, the former official had trouble in the relationship, thus causing the situation then.”.  --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 09:46, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
So it's called ‘Guardian Talisman’. The Xue family just said, how did the master provoke him! There is nothing difficult about him in this lawsuit. The previous government officials were obstructed because of their affection, so it was so. &amp;quot;--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 11:32, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面说，一面从顺袋中取出一张抄的“护官符”来，递与雨村看时，上面皆是本地大族名宦之家的俗谚口碑，云：贾不假，白玉为堂金作马。&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, while taking out a copy of the &amp;quot;protection charm&amp;quot; from the Shun bag, when it was handed it to Yucun, it was all the common sayings of the family of famous local eunuchs, saying: Jia is not fake, and Bai Yu is the gold of the house. Be a horse.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 11:31, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阿房宫，三百里，住不下金陵一个史。东海缺少白玉床，龙王来请金陵王。丰年好大雪，珍珠如土金如铁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村尚未看完，忽闻传点，报：“王老爷来拜。”雨村忙具衣冠接迎，有顿饭工夫，方回来问这门子。门子道：“四家皆连络有亲，一损俱损，一荣俱荣。&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, suddenly smell spread point, report: &amp;quot;Wang master came to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to meet him and had a meal before he came back to ask about it. Siemens way: &amp;quot;the four are connected to have relatives, a failure other destroyed, a glory other glory.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 06:45, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, but suddenly heard from the messenger saying : &amp;quot;Wang master come to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to welcome him. Only after a meal did he come back to ask Menzi, who said: &amp;quot;the four families are closely connected, so do their  honor and failure.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 07:12, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今告打死人之薛，就是‘丰年大雪’之薛。不单靠这三家，他的世交亲友在都在外的本也不少，老爷如今拿谁去？”雨村听说，便笑问门子道：“这样说来，却怎么了结此案？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The xue of killing people is the xue of 'heavy snow in the year of plenty'. He has not only these three families, but also many family friends and relatives who are away from home. Who are you going to take now?&amp;quot; Rain village heard, then smiled and asked Siemens way: &amp;quot;So say, but how to settle the case?--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 07:05, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你大约也深知这凶犯躲的方向了？”门子笑道：“不瞒老爷说，不但这凶犯躲的方向，并这拐的人我也知道，死鬼买主也深知道，待我细说与老爷听：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这个被打死的是一个小乡宦之子，名唤冯渊，父母俱亡，又无兄弟，守着些薄产度日。年纪十八九岁，酷爱男风，不好女色。这也是前生冤孽，可巧遇见这丫头，他便一眼看上了，立意买来作妾，设誓不近男色，也不再娶第二个了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man who was killed was the son of a small township official, named Feng Yuan. His parents died and had no brothers. He lived on a low income. He is eighteen or nine years old. He loves men and is not good at women. This is also an injustice in his previous life. But when he happened to meet this girl, he took a fancy to it and decided to buy it as a concubine. He swore that he would not be close to a man and would not marry a second one.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 05:38, 27 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以郑重其事，必得三日后方进门。谁知这拐子又偷卖与薛家，他意欲卷了两家的银子逃去；谁知又走不脱，两家拿住，打了个半死，都不肯收银，各要领人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那薛公子便喝令下人动手，将冯公子打了个稀烂，抬回去三日竟死了。这薛公子原择下日子要上京的，既打了人，夺了丫头，他便没事人一般，只管带了家眷走他的路，并非为此而逃；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He then rudely ordered his subordinates to do something about it, and beat Feng up so badly that he was carried home and died within three days. The Duke of Xue had intended to go to the capital in a few days, and since he had beaten and robbed the maid, he acted as if nothing had happened, and simply took his family away, not because of this escape;--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 06:59, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这人命些些小事，自有他弟兄、奴仆在此料理。这且别说，老爷可知这被卖的丫头是谁？”雨村道：“我如何晓得？”门子冷笑道：“这人还是老爷的大恩人呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他就是葫芦庙旁住的甄老爷的女儿，小名英莲的。”雨村骇然道：“原来是他！听见他自五岁被人拐去，怎么如今才卖呢？”门子道：“这种拐子单拐幼女，养至十二三岁，带至他乡转卖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当日这英莲，我们天天哄他玩耍，极相熟的，所以隔了七八年，虽模样儿出脱的齐整，然大段未改，所以认得；且他眉心中原有米粒大的一点胭脂记，从胎里带来的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Yinglian was a little girl, we played with her every day and were very familiar with each other. Her appearance didn’t change a lot after seven or eight years though she has grown prettier than before, so we still remembered her; besides, her eyebrows came to a little carmine point (the size of a grain of rice) in the middle, which was the birthmark.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 05:53, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
偏这拐子又租了我的房子居住，那日拐子不在家，我也曾问他。他说是打怕了的，万不敢说，只说拐子是他的亲爹，因无钱还债才卖的。再四哄他，他又哭了，只说：‘我原不记得小时的事。’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trafficker had rented my house to live in by coincidence. I had ever asked her one day when the trafficker was not at home. She said that she dared not to say anything after being attacked for a long time, and only answered that he was her father who sold her to pay off the debts. By coaxing her for several times, she cried again and said that &amp;quot;I don’t remember what happened when I was a child&amp;quot;.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:14, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The kidnapper just happened to rent the houses from me. One day, when he was not at home, I asked her about such a thing. She told me that she was afraid to say anything after being beaten so much; she only insisted that he was her father who sold her to pay off his debts. When I tried repeatedly to coax it out of her, she burst into tears and said that 'I do not remember what happened in my childhood.'--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:29, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这无可疑了。那日冯公子相见了，兑了银子，因拐子醉了，英莲自叹说：‘我今日罪孽可满了！’后又听见三日后才过门，他又转有忧愁之态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is not doubt that the girl who was carried off by the kidnapper is Yinglian all right. The day when Feng Yuan met her and paid down his silver, the kidnapper had got drunk. And then, Yinglian sighed, 'I am overwhelmed by my sins today!' However, her gloom started deepening again, when she heard that Feng Yuan would not be coming and picking her up for three days.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:14, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我又不忍，等拐子出去，又叫内人去解劝他：‘这冯公子必待好日期来接，可知必不以丫鬟相看。况他是个绝风流人品，家里颇过得，素性又最厌恶堂客，今竟破价买你，后事不言可知。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只耐得三两日，何必忧闷？’他听如此说，方略解些，自谓从此得所。谁料天下竟有不如意事，第二日，他偏又卖与了薛家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only for three or two days, why bother to be depressed? Hearing this, he relieved a little bit, saying that he would get a place to settle since then. Unexpectedly, everything is never perfect. On the next day, he was sold to the Xue.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:13, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若卖与第二家还好，这薛公子的混名，人称他‘呆霸王’，最是天下第一个弄性尚气的人，而且使钱如土。只打了个落花流水，生拖死拽，把个英莲拖去，如今也不知死活。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这冯公子空喜一场，一念未遂，反花了钱，送了命，岂不可叹！”雨村听了，也叹道：“这也是他们的孽障遭遇，亦非偶然，不然这冯渊如何偏只看上了这英莲？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这英莲受了拐子这几年折磨，才得了个路头，且又是个多情的，若果聚合了，倒是件美事，偏又生出这段事来。这薛家纵比冯家富贵，想其为人，自然姬妾众多，淫佚无度，未必及冯渊定情于一人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这正是梦幻情缘，恰遇见一对薄命儿女。且不要议论他人，只目今这官司如何剖断才好？”门子笑道：“老爷当年何其明决，今日何反成个没主意的人了？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be the love of dream, only to be an ill-fated couple. Don’t talk about others for the moment. It’s crucial that this case be judged properly.” The servant said with a smile, “ how decisive you were in those days. Why are you so irresolute at the present ?”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:31, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小的听见老爷补升此任，系贾府、王府之力。此薛蟠即贾府之亲，老爷何不顺水行舟，做个人情，将此案了结，日后也好去见贾、王二公。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I heard that you respected master assumed office with the help of Jia Mansion and Wang Mansion. Xue Pan is a relative of Jia Mansion. Why don’t you do him a special favor, making use of the opportunity to settle the case, so that you can make a smooth explanation to master Jia and Wang in days to come.”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:03, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“你说的何尝不是，但事关人命，蒙皇上隆恩，起复委用，正竭力图报之时，岂可因私枉法？是实不忍为的。”门子听了，冷笑道：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“老爷说的自是正理，但如今世上是行不去的。岂不闻古人说的：‘大丈夫相时而动。’又说：‘趋吉避凶者为君子。’依老爷这话，不但不能报效朝廷，亦且自身不保，还要三思为妥。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“What lord said is reasonable, but it is unfeasible in the current world. Have you not heard what the ancients said:’ A real man can take action according to the specific situation’, and ‘The one who can avoid calamity and bring on good fortune is a gentleman.’ According to lord’s words, you not only can’t serve the court, but also can’t protect yourself. You’d better think it over. ‘ --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 15:40, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村低了头，半日方说道：“依你怎么着？”门子道：“小人已想了个很好的主意在此：老爷明日坐堂，只管虚张声势，动文书，发签拿人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
凶犯自然是拿不来的，原告固是不依，只用将薛家族人及奴仆人等拿几个来拷问；小的在暗中调停，令他们报个‘暴病身亡’，合族中及地方上共递一张保呈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturally, the murderer could not get it. The plaintiff did not follow it. He only took a few of the Xue family and slave servants to torture them; The small ones were secretly mediating, so that they reported a &amp;quot;violent illness&amp;quot; and a joint guarantee was handed over to the middle and local communities.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 11:25, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷只说善能扶鸾请仙，堂上设了乩坛，令军民人等只管来看。老爷便说：‘乩仙批了，死者冯渊与薛蟠原系夙孽，今犯狭路相遇，原应了结：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lord requested to set out the altar in order to invite immortals to come, and let the military and people to come to see. The lord then said that after coscinomancy finished, the dead Feng Yuan and Xue Pan should have come to an end because they used to be long-standing and are bound to meet head-on on a narrow road.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 14:46, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今薛蟠已得了无名之病，被冯渊的魂魄追索而死。其祸皆由拐子而起，除将拐子按法处治外，馀不累及’等语。小人暗中嘱咐拐子，令其实招。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众人见乩仙批语与拐子相符，自然不疑了。薛家有的是钱，老爷断一千也可，五百也可，与冯家作烧埋之费。那冯家也无甚要紧的人，不过为的是钱，有了银子，也就无话了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crowed had no doubt after they saw the remarks of divinities in accordance with the trickster. The Xues had plenty of money, the Lord could give one thousand Yang yuan, or five hundred, to the Fengs for funeral expenses.There was no one of special importance in the Fengs, all they wanted was just the money. Having received the money, they wouldn't say anything more.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 14:25, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The people had no doubt after seeing the remarks of divinities in accordance with the trickster. The Xues had plenty of money, the Lord could give one thousand yuan, or five hundred, to the Fengs for funeral expenses.There was no one of special importance in the Fengs, all they wanted was just the money. Having received the money, they wouldn't say anything more. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:44, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷细想，此计如何？”雨村笑道：“不妥，不妥。等我再斟酌斟酌，压服得口声才好。”二人计议已定。至次日坐堂，勾取一干有名人犯，雨村详加审问。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lord thought carefully, and asked how about this plan? Yucun laughed and said: “ It’s not the right way, it’s not the right way. Let me think the matter over, the plan should be convinced by all the others.” Then they confirmed the plan. At tomorrow’s  court session, convening all criminals, whose name was known, Yucun questioned them seriously. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:31, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
果见冯家人口稀少，不过赖此欲得些烧埋之银；薛家仗势倚情，偏不相让：故致颠倒未决。雨村便徇情枉法，胡乱判断了此案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冯家得了许多烧埋银子，也就无甚话说了。雨村便疾忙修书二封与贾政并京营节度使王子腾，不过说“令甥之事已完，不必过虑”之言寄去。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Feng family got a lot of buried silver and had nothing to say. Rain village will quickly repair two letters and Jia Zheng and Jingying jie make Prince Teng, but said &amp;quot;nephew has finished, do not have to worry about&amp;quot; words to send.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 10:25, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此事皆由葫芦庙内沙弥新门子所为，雨村又恐他对人说出当日贫贱时事来，因此心中大不乐意。后来到底寻了他一个不是，远远的充发了才罢。当下言不着雨村。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was all done by a novice monk Xinmenzi in Gourd Temple. Yucun was afraid that he would tell people about the awful current affairs of that day, so he was very unsatisfied. Later, Yucan pick holes in him , and banished him far away. Now, there was no one talking about bad things about Yucun.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 14:05, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且说那买了英莲、打死冯渊的薛公子，亦系金陵人氏，本是书香继世之家。只是如今这薛公子幼年丧父，寡母又怜他是个独根孤种，未免溺爱纵容些，遂致老大无成；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且家中有百万之富，现领着内帑钱粮，采办杂料。这薛公子学名薛蟠，表字文起，性情奢侈，言语傲慢；虽也上过学，不过略识几个字，终日惟有斗鸡走马，游山玩景而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are countless money in the family, and now people are taking the domestic money and food to purchase stuffs. The Mr. Xue so-called Xue Pan, is entitled as Wenqi with extravagant temperament and arrogant speech. Although he has also gone to school, but he knows a few words, he only like fighting cock walking around the mountains and enjoying the scenery all day long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are countless money in the family, and now people are taking the domestic money and food to purchase stuffs. Mr.Xue, whose name is Xue Pan, is entitled as Wenqi with extravagant temperament and arrogant speech. Although he has also gone to school, he knows a few words, he only like fighting cock walking around the mountains and enjoying the scenery all day long.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 11:21, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽是皇商，一应经纪世事全然不知，不过赖祖、父旧日的情分，户部挂个虚名，支领钱粮；其馀事体，自有伙计、老家人等措办。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was a royal merchant, he knew nothing about economics. However, due to the old affection of his grandfathers and fathers, he was given a virtual position in Board of Revenue to received money and grain, and the rest of affairs were handled by his clerks and old family members.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 09:43, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was a royal merchant, he knew nothing about economics. However, due to the old affection of his ancestors and his father, he was given a virtual position in Board of Revenue to received money and grain, and the rest of affairs were handled by his clerks and old family members.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 11:08, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寡母王氏，乃现任京营节度使王子腾之妹，与荣国府贾政的夫人王氏是一母所生的姊妹，今年方五十上下，只有薛蟠一子。还有一女，比薛蟠小两岁，乳名宝钗，生得肌骨莹润，举止娴雅。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, the widowed mother, is the sister of Wang Ziteng, the current governor of Jingying Festival and the sister of Wang, the wife of Jia Zheng in the Rongguo mansion. This year, she is about 50, and has only a son Xue Pan. Besides, she has a daughter, whose milk name is Bao Chai, two years younger than Xue Pan. Bao Chai has beautiful body and behave elegantly .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, she has a daughter, whose small name is Bao Chai, two years younger than Xue Pan.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 06:50, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当时他父亲在日极爱此女，令其读书识字，较之乃兄竟高十倍。自父亲死后，见哥哥不能安慰母心，他便不以书字为念，只留心针黹、家计等事，好为母亲分忧代劳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His father had been so fond of her that he had sent her to read ten times better than her brother. Seeing that her brother could not pacify her mother after her father's death, she stopped thinking about reading and only cared about needle-work and family livelihood in order to share her mother's cares and duties.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 06:49, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近因今上崇尚诗礼，征采才能，降不世之隆恩，除聘选妃嫔外，凡世宦名家之女，皆得亲名达部，以备选择为公主、郡主入学陪侍，充为才人、赞善之职。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自薛蟠父亲死后，各省中所有的买卖承局、总管、伙计人等，见薛蟠年轻不谙世事，便趁时拐骗起来，京都几处生意，渐亦销耗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ever since the death of Xue Pan's father， all the assistants， managers and partners， and other employees in the respective provinces， perceiving how youthful and inexperienced Xue Pan was in years， readily availed themselves of the time to begin swindling and defrauding. As a result, The business， carried on in various different places in the capital，gradually also began to fall off and to show a deficit.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 08:33, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠素闻得都中乃第一繁华之地，正思一游，便趁此机会：一来送妹待选；二来望亲；三来亲自入部销算旧账，再计新支；其实只为游览上国风光之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因此早已检点下行装细软，以及馈送亲友各色土物人情等类，正择日起身，不想偏遇着那拐子卖英莲。薛蟠见英莲生的不俗，立意买了作妾，又遇冯家来夺，因恃强喝令豪奴将冯渊打死。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便将家中事务，一一嘱托了族中人并几个老家人；自己同着母亲、妹子，竟自起身长行去了。人命官司，他却视为儿戏，自谓花上几个钱，没有不了的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dragon Marshgrass entrusted the household affairs to the clan middleman and old family members. Then he just went away with his mother and sister. He should deem the affair of murder as a trifling matter and believed it could be easily solved through money.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 12:31, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在路不计其日。那日已将入都，又听见母舅王子腾升了九省统制，奉旨出都查边。薛蟠心中暗喜道：“我正愁进京去有舅舅管辖，不能任意挥霍；如今升出去，可知天从人愿。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因和母亲商议道：“咱们京中虽有几处房舍，只是这十来年没人居住，那看守的人未免偷着租赁给人住，须得先着人去打扫收拾才好。”他母亲道：“何必如此招摇？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he discussed with his mother, &amp;quot;Although we have a few premises in the capital, no one has lived there for ten years, the guards may sneakily rent to people to live, we must first ask someone to clean and tidy up.&amp;quot; His mother said, &amp;quot;Why do you have to be so flashy? &amp;quot;--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 09:23, 25 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he discussed with his mother, &amp;quot;Although we have a few houses in the capital, no one has lived there for ten years. The guards may sneakily rent the house to other people, so we must first send someone to tidy up the house. His mother said, &amp;quot;Why do you have to be so flashy? &amp;quot;--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:50, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们这进京去，原是先拜望亲友，或是在你舅舅处，或是你姨父家，他两家的房舍极是宽敞的，咱们且住下，再慢慢儿的着人去收拾，岂不消停些？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we go to the capital Beijing,  and we should visit our relatives first. Your uncle‘s or your aunt‘s husband’s house are good choices, and their houses are very spacious. Let's stay there for a while and then send someone to clean up the house，and it will be more inconspicuous.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:38, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠道：“如今舅舅正升了外省去，家里自然忙乱起身，咱们这会子反一窝一拖的奔了去，岂不没眼色呢？”他母亲道：“你舅舅虽升了去，还有你姨父家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况这几年来，你舅舅、姨娘两处，每每带信捎书接咱们来；如今既来了，你舅舅虽忙着起身，你贾家的姨娘未必不苦留我们，咱们且忙忙的收拾房子，岂不使人见怪？你的意思，我早知道了：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
守着舅舅、姨母住着，未免拘紧了；不如各自住着，好任意施为。你既如此，你自去挑所宅子去住；我和你姨娘，姊妹们别了这几年，却要住几日，我带了你妹子去投你姨娘家去。你道好不好？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠见母亲如此说，情知扭不过，只得吩咐人夫，一路奔荣国府而来。那时王夫人已知薛蟠官司一事，亏贾雨村就中维持了，才放了心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又见哥哥升了边缺，正愁少了娘家的亲戚来往，略觉寂寞。过了几日，忽家人报：“姨太太带了哥儿、姐儿，合家进京，在门外下车了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing that her brother was promoted, she was worried about the lack of relatives in her mother's family, and felt a little lonely. A few days later, suddenly her family reported: &amp;quot;concubine brought her brothers and sisters to Beijing and got off outside the door.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 10:02, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing that her brother was promoted,  Dragon Marshgrass was worried about the lack of relatives in her mother's family, and felt a little lonely. A few days later, suddenly her family reported: &amp;quot;concubine brought her brothers and sisters to Beijing and got off outside the door.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 14:38, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
喜的王夫人忙带了人，接到大厅上，将薛姨妈等接进去了。姊妹们一朝相见，悲喜交集，自不必说。叙了一番契阔，又引着拜见贾母，将人情土物各种酬献了，合家俱厮见过，又治席接风。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King was so happy that she brought someone to the hall and took Aunt Marshgrass in. The sisters were joy tempered with sorrow to see each other that it goes without saying. Told a story of great deeds, and led to visit Grandma Merchant, all kinds of reward will be offered, together with the furniture saw, and treat the seat to receive wind.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 14:35, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang was so happy that she brought someone to the hall and took Aunt Xue in. The sisters were  in joy tempered with sorrow to see each other that it goes without saying. Told a story of great deeds, and led to visit Grandma Merchant, all kinds of reward will be offered, together with the furniture saw, and treat the seat to receive wind.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:07, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠拜见过贾政、贾琏，又引着见了贾赦、贾珍等。贾政便使人进来对王夫人说：“姨太太已有了年纪，外甥年轻，不知庶务，在外住着，恐又要生事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan met Jia Zheng and Jia Lian and introduced Jia She and Jia Zhen. Jia Zheng sent someone in and said to Mrs. Wang, &amp;quot;my aunt is old, and my nephew is young. He doesn't know about general affairs. If he is living outside, I am afraid that something will happen again.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:10, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan met Jia Zheng and Jia Lian and introduced Jia She and Jia Zhen. Jia Zheng sent someone in and said to Mrs. Wang, &amp;quot;my aunt is old, and my nephew is young. He doesn't know about general affairs. If he lives outside, I am afraid that he will make some trouble.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 13:01, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们东南角上梨香院那一所房十来间白空闲着，叫人请了姨太太和姐儿、哥儿住了甚好。”王夫人原要留住。贾母也遣人来说：“请姨太太就在这里住下，大家亲密些。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“We have a room in the southeast corner of the Li Xiang courtyard that is vacant, and ask someone to invite the aunt and sister and brother to live here.” Mrs. Wang originally wanted to stay. Mrs. Jia also sent someone to say: “Please invite the aunt to stay here, the relationship between us will be closer.”--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:58, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“We have dozens of room in the southeast corner of the Li Xiang courtyard that is vacant, and ask someone to invite the aunt and sister and brother to live here.” Mrs. Wang originally wanted to stay. Mrs. Jia also sent someone to say: “Please stay here, the relationship between us will be closer.”--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 02:51, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛姨妈正欲同居一处，方可拘紧些儿子；若另住在外边，又恐他纵性惹祸：遂忙应允。又私与王夫人说明：“一应日费供给，一概都免，方是处常之法。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Xue wanted to live here so that she could supervise her son. If she lived elsewhere, she feared that her son would get into trouble again. So he agreed. She said to Mrs. Wang privately, &amp;quot;The Xue family will pay for all the supplies in the Jia mansion by themselves. This is the only way to get along with them for a long time.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人知他家不难于此，遂亦从其自便。从此后，薛家母女就在梨香院住了。原来这梨香院乃当日荣公暮年养静之所，小小巧巧，约有十馀间房舍，前厅后舍俱全。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另有一门通街，薛蟠的家人就走此门出入。西南上又有一个角门，通着夹道子，出了夹道，便是王夫人正房的东院了。每日或饭后或晚间，薛姨妈便过来，或与贾母闲谈，或与王夫人相叙；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was another gate to the street, through which Xue Pan's family went in and out. There is another side gate in the southwest, which leads to the narrow lane. Out of it, comes the east courtyard of Lady King's principal room. Every day, after dinner or in the evening, Aunt Marshgrass came to chat with Grandma Merchant or Lady King;--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 12:49, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝钗日与黛玉、迎春姊妹等一处，或看书下棋，或做针黹：倒也十分相安。只是薛蟠起初原不欲在贾府中居住，生恐姨父管束，不得自在。无奈母亲执意在此，且贾宅中又十分殷勤苦留，只得暂且住下；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面使人打扫出自家的房屋，再移居过去。谁知自此间住了不上一月，贾宅族中凡有的子侄，俱已认熟了一半，都是那些纨袴气习，莫不喜与他来往。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at the same time he directed servants to go and sweep the apartments of their own house and  they should move into them when they were ready.&lt;br /&gt;
But, contrary to expectation， for not over a month， Hsueeh P'an came to be on intimate relations with all the young men among the kindred of the Chia mansion， the half of whom were extravagant in their habits and glad to make contact with he.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 06:44, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今日会酒，明日观花，甚至聚赌嫖娼，无所不至，引诱的薛蟠比当日更坏了十倍。虽说贾政训子有方，治家有法，一则族大人多，照管不到；二则现在房长乃是贾珍，彼乃宁府长孙，又现袭职，凡族中事，都是他掌管；&lt;br /&gt;
Staying together and drinking wine today, appreciating flowers tomorrow, and even gambling and prostitution, everything will be done. Xue Pan, who is seduced, is ten times worse than that day. Although Jia Zhengxun is good at governing family, on the one hand,there are so many people in the family that he can not look after everyone; On the other hand, the house chief is Jia Zhen, and he is the eldest grandson of the Ning Mansion, now everything is in charge of him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三则公私冗杂，且素性潇洒，不以俗事为要，每公暇之时，不过看书、着棋而已；况这梨香院相隔两层房舍，又有街门别开，任意可以出入：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些子弟们所以只管放意畅怀的，因此薛蟠遂将移居之念渐渐打灭了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日后如何，下回分解。葫芦僧判断葫芦案──&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“葫芦”的谐音为糊涂，故其意谓糊涂僧糊涂判案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指知县贾雨村按照现为衙门门子而原为葫芦庙小沙弥的主意糊里糊涂判结了薛蟠强买甄英莲并打死人命一案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhizhi County Jia Yucun was confused and convicted the case of Xue Panqiang buying Zhen Yinglian and killing people based on the idea that he is now Yamenzi but was originally a young novice monk in the Gourd Temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子无才便是德──语出明·张岱《公祭祁夫人文》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“(陈)眉公曰：‘丈夫有德便是才，女子无才便是德。’此语殊为未确。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(又见清·石成金《家训钞》引)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓女子如果读书识字，便可能受到小说、戏曲的不良影响，做出伤风败俗的事，倒不如不识字而能保持妇德。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》、《列女传》──都是记述历代贤德女子的事迹，以宣扬封建妇德的书。&lt;br /&gt;
 English:The Four Books on Women and the Biography of Lienu ─ ─ both describe the deeds of &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 virtuous women in past dynasties to publicize the feudal virtues of women.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》：明·王相模仿南宋·朱熹所编《四书》而辑成，包括东汉·班昭的《女诫》、唐·宋若莘和宋若昭的《女论语》、明·永乐皇后徐氏的《内训》、王相之母刘氏的《女范捷录》四种专讲女德的书，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《列女传》：西汉·刘向编撰。全书七卷，每卷为一类，分别为母仪、贤明、仁智、贞顺、节义、辩通、嬖孽，共收妇女故事一百零四则。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩女红(gōng工)──泛指女子应做的家务活计。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fangji Female Red (''gong'')──refers to the household chores of women.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 19:13, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩：“纺”是把丝纺成纱，“绩”是把麻绩成线。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Fangji'': &amp;quot;Fang&amp;quot; means to spin silk into yarn, &amp;quot;Ji&amp;quot; means to turn the hemp into thread.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 19:06, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Fangji'': &amp;quot;Fang&amp;quot; means spinning silk into yarn, &amp;quot;Ji&amp;quot; means turning hemp into thread. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 01:48, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女红：又作“女工”或“女功”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Female Red (''gong''): is also known as &amp;quot;female worker&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;female performer&amp;quot;. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 01:46, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是指纺织、缝纫、刺绣等。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134422</id>
		<title>20211229 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134422"/>
		<updated>2021-12-28T01:46:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Asep Budiman 202111080020 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] [[20211027_homework|for Oct 27 - HLM Chapters 23-24]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
心较比干多一窍──比干：暴君商(殷)纣王之叔，被誉为圣人。据《史记·殷本纪》载：纣王厌恶比干谏诤不已，怒曰：“吾闻圣人心有七窍。”于是“剖比干，观其心”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart is one more hole than Bigan. Bigan, the uncle of tyrant Shang King Zhou, is known as a saint. According to Historical Records: Yin Dynasty, King Zhou dislikes the advisement of Bigan, so said with anger,&amp;quot;I heard that a saint has seven hole in his heart.&amp;quot; Thus, Bigan was anatomized to observe his heart.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 11:44, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
古人以为心窍越多越聪明，故以“心较比干多一窍” 形容黛玉绝顶聪明。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
病如西子胜三分──西子：即西施。《庄子·天运》说：“西施病心而颦(皱眉)”，益增娇艳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ancients thought that the more the mind, the smarter it was, so they described Daiyu as extremely clever. ​&lt;br /&gt;
Illness like Xi Zi wins three points - Xi Zi: Xi Shi. Zhuangzi Tianyun said: &amp;quot;Xi Shi frowns (frowns) when she is ill&amp;quot;, which increases her beauty.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 12:01, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故以“病如西子胜三分”形容黛玉病弱而娇美。 胜：胜过，超过。 下面贾宝玉替林黛玉起表字为“颦颦”，亦用西施颦眉之典，但又不敢明说，故编了一套谎活，杜撰了《古今人物通考》书名。​&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Dai Yu is described as weak and beautiful by &amp;quot;sick as Xizi wins three points&amp;quot;. Next, Jia Baoyu wrote &amp;quot;Pingping&amp;quot; for Lin Daiyu. He also used the code of Xi shi’s frown, but he didn't dare to say it clearly, so he made up a set of lies and invented the title of the general examination of ancient and modern characters. ​--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 12:00, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
教引嬷嬷──清代专司教导年幼皇子的女子，称“谙达”。后来世家大族也仿效而行。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“花气袭人”之句：是宋·陆游《村居书喜》中的半句，原诗为七言律诗：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Yin Mammy -- a woman who was in charge of teaching the young emperor's son in the Qing Dynasty, known as &amp;quot;Jiuda&amp;quot;. Later, the big families followed the suit. ​&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence &amp;quot;flower spirit attacks people&amp;quot; is half of a sentence in &amp;quot;Village Residence Book Xi&amp;quot; by Song · Lu You. The original poem is a seven-word poem: --[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 06:05, 27 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guide Mammy——a woman who in charge of teaching young sons of Emperor in the Qing Dynasty，called “Anda”. Later, the big families followed the suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence &amp;quot;flower spirit attacks people&amp;quot; is half of a sentence in &amp;quot;Book of Happiness Living in Village&amp;quot; by Lu You in Song Dynasty.The original poem is a seven-word poem：--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:43, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红桥梅市晓山横，白塔樊江春水生。花气袭人知骤暖，鹊声穿树喜新晴。坊场酒贱贫犹醉，原野泥深老亦耕。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountains stand away from the Hong Qiaomei market and the Fanjiang river flows beside the Bai Tower. The glamour of flowers notices the spring and Tweetie magpies are happy because of a sunny day. The price of unstrained wine is so low that poor me can have a good drink. Farmers are diligently ploughing and sowing. --[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:37, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
最喜先期官赋足，经年无吏叩柴荆。”意谓因闻到花香，才知天气已经骤然暖和了。第二十三回和二十八回均引作“花气袭人知昼暖”，将“骤”误为“昼”，可能是曹雪芹误记。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
省(xǐ ng醒)——典出《礼记·曲礼上》：“凡为人子之礼，冬温而夏凊，昏定而晨省。”[凊( jìng净)：凉。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xing (pronounced xǐng) – canonical originated from ''The Book of Rites • Qu Li'': &amp;quot;The etiquette of being sons is: make his parents feel warm in winter, cool in the summer, serve them to bed at night, and greet them in the morning. [Jing  (pronounced jìng)]--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 11:27, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓子女冬天要为父母焐暖被褥，夏天要为父母扇凉床席，每天早上要向父母请安问好，晚上要服侍父母安寝。泛指子女对父母的孝敬无微不至。故“省”即“晨省”的略称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指子女早晨向父母请安问候的礼节。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第四回 薄命女偏逢薄命郎，葫芦僧判断葫芦案&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说黛玉同姐妹们至王夫人处，见王夫人正和兄嫂处的来使计议家务，又说姨母家遭人命官司等语。因见王夫人事情冗杂，姐妹们遂出来 ,至寡嫂李氏房中来了。原来这李氏即贾珠之妻。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
珠虽夭亡，幸存一子，取名贾兰，今方五岁，已入学攻书。这李氏亦系金陵名宦之女。父名李守中，曾为国子祭酒；族中男女无不读诗书者。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bead Merchant had died at an early age, he had the good fortune of leaving behind him a son, to whom the name of Cymbidium Merchant was given. He was, at this period, just in his fifth year, and had already entered school, and applied himself to books. This Silk Plum was also the daughter of an official of note in Gold Mausoleum. Her father's name was Midfielder Plum, who had, at one time, been Imperial Libationer. Among his kindred, men as well as women had all devoted themselves to poetry and letters. --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 07:24, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bead Merchant died young. But luckily, she had a son, Cymbidium Merchant, just five and already in school. Her father, Midfielder Plum, a notable of Jinling, had served as a Libationer in the Imperial College. All the sons and daughters of his clan had been devoted to the study of the classics. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 10:06, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至李守中继续以来，便谓“女子无才便是德”，故生了此女，不曾叫他十分认真读书，只不过将些 《女四书》、 《烈女传》读读，认得几个字，记得前朝这几个贤女便了；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Midfielder Plum became head of the family, however, in the belief that “an unaccomplished woman is a virtuous one,” instead of making his daughter study hard he simply had her taught enough to read a few books such as the ''Four Books for Girls'', ''Biographies of Martyred Women'', and ''Lives of Exemplary Ladies'' so that she might be able to recognize a few characters and be familiar with some of the models of female virtue of former ages; --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 10:05, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却以纺绩女红为要，因取名为李纨，字宫裁。所以这李纨虽青春丧偶，且居处于膏粱锦绣之中，竟如槁木死灰一般，一概不问不闻，惟知侍亲养子，闲时陪侍小姑等针黹、诵读而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今黛玉虽客居于此，已有这几个姑嫂相伴，除老父之外，馀者也就无用虑了。如今且说贾雨村授了应天府，一到任，就有件人命官司详至案下，却是两家争买一婢，各不相让，以致殴伤人命。彼时雨村即拘原告来审。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那原告道：“被打死的乃是小人的主人。因那日买了个丫头，不想系拐子拐来卖的。这拐子先已得了我家的银子，我家小主人原说第二日方是好日，再接入门；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这拐子又悄悄的卖与了薛家，被我们知道了，去找拿卖主，夺取丫头。无奈薛家原系金陵一霸，倚财仗势，众豪奴将我小主人竟打死了。凶身主仆已皆逃走，无有踪迹，只剩了几个局外的人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this kidnapper stealthily sold her over again to the Hsueeh family. When we came to know of this, we went in search of the seller to lay hold of him, and bring back the girl by force. But the Hsueeh party has been all along the bully of Chin Ling, full of confidence in his wealth and prestige; and his arrogant menials in a body seized our master and beat him to death.The murderous master and his crew have all long ago made good their escape, leaving no trace behind them, while there only remain several parties not concerned in the affair. --[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 13:37, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小人告了一年的状，竟无人作主。求太老爷拘拿凶犯，以扶善良，存殁感激天恩不尽！”雨村听了，大怒道：“那有这等事：打死人竟白白的走了，拿不来的？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便发签差公人，立刻将凶犯家属拿来拷问。只见案旁站着一个门子，使眼色不叫他发签。雨村心下狐疑，只得停了手。He sent a signature to send the official and immediately tortured the family members of the murderer. Seeing a boy page of the court standing by the case, who didn't ask Yucun to sign. Yucun was suspicious and had to stop.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 01:45, 26 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He sent a signature to send the official and immediately tortured the family members of the murderer. Seeing a boy page of the court standing by the case, who didn't ask Yucun to sign. Yucun was suspicious and had to stop to do it.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 11:17, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
退堂至密室，令从人退去，只留这门子一人伏侍。门子忙上前请安，笑问：“老爷一向加官进禄，八九年来，就忘了我了？”&lt;br /&gt;
He retreated to the secret room and ordered everyone to leave the door man alone. The door man is busy forward to ask for his respect, smile to ask: &amp;quot;the master has been adding officials into the salary, eight or nine years, forget me?&amp;quot;--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 11:20, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He retreated to the secret room and ordered everyone to leave except for the door man Menzi. Menzi is busy forward to ask for his respect, smile to ask: &amp;quot;the master has been adding officials into the salary, eight or nine years, forget me?&amp;quot;--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 01:27, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“我看你十分眼熟，但一时总想不起来。”门子笑道：“老爷怎么把出身之地竟忘了？老爷不记得当年葫芦庙里的事么？”雨村大惊，方想起往事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun said, “You look so familiar, but I can’t remember you at once.” Menzi laughed, “How could you forget your birthplace, my Master? Do you forget what happened in the Gourd Temple?” After listening, Yucun felt surprised, and the remembered the past.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 01:22, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这门子本是葫芦庙里一个小沙弥，因被火之后无处安身，想这件生意倒还轻省，耐不得寺院凄凉，遂趁年纪轻，蓄了发，充当门子。雨村那里想得是他。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It turned out that the gatekeeper was originally a little monk in Bottle-gourd Temple. Because he had no place to settle down after the temple being burned by the fire, he thought this business was easy and could not bear the desolation of the temple. So he saved his hair and acted as a gatekeeper while he was young. Yue-ts'un didn't think it was him.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 07:10, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fact is that this Retainer had been a young monk in the Hu Lu temple, but because of its destruction by fire, he had no place to rest his frame, he remembered how light and easy was, after all, this kind of occupation, and being unable to reconcile himself to the solitude and quiet of a temple, he accordingly availed himself of his years, which were as yet few, to let his hair grow, and become a retainer. Yue-ts'un had had no idea that it was him. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:03, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便忙携手笑道：“原来还是故人。”因赏他坐了说话。这门子不敢坐。雨村笑道：“你也算贫贱之交了。此系私室，但坐不妨。”门子才斜签着坐下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hastily taking his hand, he smilingly said, &amp;quot;You are, indeed, an old acquaintance!&amp;quot; and then pressed him to take a seat, so as to have a chat with more ease, but the Retainer would not presume to sit down. &amp;quot;Friendships,&amp;quot; Yue-ts'un remarked, putting on a smiling expression, &amp;quot;contracted in poor circumstances should not be forgotten! This is a private room, so that if you sat down, what would it matter?&amp;quot; The Retainer thereupon craved permission to take a seat and sat down gingerly.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:04, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“方才何故不令发签？”门子道：“老爷荣任到此，难道就没抄一张本省的‘护官符’来不成？”雨村忙问：“何为‘护官符’？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chia Yu-tsun asked, &amp;quot;Why did you not grant me the passport just now?&amp;quot; The doorman answered that &amp;quot;Your Excellency, when you are to assume office here, haven't you hold some relations to a guard officer? &amp;quot; Yu-tsun was confused and thus continued, &amp;quot;guard officer?&amp;quot;.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 13:30, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
门子道：“如今凡作地方官的，都有一个私单，上面写的是本省最有权势极富贵的大乡绅名姓，各省皆然。倘若不知，一时触犯了这样的人家，不但官爵，只怕连性命也难保呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以叫做‘护官符’。方才所说的这薛家，老爷如何惹得他！他这件官司并无难断之处，从前的官府都因碍着情分脸面，所以如此。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So it was called “the amulet of protection from the feudal official. The family Xue we talked just now, we can’t offend them, my lord. His lawsuit had no difficulty, however, the former official had trouble in the relationship, thus causing the situation then.”.  --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 09:46, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
So it's called ‘Guardian Talisman’. The Xue family just said, how did the master provoke him! There is nothing difficult about him in this lawsuit. The previous government officials were obstructed because of their affection, so it was so. &amp;quot;--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 11:32, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面说，一面从顺袋中取出一张抄的“护官符”来，递与雨村看时，上面皆是本地大族名宦之家的俗谚口碑，云：贾不假，白玉为堂金作马。&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, while taking out a copy of the &amp;quot;protection charm&amp;quot; from the Shun bag, when it was handed it to Yucun, it was all the common sayings of the family of famous local eunuchs, saying: Jia is not fake, and Bai Yu is the gold of the house. Be a horse.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 11:31, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阿房宫，三百里，住不下金陵一个史。东海缺少白玉床，龙王来请金陵王。丰年好大雪，珍珠如土金如铁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村尚未看完，忽闻传点，报：“王老爷来拜。”雨村忙具衣冠接迎，有顿饭工夫，方回来问这门子。门子道：“四家皆连络有亲，一损俱损，一荣俱荣。&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, suddenly smell spread point, report: &amp;quot;Wang master came to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to meet him and had a meal before he came back to ask about it. Siemens way: &amp;quot;the four are connected to have relatives, a failure other destroyed, a glory other glory.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 06:45, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, but suddenly heard from the messenger saying : &amp;quot;Wang master come to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to welcome him. Only after a meal did he come back to ask Menzi, who said: &amp;quot;the four families are closely connected, so do their  honor and failure.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 07:12, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今告打死人之薛，就是‘丰年大雪’之薛。不单靠这三家，他的世交亲友在都在外的本也不少，老爷如今拿谁去？”雨村听说，便笑问门子道：“这样说来，却怎么了结此案？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The xue of killing people is the xue of 'heavy snow in the year of plenty'. He has not only these three families, but also many family friends and relatives who are away from home. Who are you going to take now?&amp;quot; Rain village heard, then smiled and asked Siemens way: &amp;quot;So say, but how to settle the case?--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 07:05, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你大约也深知这凶犯躲的方向了？”门子笑道：“不瞒老爷说，不但这凶犯躲的方向，并这拐的人我也知道，死鬼买主也深知道，待我细说与老爷听：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这个被打死的是一个小乡宦之子，名唤冯渊，父母俱亡，又无兄弟，守着些薄产度日。年纪十八九岁，酷爱男风，不好女色。这也是前生冤孽，可巧遇见这丫头，他便一眼看上了，立意买来作妾，设誓不近男色，也不再娶第二个了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man who was killed was the son of a small township official, named Feng Yuan. His parents died and had no brothers. He lived on a low income. He is eighteen or nine years old. He loves men and is not good at women. This is also an injustice in his previous life. But when he happened to meet this girl, he took a fancy to it and decided to buy it as a concubine. He swore that he would not be close to a man and would not marry a second one.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 05:38, 27 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以郑重其事，必得三日后方进门。谁知这拐子又偷卖与薛家，他意欲卷了两家的银子逃去；谁知又走不脱，两家拿住，打了个半死，都不肯收银，各要领人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那薛公子便喝令下人动手，将冯公子打了个稀烂，抬回去三日竟死了。这薛公子原择下日子要上京的，既打了人，夺了丫头，他便没事人一般，只管带了家眷走他的路，并非为此而逃；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He then rudely ordered his subordinates to do something about it, and beat Feng up so badly that he was carried home and died within three days. The Duke of Xue had intended to go to the capital in a few days, and since he had beaten and robbed the maid, he acted as if nothing had happened, and simply took his family away, not because of this escape;--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 06:59, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这人命些些小事，自有他弟兄、奴仆在此料理。这且别说，老爷可知这被卖的丫头是谁？”雨村道：“我如何晓得？”门子冷笑道：“这人还是老爷的大恩人呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他就是葫芦庙旁住的甄老爷的女儿，小名英莲的。”雨村骇然道：“原来是他！听见他自五岁被人拐去，怎么如今才卖呢？”门子道：“这种拐子单拐幼女，养至十二三岁，带至他乡转卖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当日这英莲，我们天天哄他玩耍，极相熟的，所以隔了七八年，虽模样儿出脱的齐整，然大段未改，所以认得；且他眉心中原有米粒大的一点胭脂记，从胎里带来的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Yinglian was a little girl, we played with her every day and were very familiar with each other. Her appearance didn’t change a lot after seven or eight years though she has grown prettier than before, so we still remembered her; besides, her eyebrows came to a little carmine point (the size of a grain of rice) in the middle, which was the birthmark.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 05:53, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
偏这拐子又租了我的房子居住，那日拐子不在家，我也曾问他。他说是打怕了的，万不敢说，只说拐子是他的亲爹，因无钱还债才卖的。再四哄他，他又哭了，只说：‘我原不记得小时的事。’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trafficker had rented my house to live in by coincidence. I had ever asked her one day when the trafficker was not at home. She said that she dared not to say anything after being attacked for a long time, and only answered that he was her father who sold her to pay off the debts. By coaxing her for several times, she cried again and said that &amp;quot;I don’t remember what happened when I was a child&amp;quot;.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:14, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The kidnapper just happened to rent the houses from me. One day, when he was not at home, I asked her about such a thing. She told me that she was afraid to say anything after being beaten so much; she only insisted that he was her father who sold her to pay off his debts. When I tried repeatedly to coax it out of her, she burst into tears and said that 'I do not remember what happened in my childhood.'--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:29, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这无可疑了。那日冯公子相见了，兑了银子，因拐子醉了，英莲自叹说：‘我今日罪孽可满了！’后又听见三日后才过门，他又转有忧愁之态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is not doubt that the girl who was carried off by the kidnapper is Yinglian all right. The day when Feng Yuan met her and paid down his silver, the kidnapper had got drunk. And then, Yinglian sighed, 'I am overwhelmed by my sins today!' However, her gloom started deepening again, when she heard that Feng Yuan would not be coming and picking her up for three days.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:14, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我又不忍，等拐子出去，又叫内人去解劝他：‘这冯公子必待好日期来接，可知必不以丫鬟相看。况他是个绝风流人品，家里颇过得，素性又最厌恶堂客，今竟破价买你，后事不言可知。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只耐得三两日，何必忧闷？’他听如此说，方略解些，自谓从此得所。谁料天下竟有不如意事，第二日，他偏又卖与了薛家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only for three or two days, why bother to be depressed? Hearing this, he relieved a little bit, saying that he would get a place to settle since then. Unexpectedly, everything is never perfect. On the next day, he was sold to the Xue.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:13, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若卖与第二家还好，这薛公子的混名，人称他‘呆霸王’，最是天下第一个弄性尚气的人，而且使钱如土。只打了个落花流水，生拖死拽，把个英莲拖去，如今也不知死活。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这冯公子空喜一场，一念未遂，反花了钱，送了命，岂不可叹！”雨村听了，也叹道：“这也是他们的孽障遭遇，亦非偶然，不然这冯渊如何偏只看上了这英莲？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这英莲受了拐子这几年折磨，才得了个路头，且又是个多情的，若果聚合了，倒是件美事，偏又生出这段事来。这薛家纵比冯家富贵，想其为人，自然姬妾众多，淫佚无度，未必及冯渊定情于一人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这正是梦幻情缘，恰遇见一对薄命儿女。且不要议论他人，只目今这官司如何剖断才好？”门子笑道：“老爷当年何其明决，今日何反成个没主意的人了？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be the love of dream, only to be an ill-fated couple. Don’t talk about others for the moment. It’s crucial that this case be judged properly.” The servant said with a smile, “ how decisive you were in those days. Why are you so irresolute at the present ?”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:31, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小的听见老爷补升此任，系贾府、王府之力。此薛蟠即贾府之亲，老爷何不顺水行舟，做个人情，将此案了结，日后也好去见贾、王二公。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I heard that you respected master assumed office with the help of Jia Mansion and Wang Mansion. Xue Pan is a relative of Jia Mansion. Why don’t you do him a special favor, making use of the opportunity to settle the case, so that you can make a smooth explanation to master Jia and Wang in days to come.”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:03, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“你说的何尝不是，但事关人命，蒙皇上隆恩，起复委用，正竭力图报之时，岂可因私枉法？是实不忍为的。”门子听了，冷笑道：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“老爷说的自是正理，但如今世上是行不去的。岂不闻古人说的：‘大丈夫相时而动。’又说：‘趋吉避凶者为君子。’依老爷这话，不但不能报效朝廷，亦且自身不保，还要三思为妥。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“What lord said is reasonable, but it is unfeasible in the current world. Have you not heard what the ancients said:’ A real man can take action according to the specific situation’, and ‘The one who can avoid calamity and bring on good fortune is a gentleman.’ According to lord’s words, you not only can’t serve the court, but also can’t protect yourself. You’d better think it over. ‘ --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 15:40, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村低了头，半日方说道：“依你怎么着？”门子道：“小人已想了个很好的主意在此：老爷明日坐堂，只管虚张声势，动文书，发签拿人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
凶犯自然是拿不来的，原告固是不依，只用将薛家族人及奴仆人等拿几个来拷问；小的在暗中调停，令他们报个‘暴病身亡’，合族中及地方上共递一张保呈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturally, the murderer could not get it. The plaintiff did not follow it. He only took a few of the Xue family and slave servants to torture them; The small ones were secretly mediating, so that they reported a &amp;quot;violent illness&amp;quot; and a joint guarantee was handed over to the middle and local communities.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 11:25, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷只说善能扶鸾请仙，堂上设了乩坛，令军民人等只管来看。老爷便说：‘乩仙批了，死者冯渊与薛蟠原系夙孽，今犯狭路相遇，原应了结：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lord requested to set out the altar in order to invite immortals to come, and let the military and people to come to see. The lord then said that after coscinomancy finished, the dead Feng Yuan and Xue Pan should have come to an end because they used to be long-standing and are bound to meet head-on on a narrow road.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 14:46, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今薛蟠已得了无名之病，被冯渊的魂魄追索而死。其祸皆由拐子而起，除将拐子按法处治外，馀不累及’等语。小人暗中嘱咐拐子，令其实招。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众人见乩仙批语与拐子相符，自然不疑了。薛家有的是钱，老爷断一千也可，五百也可，与冯家作烧埋之费。那冯家也无甚要紧的人，不过为的是钱，有了银子，也就无话了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crowed had no doubt after they saw the remarks of divinities in accordance with the trickster. The Xues had plenty of money, the Lord could give one thousand Yang yuan, or five hundred, to the Fengs for funeral expenses.There was no one of special importance in the Fengs, all they wanted was just the money. Having received the money, they wouldn't say anything more.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 14:25, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The people had no doubt after seeing the remarks of divinities in accordance with the trickster. The Xues had plenty of money, the Lord could give one thousand yuan, or five hundred, to the Fengs for funeral expenses.There was no one of special importance in the Fengs, all they wanted was just the money. Having received the money, they wouldn't say anything more. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:44, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷细想，此计如何？”雨村笑道：“不妥，不妥。等我再斟酌斟酌，压服得口声才好。”二人计议已定。至次日坐堂，勾取一干有名人犯，雨村详加审问。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lord thought carefully, and asked how about this plan? Yucun laughed and said: “ It’s not the right way, it’s not the right way. Let me think the matter over, the plan should be convinced by all the others.” Then they confirmed the plan. At tomorrow’s  court session, convening all criminals, whose name was known, Yucun questioned them seriously. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:31, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
果见冯家人口稀少，不过赖此欲得些烧埋之银；薛家仗势倚情，偏不相让：故致颠倒未决。雨村便徇情枉法，胡乱判断了此案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冯家得了许多烧埋银子，也就无甚话说了。雨村便疾忙修书二封与贾政并京营节度使王子腾，不过说“令甥之事已完，不必过虑”之言寄去。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Feng family got a lot of buried silver and had nothing to say. Rain village will quickly repair two letters and Jia Zheng and Jingying jie make Prince Teng, but said &amp;quot;nephew has finished, do not have to worry about&amp;quot; words to send.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 10:25, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此事皆由葫芦庙内沙弥新门子所为，雨村又恐他对人说出当日贫贱时事来，因此心中大不乐意。后来到底寻了他一个不是，远远的充发了才罢。当下言不着雨村。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was all done by a novice monk Xinmenzi in Gourd Temple. Yucun was afraid that he would tell people about the awful current affairs of that day, so he was very unsatisfied. Later, Yucan pick holes in him , and banished him far away. Now, there was no one talking about bad things about Yucun.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 14:05, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且说那买了英莲、打死冯渊的薛公子，亦系金陵人氏，本是书香继世之家。只是如今这薛公子幼年丧父，寡母又怜他是个独根孤种，未免溺爱纵容些，遂致老大无成；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且家中有百万之富，现领着内帑钱粮，采办杂料。这薛公子学名薛蟠，表字文起，性情奢侈，言语傲慢；虽也上过学，不过略识几个字，终日惟有斗鸡走马，游山玩景而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are countless money in the family, and now people are taking the domestic money and food to purchase stuffs. The Mr. Xue so-called Xue Pan, is entitled as Wenqi with extravagant temperament and arrogant speech. Although he has also gone to school, but he knows a few words, he only like fighting cock walking around the mountains and enjoying the scenery all day long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are countless money in the family, and now people are taking the domestic money and food to purchase stuffs. Mr.Xue, whose name is Xue Pan, is entitled as Wenqi with extravagant temperament and arrogant speech. Although he has also gone to school, he knows a few words, he only like fighting cock walking around the mountains and enjoying the scenery all day long.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 11:21, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽是皇商，一应经纪世事全然不知，不过赖祖、父旧日的情分，户部挂个虚名，支领钱粮；其馀事体，自有伙计、老家人等措办。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was a royal merchant, he knew nothing about economics. However, due to the old affection of his grandfathers and fathers, he was given a virtual position in Board of Revenue to received money and grain, and the rest of affairs were handled by his clerks and old family members.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 09:43, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was a royal merchant, he knew nothing about economics. However, due to the old affection of his ancestors and his father, he was given a virtual position in Board of Revenue to received money and grain, and the rest of affairs were handled by his clerks and old family members.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 11:08, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寡母王氏，乃现任京营节度使王子腾之妹，与荣国府贾政的夫人王氏是一母所生的姊妹，今年方五十上下，只有薛蟠一子。还有一女，比薛蟠小两岁，乳名宝钗，生得肌骨莹润，举止娴雅。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, the widowed mother, is the sister of Wang Ziteng, the current governor of Jingying Festival and the sister of Wang, the wife of Jia Zheng in the Rongguo mansion. This year, she is about 50, and has only a son Xue Pan. Besides, she has a daughter, whose milk name is Bao Chai, two years younger than Xue Pan. Bao Chai has beautiful body and behave elegantly .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, she has a daughter, whose small name is Bao Chai, two years younger than Xue Pan.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 06:50, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当时他父亲在日极爱此女，令其读书识字，较之乃兄竟高十倍。自父亲死后，见哥哥不能安慰母心，他便不以书字为念，只留心针黹、家计等事，好为母亲分忧代劳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His father had been so fond of her that he had sent her to read ten times better than her brother. Seeing that her brother could not pacify her mother after her father's death, she stopped thinking about reading and only cared about needle-work and family livelihood in order to share her mother's cares and duties.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 06:49, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近因今上崇尚诗礼，征采才能，降不世之隆恩，除聘选妃嫔外，凡世宦名家之女，皆得亲名达部，以备选择为公主、郡主入学陪侍，充为才人、赞善之职。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自薛蟠父亲死后，各省中所有的买卖承局、总管、伙计人等，见薛蟠年轻不谙世事，便趁时拐骗起来，京都几处生意，渐亦销耗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ever since the death of Xue Pan's father， all the assistants， managers and partners， and other employees in the respective provinces， perceiving how youthful and inexperienced Xue Pan was in years， readily availed themselves of the time to begin swindling and defrauding. As a result, The business， carried on in various different places in the capital，gradually also began to fall off and to show a deficit.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 08:33, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠素闻得都中乃第一繁华之地，正思一游，便趁此机会：一来送妹待选；二来望亲；三来亲自入部销算旧账，再计新支；其实只为游览上国风光之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因此早已检点下行装细软，以及馈送亲友各色土物人情等类，正择日起身，不想偏遇着那拐子卖英莲。薛蟠见英莲生的不俗，立意买了作妾，又遇冯家来夺，因恃强喝令豪奴将冯渊打死。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便将家中事务，一一嘱托了族中人并几个老家人；自己同着母亲、妹子，竟自起身长行去了。人命官司，他却视为儿戏，自谓花上几个钱，没有不了的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dragon Marshgrass entrusted the household affairs to the clan middleman and old family members. Then he just went away with his mother and sister. He should deem the affair of murder as a trifling matter and believed it could be easily solved through money.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 12:31, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在路不计其日。那日已将入都，又听见母舅王子腾升了九省统制，奉旨出都查边。薛蟠心中暗喜道：“我正愁进京去有舅舅管辖，不能任意挥霍；如今升出去，可知天从人愿。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因和母亲商议道：“咱们京中虽有几处房舍，只是这十来年没人居住，那看守的人未免偷着租赁给人住，须得先着人去打扫收拾才好。”他母亲道：“何必如此招摇？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he discussed with his mother, &amp;quot;Although we have a few premises in the capital, no one has lived there for ten years, the guards may sneakily rent to people to live, we must first ask someone to clean and tidy up.&amp;quot; His mother said, &amp;quot;Why do you have to be so flashy? &amp;quot;--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 09:23, 25 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he discussed with his mother, &amp;quot;Although we have a few houses in the capital, no one has lived there for ten years. The guards may sneakily rent the house to other people, so we must first send someone to tidy up the house. His mother said, &amp;quot;Why do you have to be so flashy? &amp;quot;--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:50, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们这进京去，原是先拜望亲友，或是在你舅舅处，或是你姨父家，他两家的房舍极是宽敞的，咱们且住下，再慢慢儿的着人去收拾，岂不消停些？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we go to the capital Beijing,  and we should visit our relatives first. Your uncle‘s or your aunt‘s husband’s house are good choices, and their houses are very spacious. Let's stay there for a while and then send someone to clean up the house，and it will be more inconspicuous.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:38, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠道：“如今舅舅正升了外省去，家里自然忙乱起身，咱们这会子反一窝一拖的奔了去，岂不没眼色呢？”他母亲道：“你舅舅虽升了去，还有你姨父家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况这几年来，你舅舅、姨娘两处，每每带信捎书接咱们来；如今既来了，你舅舅虽忙着起身，你贾家的姨娘未必不苦留我们，咱们且忙忙的收拾房子，岂不使人见怪？你的意思，我早知道了：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
守着舅舅、姨母住着，未免拘紧了；不如各自住着，好任意施为。你既如此，你自去挑所宅子去住；我和你姨娘，姊妹们别了这几年，却要住几日，我带了你妹子去投你姨娘家去。你道好不好？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠见母亲如此说，情知扭不过，只得吩咐人夫，一路奔荣国府而来。那时王夫人已知薛蟠官司一事，亏贾雨村就中维持了，才放了心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又见哥哥升了边缺，正愁少了娘家的亲戚来往，略觉寂寞。过了几日，忽家人报：“姨太太带了哥儿、姐儿，合家进京，在门外下车了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing that her brother was promoted, she was worried about the lack of relatives in her mother's family, and felt a little lonely. A few days later, suddenly her family reported: &amp;quot;concubine brought her brothers and sisters to Beijing and got off outside the door.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 10:02, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing that her brother was promoted,  Dragon Marshgrass was worried about the lack of relatives in her mother's family, and felt a little lonely. A few days later, suddenly her family reported: &amp;quot;concubine brought her brothers and sisters to Beijing and got off outside the door.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 14:38, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
喜的王夫人忙带了人，接到大厅上，将薛姨妈等接进去了。姊妹们一朝相见，悲喜交集，自不必说。叙了一番契阔，又引着拜见贾母，将人情土物各种酬献了，合家俱厮见过，又治席接风。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King was so happy that she brought someone to the hall and took Aunt Marshgrass in. The sisters were joy tempered with sorrow to see each other that it goes without saying. Told a story of great deeds, and led to visit Grandma Merchant, all kinds of reward will be offered, together with the furniture saw, and treat the seat to receive wind.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 14:35, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang was so happy that she brought someone to the hall and took Aunt Xue in. The sisters were  in joy tempered with sorrow to see each other that it goes without saying. Told a story of great deeds, and led to visit Grandma Merchant, all kinds of reward will be offered, together with the furniture saw, and treat the seat to receive wind.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:07, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠拜见过贾政、贾琏，又引着见了贾赦、贾珍等。贾政便使人进来对王夫人说：“姨太太已有了年纪，外甥年轻，不知庶务，在外住着，恐又要生事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan met Jia Zheng and Jia Lian and introduced Jia She and Jia Zhen. Jia Zheng sent someone in and said to Mrs. Wang, &amp;quot;my aunt is old, and my nephew is young. He doesn't know about general affairs. If he is living outside, I am afraid that something will happen again.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:10, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan met Jia Zheng and Jia Lian and introduced Jia She and Jia Zhen. Jia Zheng sent someone in and said to Mrs. Wang, &amp;quot;my aunt is old, and my nephew is young. He doesn't know about general affairs. If he lives outside, I am afraid that he will make some trouble.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 13:01, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们东南角上梨香院那一所房十来间白空闲着，叫人请了姨太太和姐儿、哥儿住了甚好。”王夫人原要留住。贾母也遣人来说：“请姨太太就在这里住下，大家亲密些。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“We have a room in the southeast corner of the Li Xiang courtyard that is vacant, and ask someone to invite the aunt and sister and brother to live here.” Mrs. Wang originally wanted to stay. Mrs. Jia also sent someone to say: “Please invite the aunt to stay here, the relationship between us will be closer.”--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:58, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“We have dozens of room in the southeast corner of the Li Xiang courtyard that is vacant, and ask someone to invite the aunt and sister and brother to live here.” Mrs. Wang originally wanted to stay. Mrs. Jia also sent someone to say: “Please stay here, the relationship between us will be closer.”--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 02:51, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛姨妈正欲同居一处，方可拘紧些儿子；若另住在外边，又恐他纵性惹祸：遂忙应允。又私与王夫人说明：“一应日费供给，一概都免，方是处常之法。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Xue wanted to live here so that she could supervise her son. If she lived elsewhere, she feared that her son would get into trouble again. So he agreed. She said to Mrs. Wang privately, &amp;quot;The Xue family will pay for all the supplies in the Jia mansion by themselves. This is the only way to get along with them for a long time.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人知他家不难于此，遂亦从其自便。从此后，薛家母女就在梨香院住了。原来这梨香院乃当日荣公暮年养静之所，小小巧巧，约有十馀间房舍，前厅后舍俱全。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另有一门通街，薛蟠的家人就走此门出入。西南上又有一个角门，通着夹道子，出了夹道，便是王夫人正房的东院了。每日或饭后或晚间，薛姨妈便过来，或与贾母闲谈，或与王夫人相叙；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was another gate to the street, through which Xue Pan's family went in and out. There is another side gate in the southwest, which leads to the narrow lane. Out of it, comes the east courtyard of Lady King's principal room. Every day, after dinner or in the evening, Aunt Marshgrass came to chat with Grandma Merchant or Lady King;--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 12:49, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝钗日与黛玉、迎春姊妹等一处，或看书下棋，或做针黹：倒也十分相安。只是薛蟠起初原不欲在贾府中居住，生恐姨父管束，不得自在。无奈母亲执意在此，且贾宅中又十分殷勤苦留，只得暂且住下；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面使人打扫出自家的房屋，再移居过去。谁知自此间住了不上一月，贾宅族中凡有的子侄，俱已认熟了一半，都是那些纨袴气习，莫不喜与他来往。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at the same time he directed servants to go and sweep the apartments of their own house and  they should move into them when they were ready.&lt;br /&gt;
But, contrary to expectation， for not over a month， Hsueeh P'an came to be on intimate relations with all the young men among the kindred of the Chia mansion， the half of whom were extravagant in their habits and glad to make contact with he.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 06:44, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今日会酒，明日观花，甚至聚赌嫖娼，无所不至，引诱的薛蟠比当日更坏了十倍。虽说贾政训子有方，治家有法，一则族大人多，照管不到；二则现在房长乃是贾珍，彼乃宁府长孙，又现袭职，凡族中事，都是他掌管；&lt;br /&gt;
Staying together and drinking wine today, appreciating flowers tomorrow, and even gambling and prostitution, everything will be done. Xue Pan, who is seduced, is ten times worse than that day. Although Jia Zhengxun is good at governing family, on the one hand,there are so many people in the family that he can not look after everyone; On the other hand, the house chief is Jia Zhen, and he is the eldest grandson of the Ning Mansion, now everything is in charge of him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三则公私冗杂，且素性潇洒，不以俗事为要，每公暇之时，不过看书、着棋而已；况这梨香院相隔两层房舍，又有街门别开，任意可以出入：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些子弟们所以只管放意畅怀的，因此薛蟠遂将移居之念渐渐打灭了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日后如何，下回分解。葫芦僧判断葫芦案──&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“葫芦”的谐音为糊涂，故其意谓糊涂僧糊涂判案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指知县贾雨村按照现为衙门门子而原为葫芦庙小沙弥的主意糊里糊涂判结了薛蟠强买甄英莲并打死人命一案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhizhi County Jia Yucun was confused and convicted the case of Xue Panqiang buying Zhen Yinglian and killing people based on the idea that he is now Yamenzi but was originally a young novice monk in the Gourd Temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子无才便是德──语出明·张岱《公祭祁夫人文》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“(陈)眉公曰：‘丈夫有德便是才，女子无才便是德。’此语殊为未确。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(又见清·石成金《家训钞》引)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓女子如果读书识字，便可能受到小说、戏曲的不良影响，做出伤风败俗的事，倒不如不识字而能保持妇德。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》、《列女传》──都是记述历代贤德女子的事迹，以宣扬封建妇德的书。&lt;br /&gt;
 English:The Four Books on Women and the Biography of Lienu ─ ─ both describe the deeds of &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 virtuous women in past dynasties to publicize the feudal virtues of women.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》：明·王相模仿南宋·朱熹所编《四书》而辑成，包括东汉·班昭的《女诫》、唐·宋若莘和宋若昭的《女论语》、明·永乐皇后徐氏的《内训》、王相之母刘氏的《女范捷录》四种专讲女德的书，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《列女传》：西汉·刘向编撰。全书七卷，每卷为一类，分别为母仪、贤明、仁智、贞顺、节义、辩通、嬖孽，共收妇女故事一百零四则。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩女红(gōng工)──泛指女子应做的家务活计。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fangji Female Red (''gong'')──refers to the household chores of women.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 19:13, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩：“纺”是把丝纺成纱，“绩”是把麻绩成线。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Fangji'': &amp;quot;Fang&amp;quot; means to spin silk into yarn, &amp;quot;Ji&amp;quot; means to turn the hemp into thread.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 19:06, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女红：又作“女工”或“女功”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Female Red (''gong''): is also known as &amp;quot;female worker&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;female performer&amp;quot;. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 01:46, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是指纺织、缝纫、刺绣等。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=134420</id>
		<title>Appropriateness Theory</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=134420"/>
		<updated>2021-12-28T01:42:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Creating Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Overview Page of Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Appropriateness Theory]] - 易扬帆 殷美达&lt;br /&gt;
I need more students here. You can write papers criticizing existing theories here and suggest what needs to be improved to develop a new theory! This is cutting edge research here! I expect the best students to participate and we may try to submit the papers to real academic journals! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我在文章中所举出来的例子会涉及一些人们约定俗成的道德规范，所以我认为您的这个理论是不是表达的是不仅仅只是考虑源文本和目标文本的内容传达，更多的还会去考虑两个文本背后所需要遵循的伦理道德的意思。&lt;br /&gt;
可以检查译文可能会不遵循两个entities或者communities之间的伦理道德的关系，最后违背了appropriate theory。&lt;br /&gt;
当然我相信人工智能长期来说也会学习道德。&lt;br /&gt;
我觉得为了解释appropriateness theory最容易的是用一些已经存在的理论，选择一些例子让读者理解为什么这些理论都有限。&lt;br /&gt;
有可能skopos达到了十分，但是翻译还是不对或者不理想。但是用appropriateness theory可以指路怎么提高这个翻译例子的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
如果你能找到一些例子，用传统的翻译理论打不到最理想的结果，那我们可以发展自己的Appropriateness Theory想出来一个办法，怎么把这种例子也能翻译的好。&lt;br /&gt;
意思就是我们去寻找一些如今还存在着问题亟待解决的译本，然后尝试着用appropriateness theory去解决，而不仅仅只是局限于伦理道德这一个方面。&lt;br /&gt;
发展出我们自己的appropriateness theory去提高译文的质量？&lt;br /&gt;
当然appropriateness theory大家都可以做贡献，最后只有一种appropriateness theory，包括你们所提到的解决方法。&lt;br /&gt;
所以这个appropriateness theory是一个规模比较大的，它能够修理现在存在翻译理论的一些缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
为了找合适的具体的使用例子当然也需要完全懂传统的理论，也要理解它们的限制和缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
翻译者一般不按照理论翻译。只是咱们学者用理论。我们只要找一个例子我们觉得翻译的不太好。然后我们看一下按照哪一种传统的理论这个翻译应该还是好的，也没有办法提高质量。比如按照skopos是好的，因为在墓地读者达到跟在原来读者相同的作用。（比如一个假的新闻关于俄国女孩子anna在德国被难民抢劫的在俄国引起反德国的感情，翻译成德文以后在德国也引起从俄国移民到德国的俄国人少数民族的感情。按照appropriateness theory，假的新闻更笨不要翻译成其他语言，引起感情的后果是已经融入德国文化的俄国人开始意识到自己是俄国人，然后他们说他们在德国被压迫并请俄国跟德国打战争。这种例子在美国选举方面也有，在新馆疫情媒体报道方面也有）。然后我们想一想怎么还是可以提高质量（当然这个例子比较敏感，可以加两个词“假的”就提高了质量，但是也会有一些不那么敏感的例子，可以用另外一种方式提高质量）。找到了以后我们就按照这个发展Appropriateness Theory。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness Theory in Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate?=&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asep Budiman (student ID. 202111080020), Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness in Lyrics Translation -- A Case Study of Lana Del Rey's Lyrics Translation in QQ Music=&lt;br /&gt;
'''歌词翻译中的适当性——以拉娜·德雷在QQ音乐中的译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
易扬帆 Yi Yangfan, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness Theory-- A Critical Evaluation on Skopos Theory=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''适用性理论--对目的论的批判性评价'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
殷美达Yin Meida, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Jawad Ahmad Appropriateness Theory In English As Second Language (ESL), English Language Teaching (ELT) And Its Difficulties=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jawad Ahmad, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Abstract=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When promoting cultural sensitivity and equality, English language acquisition should be taught from a multi-ethnic and multi-cultural perspective, using appropriate teaching resources. After a brief historical review and an explanation of the numerous concepts related with English language learning, English in its various variants is detailed. In today's rapidly globalizing society, it is widely argued that non-native English speakers outweigh native speakers. Studies are used to demonstrate the necessity for culturally relevant instructional materials and the difficulties that they provide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=keyword= &lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory,English as a Second Language,Difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Matching identities, circumstances, and behavioural rules can be based on personal experience, expert knowledge, or intuition, and is sometimes referred to as &amp;quot;recognition&amp;quot; to stress the cognitive process of appropriately matching issue-solving action to a problem scenario. It's possible that the match is based on job assumptions. The match may also have an essence connotation, such that appropriate attitudes, behaviours, feelings, or preferences for a citizen, official, or expert are those that are essential to being a citizen, official, or expert — essential not in the instrumental sense of being required to perform a task or socially expected, nor in the sense of being an arbitrary definitional convention, but in the sense of that which one cannot claim to be a proper citizen, official, or expert without.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of appropriateness lies at the heart of Hymes' original model of communicative competence. Chomsky's concept of linguistic competence was unsatisfactory to Hymes, who thought it was too restricted and insufficient. He agreed with Chomsky that language users must be able to generate and comprehend grammatical utterances, but he added that they must also be aware of cultural norms in order to correctly appraise the social circumstances and produce suitable speech. Knowing what to say is never enough, according to Hymes; you must also know &amp;quot;what to say to whom under what circumstances and how to say it&amp;quot;. Hymns are also pointed out that linguistic and societal factors influenced appropriateness. &amp;quot;From a communication viewpoint, judgements of appropriateness are important.&amp;quot; should not be separated into separate domains, [...] linguistic and cultural: Certainly, the two worlds will collide&amp;quot; (Hymes, 1972: 277-286).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hymes'emphasis on appropriateness brought in a sea change in language education methods. In the mid-1970s, grammar-based education was generally abandoned in favour of a communicative language teaching method (Leung 2005). Researchers and instructors agreed that language instruction should consider social context and social standards of usage, rather than focusing solely on grammatical rules. The idea appeared to provide a conceptual foundation for pedagogic widening (Leung 2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another point of view on the global expansion of English emphasises its utility. This viewpoint considers English to be a worldwide product linked to economic growth and expansion. D.Spichtinger (2000), on the other hand, opposes S. Karmani and R. Phillipson's functioning argument since it devalues other languages and cultures in favour of English. According to A. Pennycook, the spread of the English language was natural in the sense that &amp;quot;its subsequent expansion is seen as a result of inevitable global forces&amp;quot;; second, neutral in the sense that &amp;quot;it has become detached from its original cultural contexts&amp;quot;; and third, beneficial in the sense that &amp;quot;people gain access to the language, it creates cooperation and equity&amp;quot; (Pennycook, 1994:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
North America, the United Kingdom, Australia, and New Zealand made up the Inner Circle, while post-colonial states like Singapore, Hong Kong, and the Philippines made up the Outer Circle. Furthermore, China and Thailand were part of an Expanding Circle of linguistically varied and culturally eclectic countries. It's interesting looking at how English has transcended regional, linguistic, and geographical barriers to acquire a unique &amp;quot;character.&amp;quot; As a result, countries that embrace the English language face economic, political, cultural, and social consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Discussion=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words &amp;quot;World Englishes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Asian Englishes&amp;quot; were to describe the variety and acceptably unifying quality of English as it spread beyond regional, geographic, and linguistic barriers. English is today a highly useful language, and its users are the ones who define its distribution, relevance, advantages, and evolution. While D. Crystal (1994), to mention a few, has commented on these concepts, English has crept into a number of facets of our life, both globally and intranationally, regardless of the terminology employed and advocated for or against. (Crystal , 1994:73)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kearney stated that differentiating oneself from others in society is an Anglo-Saxon idea, but in the Wintu culture of Northern California, for example, people regard the self and others as a continuum without specific terms for &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;we.&amp;quot;Similarly, Scollon (quoted in Lantolf &amp;amp; Thorne, 2006) highlighted how, unlike the Anglo-Saxon idea of freedom as releasing oneself from others, the Cantonese language defines freedom as the freedom &amp;quot;to flock together&amp;quot; (Lantolf &amp;amp; Thorne, 2006:72 and 114).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, language is not culture-agnostic, but rather &amp;quot;plays a significant role in the maintenance of culture, particularly in its written form&amp;quot; As a result, ESL teachers must be mindful that instructional materials integrate Western culture and values, as well as subjects that may be unfamiliar to pupils from more traditional sociocultural environments. There have been instances where Asian students from civilizations that are just beginning to open up politically have embraced the concept of democracy and new concepts that are taken for granted in many Westernized nations (Kramsch, 1998:8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though theory suggests that residing in a target language group will give opportunities to acquire a language organically, data does not always back this up, as J. Sharkey and K. Johnson illustrate. If change does not come from the top down through English language associations, resources, and publishers, teachers must create change from the bottom up by appreciating and using the cultural variety and viewpoints that they encounter on a daily basis. Furthermore, all pupils who require the language to operate in this age of fast globalisation, cross-border migrations, and societal change should be included (Sharkey &amp;amp; Johnson ed., 1985).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kirkpatrick, as referenced by J. Grzega (2005), advocates for a paradigm change among English language instructors. Rather of investing enormous sums of money on importing native-speaking instructors and externally generated materials, Kirkpatrick believes more should be invested in strengthening local, non-native teachers: &amp;quot;Funding should be set aside for the professional development of local teachers&amp;quot; (Grzega, 2005:54). Students would have more faith in their local professors and learning aids if locally created materials were significantly invested in, according to N. Zacharias' research on Indonesian textbooks (Zacharias, 2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Researchers who are having an effect in the ELT field can also help to bring about change. Based on corpora of non-native Englishes, Jenkins and Seidlhofer sought to define a &amp;quot;Lingua Franca Core&amp;quot; of English. Jenkins concentrated on pronunciation, while Seidlhofer concentrated on lexicogrammar. This aligns with the notion of teaching English as a communicative language rather than a collection of normative norms, as non-native speakers of English communicate more frequently than non-native and native speakers. Putting intelligibility ahead of accuracy is the essential issue here. Certain phonological elements, such as 3rd person markers, and grammatical elements, such as present perfect and simple past, &amp;quot;bear very little relationship to their actual usefulness, as successful communication is obviously possible without them. As a result, certain curriculum priorities would have to shift. (Grzega, 2005:47-54).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of local circumstances or methodological decisions, studies in Second Language Acquisition (SLA) seldom provide unequivocal, generalisable conclusions. However, pedagogical principles and rules require a level of consistency, clarity, and assurance. Those in charge of putting second language training into practise face the challenging challenge of translating complicated research findings into clear, consistent pedagogic concepts. From the standpoint of SLA, the use of Hymes' notions in the Communicative Language Teaching method has been flawed. The standard course content suggests a decontextualized idealisation of language usage, i.e., idealised typifications of what native speakers could say and do in specific situations. Furthermore, this idealised L2 curriculum was often created from the standpoint of an assumed or idealised native English speaker (NS) (Leung 2005: 124-127).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L2 learners/users encounter significant and well-documented challenges in gaining this complex and elusive notion of &amp;quot;appropriateness.&amp;quot; Wilkinson's research of interactions between American exchange students and members of their host family in France revealed that classroom roles and norms were frequently unsuitable in out-of-class dialogues (Wilkinson 2002: 168).&lt;br /&gt;
Because impoliteness is likely to be experienced by L2 users in the target language context or when interacting with other L2 users, Mugford argues that everyday communicative realities such as rudeness, disrespect, and impoliteness should not be ignored in the English as a Foreign Language (EFL) classroom. When confronted with rudeness, L2 users need to be able to respond correctly (Mugford, 2007 : 96). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In casual interactions amongst NSs of French, Dewaele noted that the use of jargon and (some) offensive words is totally acceptable. However, incorporating this rich local style into a foreign language instruction is far from simple. On the one hand, it may be claimed that understanding these phrases and expressions is an important component of sociocultural competency in the target language and, as such, should be taught, although with the required cautionary remarks. However, the press and parent organisations' possible reactions should not be overlooked. From the standpoint of the instructor, teaching grammatical principles rather than lists of terms with fatal illocutionary implications is far safer (Dewaele, 2005b:155).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Difficulties in appropriateness=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=134419</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=134419"/>
		<updated>2021-12-28T01:41:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 Chapters（3/4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; '''Asep Budiman (student ID. 202111080020), Hunan Normal University, China''' &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译的主要问题之一往往是到底是按字面意思翻译还是自由翻译。这种争议至少从公元前一世纪开始就一直存在。直到十九世纪初，许多作家赞成某种 &amp;quot;自由 &amp;quot;翻译：翻译的是精神而不是文字；是意义而不是文字；是内容而不是形式；是事件而不是方式。这是作家们的革命口号，他们希望真理能够被察觉和理解。到了二十世纪，当文化人类学的研究表明，语言障碍是不可逾越的，且完全是文化的产物时，翻译必须尽可能地按字面意思进行。这导致了译者在翻译文本时产生了不少困惑，直到他们被彼得·纽马克的 &amp;quot;翻译方法 &amp;quot;所点醒。纽马克的思想在翻译培训课程中被广泛使用，并结合了大量的语言学意义理论与翻译的实际应用的实例。然而，在这个翻译变得更加复杂的二十一世纪（如政治议程），纽马克的理论似乎有不足之处，因为它没有注意到译者的作用。因此，翻译理论需要拓宽，以考虑到人类尺度框架的价值驱动。本文的目的是对纽马克的翻译理论进行批评性评价，并提出新的理论。而结论是，纽马克的理论缺乏一些重要的标准，无法在某些情况下真正达到恰当的翻译。最后，Woesler（2021，2）提出的 &amp;quot;适当性理论 &amp;quot;完善了以前的理论，满足了二十一世纪的翻译需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克的翻译理论，21世纪翻译，适当性理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once a professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works include About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998, and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, the semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, the communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct, and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation, a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of the translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by a culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity, and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed and tends to over-translate, which is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, which means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''Beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as an equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances, in theory, may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistic era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, a large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation, and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral, and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;over translation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said, &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately, it limits only to the levels of content, semantics, grammar, the situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first-century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say, human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still, there are no practical guidelines on how ethics have a role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, the contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators, and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams, and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgment. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically about this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human rights violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question of to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness that actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors, and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors, and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author, or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, Berman's (2012, 244)&amp;quot;twelve deforming tendencies&amp;quot; can remarkably contribute to appropriate translation. They are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Rationalization: This mainly entails the modification of syntactic structures including punctuation and sentence structure and order. An example would be translations of Dostoevsky which remove some of the repetition and simplify complex sentence structures. Berman also refers to the abstractness of rationalization and the tendency to generalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clarification: This includes exploitation, which &amp;quot;aims to render &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; what does not wish to be clear in the original&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 245).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Expansion: Like other theorists (for example, Vinay and Darbelnet), Berman says that TTs tend to be longer than STs. This is due to &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot; explicitation that unshapes its rhythm, to &amp;quot;over translation&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;flattening&amp;quot;. These additions only serve to reduce the clarity of the work's &amp;quot;voice&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ennoblement: This refers to the tendency on the part of certain translators to &amp;quot;improve&amp;quot; on the original by rewriting it in a more elegant style. The result, according to Berman (2012, 246), is an annihilation of the oral rhetoric and formless polylogic of the ST. Equally destructive is the opposite – a TT that is too &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot; in its use of colloquialisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Qualitative impoverishment: This is the replacement of words and expressions with TT equivalents &amp;quot;that lack their sonorous richness or, correspondingly, their signifying or &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot; features&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 247). By &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot;, Berman means terms whose form and sound are in some way associated with their sense. An example he gives is the word butterfly and its corresponding terms in other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Quantitative impoverishment: This is a loss of lexical variation in translation. Berman gives the example of a Spanish ST that uses three different synonyms for face (semblante, rostro, and cara); rendering them all as the face would involve loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The destruction of rhythms: Although more common in poetry, rhythm is still important to the novel and can be &amp;quot;destroyed&amp;quot; by deformation of word order and punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The destruction of underlying networks of signification: The translator needs to be aware of the network of words that are formed throughout the text. Individually, these words may not be significant, but they add an underlying uniformity and sense to the text. Examples are augmentative suffixes in a Latin American text – jaulón (&amp;quot;large cage&amp;quot;), portón (&amp;quot;large door&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The destruction of linguistic patternings: While the ST may be systematic in its sentence constructions and patternings, translation tends to be &amp;quot;a systematic&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 249). The translator often adopts a range of techniques, such as rationalization, clarification, and expansion, all of which standardize the TT. This is actually a form of incoherence since standardization destroys the linguistic patterns and variations of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. The destruction of vernacular networks or their exoticization: This relates especially to local speech and language patterns which play an important role in establishing the setting of a novel. Examples would include the use of diminutives in Spanish, Portuguese, German and Russian or of Australian English terms and cultural items (outback, bush, dingo, wombat). There is a severe loss if these are erased, yet the traditional solution of exoticizing some of these terms by, for example, placing them in italics, isolates them from the co-text. Alternatively, seeking a TL vernacular or slang equivalent to the SL is a ridiculous exoticization of the foreign. Such would be the case if an Australian farmer were made to speak Bavarian in a German translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. The destruction of expressions and idioms: Berman considers the replacement of an idiom or proverb by its TL &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; to be an &amp;quot;ethnocentrism&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;to play with &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; is to attack the discourse of the foreign work&amp;quot;, he says (Berman 2012, 251). Thus, an English idiom from Joseph Conrad containing the name of the well-known London mental health hospital Bedlam, should not be translated by Charenton, a similar French institution, since this would result in a TT that produces a new network of French cultural references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. The effacement of the superimposition of languages: By this, Berman means the way translation tends to erase traces of different forms of language that co-exist in the ST. These may be the mix of American English and varieties of Latin American Spanish in the work of new Latino/a writers, the blends of Anglo-Indian writing, the proliferation of language influences in Joyce's Finnegan's Wake, different sociolects and idiolects, and so on. Berman (2012, 251) considers this to be the &amp;quot;central problem&amp;quot; in the translation of novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on the source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually leads to an overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have a deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of twenty-first-century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Berman, Antoine. (2012). &amp;quot;La traduction comme épreuve de l’étranger&amp;quot;. ''Texte'' 4 (1985): 67–81, translated by L. Venuti as &amp;quot;Translation and the trials of the foreign&amp;quot;, in L. Venuti (ed.) (2012), 240–53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 15:07, 14 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211222_homework&amp;diff=134098</id>
		<title>20211222 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211222_homework&amp;diff=134098"/>
		<updated>2021-12-21T07:58:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
闲静似娇花照水，行动如弱柳扶风。心较比干多一窍，病如西子胜三分。宝玉看罢，笑道：“这个妹妹我曾见过的。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“又胡说了，你何曾见过？”宝玉笑道：“虽没见过，却看着面善，心里倒像是远别重逢的一般。”贾母笑道：“好，好！这么更相和睦了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉便走向黛玉身边坐下，又细细打量一番，因问：“妹妹可曾读书？”黛玉道：“不曾读书，只上了一年学，些须认得几个字。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉又道：“妹妹尊名？”黛玉便说了名。宝玉又道：“表字？”黛玉道：“无字。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“我送妹妹一字：莫若‘颦颦’二字极妙。”探春便道：“何处出典？”宝玉道：“《古今人物通考》上说：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu smiled and said:&amp;quot; I want to describe you with two words—Ping Ping, and no words are better than them.&amp;quot; Tanchun then asked:&amp;quot;In which book did you find them?&amp;quot; Baoyu said:&amp;quot; On ''General Study of Ancient and Modern Characters''&amp;quot;--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:04, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘西方有石名黛，可代画眉之墨。’况这妹妹眉尖若蹙，取这个字，岂不甚美？”探春笑道：“只怕又是杜撰。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“除了《四书》，杜撰的也太多呢。”因又问黛玉：“可有玉没有？”众人都不解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉便忖度着：“因他有玉，所以才问我的。”便答道：“我没有玉。你那玉也是件稀罕物儿，岂能人人皆有？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉听了，登时发作起狂病来，摘下那玉就狠命摔去，骂道：“什么罕物！人的高下不识，还说灵不灵呢！我也不要这劳什子！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing that,Precious Jade Merchant suddenly went mad. And he took off and dropped the jade with cursing that “What the hell is a rare thing! You all say that it is divine, but it can't tell lowliness or nobleness.I won't have the waste now!” --[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 12:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吓的地下众人一拥争去拾玉。贾母急的搂了宝玉道：“孽障，你生气，要打骂人容易，何苦摔那命根子？”宝玉满面泪痕，哭道：“家里姐姐妹妹都没有，单我有，我说没趣儿；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aside servants were scared and then rushed to pick up the jade.Jia's mother anxiously hugged Baoyu and said:&amp;quot; poor kid, if you are angry, why do you bother to fall the jade rahtere to beat and curse.&amp;quot;Covered with tears, Baoyu cried:&amp;quot; my beloved elder and litter sisters have no one. I'm ashamed of owning one.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如今来了这个神仙似的妹妹也没有：可知这不是个好东西。”贾母忙哄他道：“你这妹妹原有玉来着，因你姑妈去世时，舍不得你妹妹，无法可处，遂将他的玉带了去：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And now comes this angelic sort of cousin, and she too has none, so that it's clear enough that it is no profitable thing.&amp;quot; Dowager lady Chia hastened to coax him. &amp;quot;This cousin of yours,&amp;quot; she explained, &amp;quot;would, under former circumstances, have come here with a jade; and it's because your aunt felt unable, as she lay on her death-bed, to reconcile herself to the separation from your cousin, that in the absence of any remedy, she forthwith took the gem belonging to her (daughter), along with her (in the grave); --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the newly arrived cousin who is as lovely as a fairy hasn't got one either, so it can't be any good.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Your cousin did have one once,&amp;quot; said Dowager lady Chia to soothe him, &amp;quot;but when your aunt was dying she was unwilling to leave your cousin, the best she could do was to take the jade with her instead. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 04:49, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一则全殉葬之礼，尽你妹妹的孝心；二则你姑妈的阴灵儿也可权作见了你妹妹了。因此他说没有，也是不便自己夸张的意思啊。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In that way, your cousin showed her filial piety by letting the jade be buried with her; in the meantime, your aunt’s spirit could see your cousin through the jade. Therefore, when your cousin said she hadn’t got one, it was because she didn’t want to boast about it. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 04:50, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你还不好生带上，仔细你娘知道。”说着，便向丫鬟手中接来，亲与他带上。宝玉听如此说，想了一想，也就不生别论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当下奶娘来问黛玉房舍，贾母便说：“将宝玉挪出来，同我在套间暖阁里，把你林姑娘暂且安置在碧纱厨里。等过了残冬，春天再给他们收拾房屋，另作一番安置罢。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉道：“好祖宗，我就在碧纱厨外的床上很妥当，又何必出来，闹的老祖宗不得安静呢？”贾母想一想说：“也罢了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu said:” Dear grandma, I would rather stay at the bed outside the partition door, than at your room to bother you.”  The Lady Dowager said thoughtfully:”That’s Ok.”--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 05:38, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每人一个奶娘并一个丫头照管，馀者在外间上夜听唤。”一面早有熙凤命人送了一顶藕合色花帐并锦被、缎褥之类。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But let each one of you have a nurse, as well as a waiting-maid to attend on you; the other servants can remain in the outside rooms and keep night watch and be ready to answer any call.&amp;quot; At an early hour, besides, Hsi-feng had sent a servant round with a grey flowered curtain, embroidered coverlets and satin quilts and other such articles.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:25, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉只带了两个人来：一个是自己的奶娘王嬷嬷；一个是十岁的小丫头，名唤雪雁。贾母见雪雁甚小，一团孩气；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王嬷嬷又极老：料黛玉皆不遂心，将自己身边一个二等小丫头，名唤鹦哥的与了黛玉。亦如迎春等一般：每人除自幼乳母外，另有四个教引嬷嬷；Mammy(Here mammy not means the lady who gives birth to a baby, but a lady who looks after some noble children) Wang is very old: she is not expectd to look after  Daiyu well. So,Daiyu's grandmother gave Daiyu to a second-class little page girl named Yingge. Daiyu's arrangement is also like Jia Yingchun who not only has the nursing mother, but also four teaching mothers.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 14:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mammy(Here mammy not means the lady who gives birth to a baby, but a lady who looks after some noble children) Wang is very old: she is not expectd to look after  Daiyu well. So,Daiyu's grandmother gave Daiyu to a second-class little girl named Polly. Daiyu's arrangement is also like Jia Yingchun who not only has the nursing mother, but also four teaching mummys.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:40, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除贴身掌管钗钏盥沐两个丫头外，另有四五个洒扫房屋、来往使役的小丫头。当下王嬷嬷与鹦哥陪侍黛玉在碧纱厨内，宝玉乳母李嬷嬷并大丫头名唤袭人的陪侍在外面大床上。&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the two servants who are in charge of jewelry and toiletries, there are four or five little maids who sweep the house and do chores. At the moment King mammy and polly accompany daiyu in green gauze room, Baoyu’s mammy li and big maid  Xiren accompany on the big bed outside.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:37, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这袭人亦是贾母之婢，本名蕊珠，贾母因溺爱宝玉，恐宝玉之婢不中使，素喜蕊珠心地纯良，遂与宝玉。宝玉因知他本姓花，又曾见旧人诗句有“花气袭人”之句，遂回明贾母，即把蕊珠更名袭人。&lt;br /&gt;
This maid Xi Ren, whose real name is Rui Zhu, also belongs to Lady Dowager. Lady Dowager enjoyed Rui Zhu’s purity and kindness then assigned her to Baoyu, for Lady Dowager coddled him and worried that the maids of Baoyu not work well. Baoyu knew her last name was Hua, and saw once poetic sentence “the fragrance of flowers assails noses”, then he talked it with Lady Dowager, and then Rui Zhu was named Xi Ren.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 07:12, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This maid Xi Ren, whose real name is Rui Zhu, also belongs to Lady Dowager. Lady Dowager enjoyed Rui Zhu’s purity and kindness, then assigned her to serve Jade, for Lady Dowager coddled him and worried that the maids of Jade not professional. Jade knew her last name was Flower, and saw once a poetic sentence “the fragrance of flowers assails noses”, then he talked it with Lady Dowager. And then Rui Zhu was named Xi Ren.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 12:33, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说袭人倒有些痴处：伏侍贾母时，心中只有贾母；如今跟了宝玉，心中又只有宝玉了。只因宝玉性情乖僻，每每规谏，见宝玉不听，心中着实忧郁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is said that Hsi-jen is crazy: when seving Jia's mother, only Jia's mother is in her heart; now serving Jade, there is only Jade in her heart. Because of Jade's perverse temperament, when Jade doesn't listen to her advise, Hsi-jen is really depressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Hsi Jen had several simple traits. While in attendance upon dowager lady Chia, in her heart and her eyes there was no one but her venerable ladyship, and her alone; and now in her attendance upon Pao-yue, her heart and her eyes were again full of Pao-yue, and him alone. But as Pao-yue was of a perverse temperament and did not heed her repeated injunctions, she felt at heart exceedingly grieved.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 00:42, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是晚，宝玉、李嬷嬷已睡了，他见里面黛玉、鹦哥犹未安歇，他自卸了妆，悄悄的进来，笑问：“姑娘怎么还不安歇？”黛玉忙笑让：“姐姐请坐。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At night, after nurse Li had fallen asleep, seeing that in the inner chambers, Tai-yue and Ying Ko had not as yet retired to rest, she removed her makeup, and with gentle step walked in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;How is it, miss，&amp;quot; she inquired smiling, &amp;quot;that you have not turned in as yet？&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Tai-yue at once put on a smile. &amp;quot;Sit down, sister, &amp;quot; she rejoined, pressing her to take a seat. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 01:37, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
袭人在床沿上坐了。鹦哥笑道：“林姑娘在这里伤心，自己淌眼抹泪的说：‘今儿才来了，就惹出你们哥儿的病来。倘或摔坏了那玉，岂不是因我之过？’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以伤心。我好容易劝好了。”袭人道：“姑娘快别这么着。将来只怕比这更奇怪的笑话儿还有呢。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若为他这种行状，你多心伤感，只怕你还伤感不了呢。快别多心。”黛玉道：“姐姐们说的，我记着就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“If you feel sad for his behavior, I’m afraid that you can’t be so. Don’t think too much.” Daiyu said: “I will remember what our sisters has said.” --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 00:23, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又叙了一会，方才安歇。次早起来，省过贾母，因往王夫人处来。正值王夫人与熙凤在一处拆金陵来的书信，又有王夫人的兄嫂处遣来的两个媳妇儿来说话。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉虽不知原委，探春等却晓得是议论金陵城中居住的薛家姨母之子、表兄薛蟠倚财仗势，打死人命，现在应天府案下审理。如今舅舅王子腾得了信，遣人来告诉这边，意欲唤取进京之意。&lt;br /&gt;
Although Daiyu did not know the exact cause, Tanchun and others knew that it was xue Pan, son and cousin of aunt Xue who lived in Jinling city, who killed a man by taking advantage of his wealth and power, and was now being tried by the Tianfu court. Now uncle Prince teng got the letter, send people to tell here, intended to call the meaning of Beijing.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Dai Yu did not know the original commission, Tan Chun and others knew that it was a discussion of Xue Pan, the son of the Xue family's aunt and cousin Xue Pan, who lived in Jinling City, who relied on wealth and power to kill people, and now it should be tried under the Tianfu case. Now that his uncle Prince Teng had received the letter, he sent someone to tell this side, intending to summon the intention of entering the capital.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毕竟怎的，下回分解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起复——即重新起用被停职或撤职的官员，包括因父母丧停职回家守孝及因被弹劾而遭撤职的官员。​&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to know what happened, the answer is next time&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstatement – Reinstate officials who have been suspended or removed from their posts, including those who have been suspended from their posts for the death of their parents and who have been removed from office for impeachment.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After all, I'll break it down next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstatement - reinstatement of officials who have been suspended or removed from office, including those who have been removed from office due to the death of their parents and those who have been removed from office due to impeachment.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邸(dǐ底)报——亦称“邸抄”、“抄报”、“宫门抄”，清代或称“京报”。中国古代官方报纸的通称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Di Pao -- also known as &amp;quot;Di Copy&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;copy newspaper&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Palace Gate Copy&amp;quot; -- is also known as &amp;quot;Beijing Newspaper&amp;quot; during the Qing Dynasty. The general name of the official newspaper in ancient China.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:23, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
承办者或为地方官府驻京办事机构，或为朝廷。邸报专门抄发诏令、奏章及朝政新闻，以供地方官及时了解。 邸：原指战国时各诸侯在都城的客馆，后泛指地方官府驻京办事处。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贱荆——亦称“拙荆”、“山荆”等。谦词。对人称自己的妻子。 荆：“荆钗布裙”的省称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Jian Jing&amp;quot; ——also known as &amp;quot;Zhuo Jing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shan Jing&amp;quot; etc. It's a modest word when a man mention his wife in front of others. &amp;quot;Jing&amp;quot;is a short name for &amp;quot;JingChaiBuQun&amp;quot;(the female have only a thorn for a hairpin and plain cloth for a skirt).   --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 12:36, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jian Jing, also known as &amp;quot;Zhuo Jing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shan Jing&amp;quot;,etc, is a humle term for quoting one's own wife. Jing is an abbreviation for &amp;quot;Jingchaibuqun&amp;quot;, that is, a thorn for a hairpin and palin cloth for a skirt.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 06:59, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
形容妇人极为简朴的服饰。语出汉·刘向《列女传》(见《太平御览》卷七一八引)：“梁鸿妻孟光，荆钗布裙。” 荆钗：即以木棍为钗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jing, used to ​describe women's plain, simple and unadorned clothes, is originated from a sentence in the ''Biographies of Exemplary Women'' written by Liu Xiang in the Han Dynasty (see ''Imperial Review under the Reign of Taizong in the Song Dynasty'', Vol.718): &amp;quot;Meng Guang, wife of Liang Hong has only a thorn for a hairpin and plain cloth for a skirt.&amp;quot; Jingchai means a thron for a hairpin.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 06:53, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
内顾之忧──语出北朝魏·袁翻《安置蠕蠕表》：“且蠕蠕尚存，则高车犹有内顾之忧，未暇窥窬上国；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若蠕蠕全灭，则高车跋扈之计，岂易可知？”(蠕蠕：“柔然”的别称，亦称“芮芮”、“茹茹”。我国古代北方少数民族名。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高车：亦称“狄历”、“敕勒”、“铁勒”、“丁零”。 我国古代北方少数民族名。)意谓因对家事或国事的顾念而担忧。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里指家庭需要照顾的人或事。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
垂花门──旧时较为讲究的四合院二门。门顶如屋顶式样，其四角和前后多有下垂的雕花，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
超手游廊──亦作“超手回廊”、“抄手游廊”。房廊像两手笼入袖筒，两袖成环形状，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verandah Chao Shou —— also known as &amp;quot;Corridor Chao Shou&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Cross Hand Verandah&amp;quot;. Its gallery looked like a two-handed cage into the sleeves, and the two sleeves formed a ring shape, so it was called &amp;quot;Verandah Chao Shou&amp;quot;.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:37, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
穿山游廊──指与厅房两边山墙门通连的回廊。以其可由山墙门穿行，故称。 山：即房屋两侧的山墙。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuan Shan You Lang: A veranda or corridor connected with the gable doors on both sides of the hall. People can pass through the corridor after entering into the gable doors, so this kind of corridor is called such a name. Shan: The gable doors on both sides of a house.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 13:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuan Shan You Lang: It refers to the corridor connected to the door of the wall on either side of the room. People can pass through the corridor after entering into the gable doors, so this kind of corridor is called such a name. Shan: The gable doors on both sides of a house.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 13:33, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第一个”六句──这是对迎春形象的描写。 微丰：稍胖。 腮凝新荔：形容腮帮子像荔枝般的红润。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first six lines - It is a description of Yingchun's image. Wei Feng: Slightly fat. Sai Ning Xin Li：The cheeks are as red as lychees.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 13:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first six lines - It is a description of Yingchun's image. Wei Feng: Slightly fat. Sai Ning Xin Li：The cheeks are as red and shiny as lychees.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:21, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼻腻鹅脂：形容鼻端像鹅脂般光润。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第二个”七句──这是对探春形象的描写。 削肩：俗称溜肩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bi Ni E Zhi: an idiom to describe someone’s tip of nose is as shiny and smooth as goose grease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The second” seven lines —— this is a depiction of the look of Tanchun. Rounded shoulders: commonly known as sloping shoulders --[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:18, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
倾斜的双肩。古人以为美人肩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
长挑身材：瘦高的身材。 鸭蛋脸儿：犹如鸭蛋似的长圆形脸盘。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sloping shoulders. The ancients considered these to be the shoulders of beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long, tall figure: a tall, thin figure. Duck egg face: an oblong face like a duck egg.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 06:32, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
俊眼修眉：秀美的眼睛，长长的秀眉。 顾盼神飞：左顾右盼，目光炯炯，神采飞扬。 文彩精华：光彩照人，精神十足。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
见之忘俗：意谓别人见了就会忘了俗气，变得高雅起来。形容探春一身高雅之气。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第三个”两句──这是对惜春形象的描写。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see is to forget vulgarity: It means that when others see something or someone will forget the secular atmosphere and  become more elegant. In this sentence, it describes Tanchun has a great elegant temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The third&amp;quot; two sentences ─ thses are  the description of the image of Xi Chun.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 02:50, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jian Zhi Wang Su: It means that others will forget the vulgarity and become elegant when they see it. It is used to describe Tanchun's elegance. &lt;br /&gt;
The two sentences containing “ the third” — are the image depiction of Sichun.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
形容惜春年纪尚小，身材和容貌都还没有发育成熟。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人参养荣丸──以人参、当归、黄芪、陈皮、白芍、熟地、桂心等配制而成的丸药，主治脾胃气血亏虚等症。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to describe the Xichun, who is still young and body and appearance are not developed.&lt;br /&gt;
Ginseng Yangrong Pill- A pill made of ginseng, angelica, astragalus, Chen Pi, Bai Shao, Shu Di, Gui Xin, etc., mainly used for treating deficiency of qi and blood in the spleen and stomach.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to depict Xichun, who is still in her young age and underdeveloped stature as well as appearance.&lt;br /&gt;
Ginseng tonic bolus- a sort of pill composed of ginseng, Angelica sinensis, astragalus, tangerine peel, white paleontology root, rehmannia glutinousa, laurel heart, etc. is mainly used to treat diseases such as deficiency in spleen, stomach, qi as well as blood.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 13:00, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荣：中医指血脉。 养荣丸：似有双关之意：除了保养血脉之意外，还有保养荣誉之意，与薛宝钗的“冷香丸”相对，以寓二人的不同性格。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Rong” refers to blood vessel in the field of traditional Chinese medicine. Tonic bolus embraces double meaning. Apart from the maintenance of blood, it also boasts the function of maintaining the honor, which is opposite to “Cold Fragrant Pellet” of Xue Baochai. This is the revelation of different personalities between these two people.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:45, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Rong” refers to blood vessel in the field of traditional Chinese medicine. Tonic bolus embraces double meanings. Apart from the maintenance of blood vessel, it also boasts the function of maintaining the honor, which is opposite to “Cold Fragrant Pellet” of Xue Baochai. This is the revelation of different personalities between these two people.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 02:27, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
窄褃(kèn掯)袄──即紧身妖。 窄：瘦小。 褃：是上衣前后幅两侧接缝部分的名称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrow ken coat ── is a tight quilted jacket.Narrow: thin.Ken: It is the name of the seams on the front and rear sides of the jacket.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 02:18, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仪门──原指官署大门里的第二道正门。之所以称“仪门”，是因为官员至此门必须整齐仪表。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《明会典·礼部十七·官员礼》：“新官到任之日……先至神庙祭祀毕，引至仪门前下马，具官服，从中道入。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又《江宁府志·建制·官署》：“其制大门之内为仪门，仪门内为莅事堂。”后加以引申，大家府第的第二道正门也称仪门。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鹿顶耳房钻山──这里是指在正房两侧与东西厢房北侧之间建有两座平顶耳房，并在耳房山墙上开门。如此则使正房、东西耳房、东西厢房皆可相通，便于穿行，所以下句说“四通八达”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鹿顶：亦作“盝顶”。即平屋顶。 耳房：紧靠正房或厢房两侧并利用其山墙建造的房屋。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因其位于正房两侧，犹如人的两只耳朵，故称。 钻山：指打通房屋两侧的山墙，以与相邻的房屋或回廊相通。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they are located on both sides of the main house just like people’s ears, they are called “wings”.  Zuan Shan: this means breaking through the gables on both sides of the house to connect to adjacent houses and cloisters.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 07:45, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because they are located on both sides of the main house just like people’s ears, they are called “wings”.  Zuan Shan: this means breaking through the gables on both sides of the house to connect to adjacent houses and cloisters. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 05:48, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赤金九龙青地大匾──以赤金涂饰的九条雕龙为边框的黑底大匾。 九龙：古代传说龙生九子，性格各异。但说法各异。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The horizontal board, which is  decorated with pink gold, night dragon and tuff - the board is black and is made of motifs of dragon and phoenix. The nine dragons: it is said that, in the ancient time, the dragon had nine sons, whose character were totally different. But there were different ideas about it.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明·杨慎《升庵外集·动物一·龙生九子》说：“龙生九子不成龙，各有所好：囚牛，平生好音乐，今胡琴头上刻兽是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
睚毗，平生好杀，金刀柄上龙吞口是其遗像；嘲风，平生好险，今殿角走兽是其遗像；蒲牢，平生好鸣，今钟上兽纽是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狻猊，平生好坐，今佛座狮子是其遗像；霸下，平生好负重，今碑座兽是其遗像；陛犴，平生好讼，今狱门上狮子头是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
Suan ni likes sitting all its life , it looks alike a lion, which usually appears in the pedestal of Buddha ; Ba xia likes bearing a heavy burden all its life, so its image usually appears under the stone monuments as a stele monster; Bi'an likes lawsuit all its life, so its image usually appears in the cell doors.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 07:02, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan ni likes sitting all its life , it looks alike a lion, which usually appears in the pedestal of Buddha ; Ba xia likes bearing a heavy burden all its life, so its image usually appears under the stone monuments as a stele monster; Bi'an likes lawsuit all its life, so its image usually appears in the cell doors.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:25, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
屓屭，平生好文，今碑两旁龙是其遗像；蚩吻，平生好吞，今殿脊兽头是其遗像。”明·焦竑《玉堂丛语·卷一·文学》则说：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clamshell, life is good literature, today the two sides of the monument dragon is its image; Chi kiss, life is good swallow, today the temple ridge beast head is its image.&amp;quot; Ming - Jiao Hong &amp;quot;Yu Tang Congye - Volume 1 - Literature&amp;quot; said.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:24, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“俗传龙生九子不成龙，各有所好……一曰赑屭，形似龟，好负重，今石碑下龟趺是也；二曰螭吻，形似兽，性好望，今屋上兽头是也；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“ It is said that the nine sons of dragons are not born into dragons, and each has its own features...One is Bixi shaped like a tortoise, and it is so heavy. It is also a tortoise under the stone tablet; the second is Liwen shaped like a beast, and it is well-known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三曰蒲牢，形似龙而小，性好叫吼，今钟上纽是也；四曰狴犴，形似虎，有威力，故立于狱门；五曰饕餮，好饮食，故立于鼎盖；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
六曰，性好水，故立于桥柱；七曰睚毗，性好杀，故立于刀环；八曰金猊，形似狮，性好烟火，故立于香炉；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
九曰椒图，形似螺蚌，性好闭，故立于门铺首。”明·沈德符《万历野获编·卷七·内阁·龙子》又说：“长沙李文正公在阁，孝宗忽下御札，问龙生九子之详。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文正对云：‘其子蒲牢好鸣，今为钟上钮鼻；囚牛好音，今为胡琴头刻兽；睚眦好杀，今为刀剑上吞口；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
嘲风好险，今为殿阁走兽；狻猊好坐，今为佛座骑象；霸下好负重，今为碑碣石趺；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狴犴好讼，今为狱户首镇压；屓屭好文，今为碑两旁蜿蜒；蚩吻好吞，今为殿脊兽头。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，明·陈仁锡《潜确类书》、明·胡侍《真珠船·龙生九子》、清·褚人获《坚瓠十集·龙九子》、清·高士奇《天禄识馀·龙种》，对九龙的名称、性格、用途的说法也各不相同，可见出于民间传说。世人多用作装饰，以示祥瑞。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
万幾宸(chén辰)翰之宝──此为皇帝印章所刻的文字。 万幾：国家纷繁复杂的政务。典出《尚书·虞书·皋陶谟》：“兢兢业业，一日二日万幾。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔颖达传云：“幾，微也，言当戒惧万事之微。”意谓尽管政务繁重，也不能忽略任何小事。亦称“万机”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
典出《汉书·百官公卿表上》：“相国、丞相皆秦官，金印紫绶，掌丞天子，助理万机。”这里是形容皇帝日理万机，政务繁忙。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宸：“北宸”的省称。即北极星。因皇帝上朝坐北朝南，遂为皇帝的代称。翰：本义是羽毛，因古代以羽毛为笔，引申为墨迹(书写的字)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝：这里指皇帝的印章。上古天子、诸侯均以圭璧制印，故称“宝”。唐以后只有帝、后之印可称“宝”。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“座上”对联──珠玑：本义为珠宝，引申为名贵装饰。 昭日月：形容装饰光亮如日月。 昭：明亮。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黼黻(fǔ fú府服)：泛指绣有华美花纹的礼服。《晏子春秋·谏下十五》：“公衣黼黻之衣，素绣之裳，一衣而王采具焉。” 黼：黑白相间的斧形花纹。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黻：黑与青相间的亚形花纹。 焕烟霞：形容绣服放射出如烟如霞的光彩，绚丽多姿。 焕：放射光彩。此联形容主宾皆珠光宝气，服饰华丽。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汝窑美人觚(gū孤)──出自著名汝窑的一种盛酒器。 汝窑：即北宋汝州瓷窑。因其青瓷器皿质量特佳，多为贡品，故名闻天下，后世成为收藏珍品。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
美人觚：因其体长腰细，形似美人，故名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
椅搭──又称“椅披”。是一种长方形织物的椅用装饰品。因搭或披在椅背和椅坐上，故名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
掐牙——是一种装饰性衣服花边。即以锦缎等折叠成细条，镶嵌在衣边上，以为美观。 掐：嵌入之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qia Ya— a kind of decorative lace. That is to fold brocade into thin strips and inlay them on the edge of the clothes to look beautiful. Qia: embedded.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 12:30, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qia Ya— a kind of decorative lace. That is to fold brocade into thin strips and inlay them on the edge of the clothes to look beautiful. Qia: it means “embedded”.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 08:04, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
牙：即“牙子”。器物突出的边沿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《四书》──即《论语》、《孟子》、《大学》、《中庸》(后两种原为《礼记》中的两篇)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Ya”: also called &amp;quot;Ya Zi&amp;quot; in Chinese. It means the protruding edge of an object. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Four Books'' includes— ''The Confucian Analects'', ''The Works of Mencius'', ''The Great Learning'', and ''The Doctrine of the Mean'' (the latter two were originally two books from ''The Book of Rites'').--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Four Books'' includes— ''The Confucian Analects'', ''The Works of Mencius'', ''The Great Learning'', and ''The Doctrine of the Mean'' (the latter two were originally two books chosen from ''The Book of Rites'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宋代朱熹选定并定名《四书》，遂成为元、明、清三代科举考试的必读之书。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抹额：原指束在额上的头巾。其起源似乎很早。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Song dynasty, Zhu xi chose and named ''Four Books'' which became the required readings in Imperial Competitive Examinations of Yuan dynasty, Ming dynasty, and Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
Mo E: It originally refers to a kerchief tied around the forehead. Its origin seems to be very early.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宋·高承《事物纪原·戎容兵械·抹额》引《二仪实录》曰：“禹娶涂山之夕，大风雷电，中有甲卒千人，其不披甲者，以红绡帕抹其头额，云海神来朝。&lt;br /&gt;
Song Gaocheng quoted the ''Record of Eryi'' in his book ''Things Documentary-Armed Soldiers-Headband'': “When Yu married the Tushan lady, there was a strong wind, thunder and rain. There were a thousand soldiers in gear, and those who were not wore equipment bound a thin red handkerchiefs on their foreheads in anticipation of the arrival of the god of clouds.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
禹问之，对曰：‘此武士之首服也。’秦始皇至海上，有神朝，皆抹额、绯衫、大口袴。侍卫自此抹额，遂为军容之服。&lt;br /&gt;
Yu asked and replied, &amp;quot;this is the surrender of a warrior.&amp;quot; When the first emperor of Qin went to the sea, there was the divine Dynasty where people  wore red upper garment and loose trousers and decorated with smear. Since then, bodyguards decorated their forehead with smear, which has become a kind of military costume.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 13:17, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可知原为军人的标志。后普及到一般男子，平民以布巾束发，富人用金箍束发，兼为头饰。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
箭袖──亦称“箭衣”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是一种窄袖长袍。其袖口呈斜切状，朝手背的袖口长，朝手心的袖口短，便于射箭，故名。其斜袖口又形似马蹄，故又称马蹄袖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a kind of robe with narrow sleeves. Its cuffs were  in a diagonal cut shape. The cuffs facing the back of the hand are long and the cuffs facing the palm are short, which is convenient for archery, so it is named Arrow Sleeves. Its oblique cuff is also shaped like a horseshoe, so it is also called horseshoe sleeve.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 05:55, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后成为一种服式，不射箭的男子也穿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“倒像”两句──似有双关之意：一者暗指贾宝玉的化身神瑛侍者在太虚幻境用甘露浇灌林黛玉的化身绛珠仙草；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, it became a kind of clothing style, which was also worn by men who did not shoot arrows. ​&lt;br /&gt;
Two sentences of &amp;quot;inverted image&amp;quot; -- there seems to be a pun: one implies that Jia Baoyu's incarnation Shenying waiter watered Lin Daiyu's incarnation Jiangzhu fairy grass with nectar in Taixu fantasy;--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 11:03, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再者隐寓二人心有灵犀一点通，一见锺情。下文贾宝玉说“这个妹妹我曾见过的”、“心里倒像是远别重逢的一般”，其用意同此。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, it implies that the two people share the same heartand fall in love at first sight. Below, Jia Baoyu said that &amp;quot;I have seen this sister&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;I feel like I am far from meeting again&amp;quot;. His intention is the same. ​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
请安──这里指的是清代一种见面问好的特殊礼仪：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
男子须在口称“请某某安”的同时，右膝弯曲或跪地(俗称打千)；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子则在口称“请某某安”的同时，双手扶左膝，右腿微屈，身体半蹲。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寄名锁──旧时父母为保佑幼儿长命百岁，让幼儿作僧、道的“寄名”弟子，并在幼儿项下悬挂锁形饰物，谓之“寄名锁”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
面如傅粉──语本南朝宋·刘义庆《世说新语·容止》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“何平叔(晏)美姿仪，面至白。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
魏明帝疑其傅粉，正夏月，与热汤饼。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
既啖，大汗出，以朱衣自拭，色转皎然。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(皎然：洁白貌。)原指何晏的脸上好像抹了香粉般洁白。&lt;br /&gt;
English: (Jiao Ran: pure and white appearance.) The original means, He Yan's face it's like white as powdered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引申以泛喻男子姿容洁白秀美。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《西江月》二词──即按照《西江月》词牌填写的两首(也称“阕”)词。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two words in &amp;quot;Westlake Moon&amp;quot; According，Fill in two poems (also known as &amp;quot;Que&amp;quot;) in the poem of &amp;quot;Westlake Moon&amp;quot;.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:45, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
词：原本指歌曲中的文词，后来文词与曲调分离，遂变成文体之一。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words: Originally refers to the words in the song. Later, the words and the tune were separated and became one of the styles.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:33, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word: It originally referred to the words in a song. In time, the words and the tune separated and became one of style. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:14, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但仍须按曲填词，于是发展出许多词牌，每个词牌都有字数、句数、韵脚等规定，还有双调、长调、小令之别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is still necessary to fill in the lyrics according to the tune. So many poems have been developed. Each poem has a word count, sentence count, rhymes and other provisions, as well as the difference between two-tone, long tune, and short meter.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:10, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is still necessary to fill in lyrics according to the tune, so many lyric cards have been developed. Each lyric card has regulations on the number of words, sentences, and rhymes, as well as the differences between double tune, long tune, and short meter. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:58, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故作词谓之“填词”，就是按照词牌的规范填写文字，不可越雷池一步。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The preceding phrase &amp;quot;filling in words&amp;quot; means to fill in the words in accordance with the specifications of the words and phrases, and do not go beyond those criteria. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:56, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《西江月》就是词牌之一。本书用了不少词牌，以下不再一一注释。​&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211222_homework&amp;diff=134097</id>
		<title>20211222 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211222_homework&amp;diff=134097"/>
		<updated>2021-12-21T07:56:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Asep Budiman 202111080020 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
闲静似娇花照水，行动如弱柳扶风。心较比干多一窍，病如西子胜三分。宝玉看罢，笑道：“这个妹妹我曾见过的。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“又胡说了，你何曾见过？”宝玉笑道：“虽没见过，却看着面善，心里倒像是远别重逢的一般。”贾母笑道：“好，好！这么更相和睦了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉便走向黛玉身边坐下，又细细打量一番，因问：“妹妹可曾读书？”黛玉道：“不曾读书，只上了一年学，些须认得几个字。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉又道：“妹妹尊名？”黛玉便说了名。宝玉又道：“表字？”黛玉道：“无字。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“我送妹妹一字：莫若‘颦颦’二字极妙。”探春便道：“何处出典？”宝玉道：“《古今人物通考》上说：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu smiled and said:&amp;quot; I want to describe you with two words—Ping Ping, and no words are better than them.&amp;quot; Tanchun then asked:&amp;quot;In which book did you find them?&amp;quot; Baoyu said:&amp;quot; On ''General Study of Ancient and Modern Characters''&amp;quot;--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:04, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘西方有石名黛，可代画眉之墨。’况这妹妹眉尖若蹙，取这个字，岂不甚美？”探春笑道：“只怕又是杜撰。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“除了《四书》，杜撰的也太多呢。”因又问黛玉：“可有玉没有？”众人都不解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉便忖度着：“因他有玉，所以才问我的。”便答道：“我没有玉。你那玉也是件稀罕物儿，岂能人人皆有？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉听了，登时发作起狂病来，摘下那玉就狠命摔去，骂道：“什么罕物！人的高下不识，还说灵不灵呢！我也不要这劳什子！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing that,Precious Jade Merchant suddenly went mad. And he took off and dropped the jade with cursing that “What the hell is a rare thing! You all say that it is divine, but it can't tell lowliness or nobleness.I won't have the waste now!” --[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 12:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吓的地下众人一拥争去拾玉。贾母急的搂了宝玉道：“孽障，你生气，要打骂人容易，何苦摔那命根子？”宝玉满面泪痕，哭道：“家里姐姐妹妹都没有，单我有，我说没趣儿；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aside servants were scared and then rushed to pick up the jade.Jia's mother anxiously hugged Baoyu and said:&amp;quot; poor kid, if you are angry, why do you bother to fall the jade rahtere to beat and curse.&amp;quot;Covered with tears, Baoyu cried:&amp;quot; my beloved elder and litter sisters have no one. I'm ashamed of owning one.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如今来了这个神仙似的妹妹也没有：可知这不是个好东西。”贾母忙哄他道：“你这妹妹原有玉来着，因你姑妈去世时，舍不得你妹妹，无法可处，遂将他的玉带了去：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And now comes this angelic sort of cousin, and she too has none, so that it's clear enough that it is no profitable thing.&amp;quot; Dowager lady Chia hastened to coax him. &amp;quot;This cousin of yours,&amp;quot; she explained, &amp;quot;would, under former circumstances, have come here with a jade; and it's because your aunt felt unable, as she lay on her death-bed, to reconcile herself to the separation from your cousin, that in the absence of any remedy, she forthwith took the gem belonging to her (daughter), along with her (in the grave); --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the newly arrived cousin who is as lovely as a fairy hasn't got one either, so it can't be any good.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Your cousin did have one once,&amp;quot; said Dowager lady Chia to soothe him, &amp;quot;but when your aunt was dying she was unwilling to leave your cousin, the best she could do was to take the jade with her instead. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 04:49, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一则全殉葬之礼，尽你妹妹的孝心；二则你姑妈的阴灵儿也可权作见了你妹妹了。因此他说没有，也是不便自己夸张的意思啊。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In that way, your cousin showed her filial piety by letting the jade be buried with her; in the meantime, your aunt’s spirit could see your cousin through the jade. Therefore, when your cousin said she hadn’t got one, it was because she didn’t want to boast about it. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 04:50, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你还不好生带上，仔细你娘知道。”说着，便向丫鬟手中接来，亲与他带上。宝玉听如此说，想了一想，也就不生别论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当下奶娘来问黛玉房舍，贾母便说：“将宝玉挪出来，同我在套间暖阁里，把你林姑娘暂且安置在碧纱厨里。等过了残冬，春天再给他们收拾房屋，另作一番安置罢。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉道：“好祖宗，我就在碧纱厨外的床上很妥当，又何必出来，闹的老祖宗不得安静呢？”贾母想一想说：“也罢了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu said:” Dear grandma, I would rather stay at the bed outside the partition door, than at your room to bother you.”  The Lady Dowager said thoughtfully:”That’s Ok.”--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 05:38, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每人一个奶娘并一个丫头照管，馀者在外间上夜听唤。”一面早有熙凤命人送了一顶藕合色花帐并锦被、缎褥之类。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But let each one of you have a nurse, as well as a waiting-maid to attend on you; the other servants can remain in the outside rooms and keep night watch and be ready to answer any call.&amp;quot; At an early hour, besides, Hsi-feng had sent a servant round with a grey flowered curtain, embroidered coverlets and satin quilts and other such articles.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:25, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉只带了两个人来：一个是自己的奶娘王嬷嬷；一个是十岁的小丫头，名唤雪雁。贾母见雪雁甚小，一团孩气；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王嬷嬷又极老：料黛玉皆不遂心，将自己身边一个二等小丫头，名唤鹦哥的与了黛玉。亦如迎春等一般：每人除自幼乳母外，另有四个教引嬷嬷；Mammy(Here mammy not means the lady who gives birth to a baby, but a lady who looks after some noble children) Wang is very old: she is not expectd to look after  Daiyu well. So,Daiyu's grandmother gave Daiyu to a second-class little page girl named Yingge. Daiyu's arrangement is also like Jia Yingchun who not only has the nursing mother, but also four teaching mothers.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 14:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mammy(Here mammy not means the lady who gives birth to a baby, but a lady who looks after some noble children) Wang is very old: she is not expectd to look after  Daiyu well. So,Daiyu's grandmother gave Daiyu to a second-class little girl named Polly. Daiyu's arrangement is also like Jia Yingchun who not only has the nursing mother, but also four teaching mummys.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:40, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除贴身掌管钗钏盥沐两个丫头外，另有四五个洒扫房屋、来往使役的小丫头。当下王嬷嬷与鹦哥陪侍黛玉在碧纱厨内，宝玉乳母李嬷嬷并大丫头名唤袭人的陪侍在外面大床上。&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the two servants who are in charge of jewelry and toiletries, there are four or five little maids who sweep the house and do chores. At the moment King mammy and polly accompany daiyu in green gauze room, Baoyu’s mammy li and big maid  Xiren accompany on the big bed outside.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:37, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这袭人亦是贾母之婢，本名蕊珠，贾母因溺爱宝玉，恐宝玉之婢不中使，素喜蕊珠心地纯良，遂与宝玉。宝玉因知他本姓花，又曾见旧人诗句有“花气袭人”之句，遂回明贾母，即把蕊珠更名袭人。&lt;br /&gt;
This maid Xi Ren, whose real name is Rui Zhu, also belongs to Lady Dowager. Lady Dowager enjoyed Rui Zhu’s purity and kindness then assigned her to Baoyu, for Lady Dowager coddled him and worried that the maids of Baoyu not work well. Baoyu knew her last name was Hua, and saw once poetic sentence “the fragrance of flowers assails noses”, then he talked it with Lady Dowager, and then Rui Zhu was named Xi Ren.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 07:12, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This maid Xi Ren, whose real name is Rui Zhu, also belongs to Lady Dowager. Lady Dowager enjoyed Rui Zhu’s purity and kindness, then assigned her to serve Jade, for Lady Dowager coddled him and worried that the maids of Jade not professional. Jade knew her last name was Flower, and saw once a poetic sentence “the fragrance of flowers assails noses”, then he talked it with Lady Dowager. And then Rui Zhu was named Xi Ren.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 12:33, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说袭人倒有些痴处：伏侍贾母时，心中只有贾母；如今跟了宝玉，心中又只有宝玉了。只因宝玉性情乖僻，每每规谏，见宝玉不听，心中着实忧郁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is said that Hsi-jen is crazy: when seving Jia's mother, only Jia's mother is in her heart; now serving Jade, there is only Jade in her heart. Because of Jade's perverse temperament, when Jade doesn't listen to her advise, Hsi-jen is really depressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Hsi Jen had several simple traits. While in attendance upon dowager lady Chia, in her heart and her eyes there was no one but her venerable ladyship, and her alone; and now in her attendance upon Pao-yue, her heart and her eyes were again full of Pao-yue, and him alone. But as Pao-yue was of a perverse temperament and did not heed her repeated injunctions, she felt at heart exceedingly grieved.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 00:42, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是晚，宝玉、李嬷嬷已睡了，他见里面黛玉、鹦哥犹未安歇，他自卸了妆，悄悄的进来，笑问：“姑娘怎么还不安歇？”黛玉忙笑让：“姐姐请坐。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At night, after nurse Li had fallen asleep, seeing that in the inner chambers, Tai-yue and Ying Ko had not as yet retired to rest, she removed her makeup, and with gentle step walked in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;How is it, miss，&amp;quot; she inquired smiling, &amp;quot;that you have not turned in as yet？&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Tai-yue at once put on a smile. &amp;quot;Sit down, sister, &amp;quot; she rejoined, pressing her to take a seat. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 01:37, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
袭人在床沿上坐了。鹦哥笑道：“林姑娘在这里伤心，自己淌眼抹泪的说：‘今儿才来了，就惹出你们哥儿的病来。倘或摔坏了那玉，岂不是因我之过？’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以伤心。我好容易劝好了。”袭人道：“姑娘快别这么着。将来只怕比这更奇怪的笑话儿还有呢。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若为他这种行状，你多心伤感，只怕你还伤感不了呢。快别多心。”黛玉道：“姐姐们说的，我记着就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“If you feel sad for his behavior, I’m afraid that you can’t be so. Don’t think too much.” Daiyu said: “I will remember what our sisters has said.” --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 00:23, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又叙了一会，方才安歇。次早起来，省过贾母，因往王夫人处来。正值王夫人与熙凤在一处拆金陵来的书信，又有王夫人的兄嫂处遣来的两个媳妇儿来说话。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉虽不知原委，探春等却晓得是议论金陵城中居住的薛家姨母之子、表兄薛蟠倚财仗势，打死人命，现在应天府案下审理。如今舅舅王子腾得了信，遣人来告诉这边，意欲唤取进京之意。&lt;br /&gt;
Although Daiyu did not know the exact cause, Tanchun and others knew that it was xue Pan, son and cousin of aunt Xue who lived in Jinling city, who killed a man by taking advantage of his wealth and power, and was now being tried by the Tianfu court. Now uncle Prince teng got the letter, send people to tell here, intended to call the meaning of Beijing.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Dai Yu did not know the original commission, Tan Chun and others knew that it was a discussion of Xue Pan, the son of the Xue family's aunt and cousin Xue Pan, who lived in Jinling City, who relied on wealth and power to kill people, and now it should be tried under the Tianfu case. Now that his uncle Prince Teng had received the letter, he sent someone to tell this side, intending to summon the intention of entering the capital.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毕竟怎的，下回分解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起复——即重新起用被停职或撤职的官员，包括因父母丧停职回家守孝及因被弹劾而遭撤职的官员。​&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to know what happened, the answer is next time&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstatement – Reinstate officials who have been suspended or removed from their posts, including those who have been suspended from their posts for the death of their parents and who have been removed from office for impeachment.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After all, I'll break it down next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstatement - reinstatement of officials who have been suspended or removed from office, including those who have been removed from office due to the death of their parents and those who have been removed from office due to impeachment.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邸(dǐ底)报——亦称“邸抄”、“抄报”、“宫门抄”，清代或称“京报”。中国古代官方报纸的通称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Di Pao -- also known as &amp;quot;Di Copy&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;copy newspaper&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Palace Gate Copy&amp;quot; -- is also known as &amp;quot;Beijing Newspaper&amp;quot; during the Qing Dynasty. The general name of the official newspaper in ancient China.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:23, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
承办者或为地方官府驻京办事机构，或为朝廷。邸报专门抄发诏令、奏章及朝政新闻，以供地方官及时了解。 邸：原指战国时各诸侯在都城的客馆，后泛指地方官府驻京办事处。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贱荆——亦称“拙荆”、“山荆”等。谦词。对人称自己的妻子。 荆：“荆钗布裙”的省称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Jian Jing&amp;quot; ——also known as &amp;quot;Zhuo Jing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shan Jing&amp;quot; etc. It's a modest word when a man mention his wife in front of others. &amp;quot;Jing&amp;quot;is a short name for &amp;quot;JingChaiBuQun&amp;quot;(the female have only a thorn for a hairpin and plain cloth for a skirt).   --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 12:36, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jian Jing, also known as &amp;quot;Zhuo Jing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shan Jing&amp;quot;,etc, is a humle term for quoting one's own wife. Jing is an abbreviation for &amp;quot;Jingchaibuqun&amp;quot;, that is, a thorn for a hairpin and palin cloth for a skirt.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 06:59, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
形容妇人极为简朴的服饰。语出汉·刘向《列女传》(见《太平御览》卷七一八引)：“梁鸿妻孟光，荆钗布裙。” 荆钗：即以木棍为钗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jing, used to ​describe women's plain, simple and unadorned clothes, is originated from a sentence in the ''Biographies of Exemplary Women'' written by Liu Xiang in the Han Dynasty (see ''Imperial Review under the Reign of Taizong in the Song Dynasty'', Vol.718): &amp;quot;Meng Guang, wife of Liang Hong has only a thorn for a hairpin and plain cloth for a skirt.&amp;quot; Jingchai means a thron for a hairpin.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 06:53, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
内顾之忧──语出北朝魏·袁翻《安置蠕蠕表》：“且蠕蠕尚存，则高车犹有内顾之忧，未暇窥窬上国；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若蠕蠕全灭，则高车跋扈之计，岂易可知？”(蠕蠕：“柔然”的别称，亦称“芮芮”、“茹茹”。我国古代北方少数民族名。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高车：亦称“狄历”、“敕勒”、“铁勒”、“丁零”。 我国古代北方少数民族名。)意谓因对家事或国事的顾念而担忧。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里指家庭需要照顾的人或事。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
垂花门──旧时较为讲究的四合院二门。门顶如屋顶式样，其四角和前后多有下垂的雕花，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
超手游廊──亦作“超手回廊”、“抄手游廊”。房廊像两手笼入袖筒，两袖成环形状，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verandah Chao Shou —— also known as &amp;quot;Corridor Chao Shou&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Cross Hand Verandah&amp;quot;. Its gallery looked like a two-handed cage into the sleeves, and the two sleeves formed a ring shape, so it was called &amp;quot;Verandah Chao Shou&amp;quot;.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:37, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
穿山游廊──指与厅房两边山墙门通连的回廊。以其可由山墙门穿行，故称。 山：即房屋两侧的山墙。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuan Shan You Lang: A veranda or corridor connected with the gable doors on both sides of the hall. People can pass through the corridor after entering into the gable doors, so this kind of corridor is called such a name. Shan: The gable doors on both sides of a house.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 13:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuan Shan You Lang: It refers to the corridor connected to the door of the wall on either side of the room. People can pass through the corridor after entering into the gable doors, so this kind of corridor is called such a name. Shan: The gable doors on both sides of a house.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 13:33, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第一个”六句──这是对迎春形象的描写。 微丰：稍胖。 腮凝新荔：形容腮帮子像荔枝般的红润。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first six lines - It is a description of Yingchun's image. Wei Feng: Slightly fat. Sai Ning Xin Li：The cheeks are as red as lychees.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 13:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first six lines - It is a description of Yingchun's image. Wei Feng: Slightly fat. Sai Ning Xin Li：The cheeks are as red and shiny as lychees.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:21, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼻腻鹅脂：形容鼻端像鹅脂般光润。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第二个”七句──这是对探春形象的描写。 削肩：俗称溜肩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bi Ni E Zhi: an idiom to describe someone’s tip of nose is as shiny and smooth as goose grease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The second” seven lines —— this is a depiction of the look of Tanchun. Rounded shoulders: commonly known as sloping shoulders --[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:18, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
倾斜的双肩。古人以为美人肩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
长挑身材：瘦高的身材。 鸭蛋脸儿：犹如鸭蛋似的长圆形脸盘。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sloping shoulders. The ancients considered these to be the shoulders of beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long, tall figure: a tall, thin figure. Duck egg face: an oblong face like a duck egg.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 06:32, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
俊眼修眉：秀美的眼睛，长长的秀眉。 顾盼神飞：左顾右盼，目光炯炯，神采飞扬。 文彩精华：光彩照人，精神十足。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
见之忘俗：意谓别人见了就会忘了俗气，变得高雅起来。形容探春一身高雅之气。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第三个”两句──这是对惜春形象的描写。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see is to forget vulgarity: It means that when others see something or someone will forget the secular atmosphere and  become more elegant. In this sentence, it describes Tanchun has a great elegant temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The third&amp;quot; two sentences ─ thses are  the description of the image of Xi Chun.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 02:50, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jian Zhi Wang Su: It means that others will forget the vulgarity and become elegant when they see it. It is used to describe Tanchun's elegance. &lt;br /&gt;
The two sentences containing “ the third” — are the image depiction of Sichun.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
形容惜春年纪尚小，身材和容貌都还没有发育成熟。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人参养荣丸──以人参、当归、黄芪、陈皮、白芍、熟地、桂心等配制而成的丸药，主治脾胃气血亏虚等症。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to describe the Xichun, who is still young and body and appearance are not developed.&lt;br /&gt;
Ginseng Yangrong Pill- A pill made of ginseng, angelica, astragalus, Chen Pi, Bai Shao, Shu Di, Gui Xin, etc., mainly used for treating deficiency of qi and blood in the spleen and stomach.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to depict Xichun, who is still in her young age and underdeveloped stature as well as appearance.&lt;br /&gt;
Ginseng tonic bolus- a sort of pill composed of ginseng, Angelica sinensis, astragalus, tangerine peel, white paleontology root, rehmannia glutinousa, laurel heart, etc. is mainly used to treat diseases such as deficiency in spleen, stomach, qi as well as blood.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 13:00, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荣：中医指血脉。 养荣丸：似有双关之意：除了保养血脉之意外，还有保养荣誉之意，与薛宝钗的“冷香丸”相对，以寓二人的不同性格。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Rong” refers to blood vessel in the field of traditional Chinese medicine. Tonic bolus embraces double meaning. Apart from the maintenance of blood, it also boasts the function of maintaining the honor, which is opposite to “Cold Fragrant Pellet” of Xue Baochai. This is the revelation of different personalities between these two people.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:45, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Rong” refers to blood vessel in the field of traditional Chinese medicine. Tonic bolus embraces double meanings. Apart from the maintenance of blood vessel, it also boasts the function of maintaining the honor, which is opposite to “Cold Fragrant Pellet” of Xue Baochai. This is the revelation of different personalities between these two people.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 02:27, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
窄褃(kèn掯)袄──即紧身妖。 窄：瘦小。 褃：是上衣前后幅两侧接缝部分的名称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrow ken coat ── is a tight quilted jacket.Narrow: thin.Ken: It is the name of the seams on the front and rear sides of the jacket.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 02:18, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仪门──原指官署大门里的第二道正门。之所以称“仪门”，是因为官员至此门必须整齐仪表。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《明会典·礼部十七·官员礼》：“新官到任之日……先至神庙祭祀毕，引至仪门前下马，具官服，从中道入。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又《江宁府志·建制·官署》：“其制大门之内为仪门，仪门内为莅事堂。”后加以引申，大家府第的第二道正门也称仪门。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鹿顶耳房钻山──这里是指在正房两侧与东西厢房北侧之间建有两座平顶耳房，并在耳房山墙上开门。如此则使正房、东西耳房、东西厢房皆可相通，便于穿行，所以下句说“四通八达”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鹿顶：亦作“盝顶”。即平屋顶。 耳房：紧靠正房或厢房两侧并利用其山墙建造的房屋。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因其位于正房两侧，犹如人的两只耳朵，故称。 钻山：指打通房屋两侧的山墙，以与相邻的房屋或回廊相通。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they are located on both sides of the main house just like people’s ears, they are called “wings”.  Zuan Shan: this means breaking through the gables on both sides of the house to connect to adjacent houses and cloisters.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 07:45, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because they are located on both sides of the main house just like people’s ears, they are called “wings”.  Zuan Shan: this means breaking through the gables on both sides of the house to connect to adjacent houses and cloisters. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 05:48, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赤金九龙青地大匾──以赤金涂饰的九条雕龙为边框的黑底大匾。 九龙：古代传说龙生九子，性格各异。但说法各异。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The horizontal board, which is  decorated with pink gold, night dragon and tuff - the board is black and is made of motifs of dragon and phoenix. The nine dragons: it is said that, in the ancient time, the dragon had nine sons, whose character were totally different. But there were different ideas about it.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明·杨慎《升庵外集·动物一·龙生九子》说：“龙生九子不成龙，各有所好：囚牛，平生好音乐，今胡琴头上刻兽是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
睚毗，平生好杀，金刀柄上龙吞口是其遗像；嘲风，平生好险，今殿角走兽是其遗像；蒲牢，平生好鸣，今钟上兽纽是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狻猊，平生好坐，今佛座狮子是其遗像；霸下，平生好负重，今碑座兽是其遗像；陛犴，平生好讼，今狱门上狮子头是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
Suan ni likes sitting all its life , it looks alike a lion, which usually appears in the pedestal of Buddha ; Ba xia likes bearing a heavy burden all its life, so its image usually appears under the stone monuments as a stele monster; Bi'an likes lawsuit all its life, so its image usually appears in the cell doors.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 07:02, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan ni likes sitting all its life , it looks alike a lion, which usually appears in the pedestal of Buddha ; Ba xia likes bearing a heavy burden all its life, so its image usually appears under the stone monuments as a stele monster; Bi'an likes lawsuit all its life, so its image usually appears in the cell doors.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:25, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
屓屭，平生好文，今碑两旁龙是其遗像；蚩吻，平生好吞，今殿脊兽头是其遗像。”明·焦竑《玉堂丛语·卷一·文学》则说：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clamshell, life is good literature, today the two sides of the monument dragon is its image; Chi kiss, life is good swallow, today the temple ridge beast head is its image.&amp;quot; Ming - Jiao Hong &amp;quot;Yu Tang Congye - Volume 1 - Literature&amp;quot; said.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:24, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“俗传龙生九子不成龙，各有所好……一曰赑屭，形似龟，好负重，今石碑下龟趺是也；二曰螭吻，形似兽，性好望，今屋上兽头是也；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“ It is said that the nine sons of dragons are not born into dragons, and each has its own features...One is Bixi shaped like a tortoise, and it is so heavy. It is also a tortoise under the stone tablet; the second is Liwen shaped like a beast, and it is well-known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三曰蒲牢，形似龙而小，性好叫吼，今钟上纽是也；四曰狴犴，形似虎，有威力，故立于狱门；五曰饕餮，好饮食，故立于鼎盖；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
六曰，性好水，故立于桥柱；七曰睚毗，性好杀，故立于刀环；八曰金猊，形似狮，性好烟火，故立于香炉；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
九曰椒图，形似螺蚌，性好闭，故立于门铺首。”明·沈德符《万历野获编·卷七·内阁·龙子》又说：“长沙李文正公在阁，孝宗忽下御札，问龙生九子之详。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文正对云：‘其子蒲牢好鸣，今为钟上钮鼻；囚牛好音，今为胡琴头刻兽；睚眦好杀，今为刀剑上吞口；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
嘲风好险，今为殿阁走兽；狻猊好坐，今为佛座骑象；霸下好负重，今为碑碣石趺；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狴犴好讼，今为狱户首镇压；屓屭好文，今为碑两旁蜿蜒；蚩吻好吞，今为殿脊兽头。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，明·陈仁锡《潜确类书》、明·胡侍《真珠船·龙生九子》、清·褚人获《坚瓠十集·龙九子》、清·高士奇《天禄识馀·龙种》，对九龙的名称、性格、用途的说法也各不相同，可见出于民间传说。世人多用作装饰，以示祥瑞。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
万幾宸(chén辰)翰之宝──此为皇帝印章所刻的文字。 万幾：国家纷繁复杂的政务。典出《尚书·虞书·皋陶谟》：“兢兢业业，一日二日万幾。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔颖达传云：“幾，微也，言当戒惧万事之微。”意谓尽管政务繁重，也不能忽略任何小事。亦称“万机”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
典出《汉书·百官公卿表上》：“相国、丞相皆秦官，金印紫绶，掌丞天子，助理万机。”这里是形容皇帝日理万机，政务繁忙。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宸：“北宸”的省称。即北极星。因皇帝上朝坐北朝南，遂为皇帝的代称。翰：本义是羽毛，因古代以羽毛为笔，引申为墨迹(书写的字)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝：这里指皇帝的印章。上古天子、诸侯均以圭璧制印，故称“宝”。唐以后只有帝、后之印可称“宝”。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“座上”对联──珠玑：本义为珠宝，引申为名贵装饰。 昭日月：形容装饰光亮如日月。 昭：明亮。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黼黻(fǔ fú府服)：泛指绣有华美花纹的礼服。《晏子春秋·谏下十五》：“公衣黼黻之衣，素绣之裳，一衣而王采具焉。” 黼：黑白相间的斧形花纹。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黻：黑与青相间的亚形花纹。 焕烟霞：形容绣服放射出如烟如霞的光彩，绚丽多姿。 焕：放射光彩。此联形容主宾皆珠光宝气，服饰华丽。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汝窑美人觚(gū孤)──出自著名汝窑的一种盛酒器。 汝窑：即北宋汝州瓷窑。因其青瓷器皿质量特佳，多为贡品，故名闻天下，后世成为收藏珍品。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
美人觚：因其体长腰细，形似美人，故名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
椅搭──又称“椅披”。是一种长方形织物的椅用装饰品。因搭或披在椅背和椅坐上，故名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
掐牙——是一种装饰性衣服花边。即以锦缎等折叠成细条，镶嵌在衣边上，以为美观。 掐：嵌入之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qia Ya— a kind of decorative lace. That is to fold brocade into thin strips and inlay them on the edge of the clothes to look beautiful. Qia: embedded.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 12:30, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qia Ya— a kind of decorative lace. That is to fold brocade into thin strips and inlay them on the edge of the clothes to look beautiful. Qia: it means “embedded”.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 08:04, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
牙：即“牙子”。器物突出的边沿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《四书》──即《论语》、《孟子》、《大学》、《中庸》(后两种原为《礼记》中的两篇)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Ya”: also called &amp;quot;Ya Zi&amp;quot; in Chinese. It means the protruding edge of an object. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Four Books'' includes— ''The Confucian Analects'', ''The Works of Mencius'', ''The Great Learning'', and ''The Doctrine of the Mean'' (the latter two were originally two books from ''The Book of Rites'').--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Four Books'' includes— ''The Confucian Analects'', ''The Works of Mencius'', ''The Great Learning'', and ''The Doctrine of the Mean'' (the latter two were originally two books chosen from ''The Book of Rites'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宋代朱熹选定并定名《四书》，遂成为元、明、清三代科举考试的必读之书。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抹额：原指束在额上的头巾。其起源似乎很早。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Song dynasty, Zhu xi chose and named ''Four Books'' which became the required readings in Imperial Competitive Examinations of Yuan dynasty, Ming dynasty, and Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
Mo E: It originally refers to a kerchief tied around the forehead. Its origin seems to be very early.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宋·高承《事物纪原·戎容兵械·抹额》引《二仪实录》曰：“禹娶涂山之夕，大风雷电，中有甲卒千人，其不披甲者，以红绡帕抹其头额，云海神来朝。&lt;br /&gt;
Song Gaocheng quoted the ''Record of Eryi'' in his book ''Things Documentary-Armed Soldiers-Headband'': “When Yu married the Tushan lady, there was a strong wind, thunder and rain. There were a thousand soldiers in gear, and those who were not wore equipment bound a thin red handkerchiefs on their foreheads in anticipation of the arrival of the god of clouds.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
禹问之，对曰：‘此武士之首服也。’秦始皇至海上，有神朝，皆抹额、绯衫、大口袴。侍卫自此抹额，遂为军容之服。&lt;br /&gt;
Yu asked and replied, &amp;quot;this is the surrender of a warrior.&amp;quot; When the first emperor of Qin went to the sea, there was the divine Dynasty where people  wore red upper garment and loose trousers and decorated with smear. Since then, bodyguards decorated their forehead with smear, which has become a kind of military costume.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 13:17, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可知原为军人的标志。后普及到一般男子，平民以布巾束发，富人用金箍束发，兼为头饰。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
箭袖──亦称“箭衣”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是一种窄袖长袍。其袖口呈斜切状，朝手背的袖口长，朝手心的袖口短，便于射箭，故名。其斜袖口又形似马蹄，故又称马蹄袖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a kind of robe with narrow sleeves. Its cuffs were  in a diagonal cut shape. The cuffs facing the back of the hand are long and the cuffs facing the palm are short, which is convenient for archery, so it is named Arrow Sleeves. Its oblique cuff is also shaped like a horseshoe, so it is also called horseshoe sleeve.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 05:55, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后成为一种服式，不射箭的男子也穿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“倒像”两句──似有双关之意：一者暗指贾宝玉的化身神瑛侍者在太虚幻境用甘露浇灌林黛玉的化身绛珠仙草；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, it became a kind of clothing style, which was also worn by men who did not shoot arrows. ​&lt;br /&gt;
Two sentences of &amp;quot;inverted image&amp;quot; -- there seems to be a pun: one implies that Jia Baoyu's incarnation Shenying waiter watered Lin Daiyu's incarnation Jiangzhu fairy grass with nectar in Taixu fantasy;--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 11:03, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再者隐寓二人心有灵犀一点通，一见锺情。下文贾宝玉说“这个妹妹我曾见过的”、“心里倒像是远别重逢的一般”，其用意同此。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, it implies that the two people share the same heartand fall in love at first sight. Below, Jia Baoyu said that &amp;quot;I have seen this sister&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;I feel like I am far from meeting again&amp;quot;. His intention is the same. ​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
请安──这里指的是清代一种见面问好的特殊礼仪：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
男子须在口称“请某某安”的同时，右膝弯曲或跪地(俗称打千)；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子则在口称“请某某安”的同时，双手扶左膝，右腿微屈，身体半蹲。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寄名锁──旧时父母为保佑幼儿长命百岁，让幼儿作僧、道的“寄名”弟子，并在幼儿项下悬挂锁形饰物，谓之“寄名锁”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
面如傅粉──语本南朝宋·刘义庆《世说新语·容止》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“何平叔(晏)美姿仪，面至白。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
魏明帝疑其傅粉，正夏月，与热汤饼。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
既啖，大汗出，以朱衣自拭，色转皎然。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(皎然：洁白貌。)原指何晏的脸上好像抹了香粉般洁白。&lt;br /&gt;
English: (Jiao Ran: pure and white appearance.) The original means, He Yan's face it's like white as powdered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引申以泛喻男子姿容洁白秀美。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《西江月》二词──即按照《西江月》词牌填写的两首(也称“阕”)词。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two words in &amp;quot;Westlake Moon&amp;quot; According，Fill in two poems (also known as &amp;quot;Que&amp;quot;) in the poem of &amp;quot;Westlake Moon&amp;quot;.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:45, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
词：原本指歌曲中的文词，后来文词与曲调分离，遂变成文体之一。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words: Originally refers to the words in the song. Later, the words and the tune were separated and became one of the styles.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:33, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word: It originally referred to the words in a song. In time, the words and the tune separated and became one of style. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:14, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但仍须按曲填词，于是发展出许多词牌，每个词牌都有字数、句数、韵脚等规定，还有双调、长调、小令之别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is still necessary to fill in the lyrics according to the tune. So many poems have been developed. Each poem has a word count, sentence count, rhymes and other provisions, as well as the difference between two-tone, long tune, and short meter.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:10, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故作词谓之“填词”，就是按照词牌的规范填写文字，不可越雷池一步。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The preceding phrase &amp;quot;filling in words&amp;quot; means to fill in the words in accordance with the specifications of the words and phrases, and do not go beyond those criteria. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:56, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《西江月》就是词牌之一。本书用了不少词牌，以下不再一一注释。​&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=133927</id>
		<title>Appropriateness Theory</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=133927"/>
		<updated>2021-12-18T06:45:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Creating Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Overview Page of Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Appropriateness Theory]] - 易扬帆 殷美达&lt;br /&gt;
I need more students here. You can write papers criticizing existing theories here and suggest what needs to be improved to develop a new theory! This is cutting edge research here! I expect the best students to participate and we may try to submit the papers to real academic journals! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我在文章中所举出来的例子会涉及一些人们约定俗成的道德规范，所以我认为您的这个理论是不是表达的是不仅仅只是考虑源文本和目标文本的内容传达，更多的还会去考虑两个文本背后所需要遵循的伦理道德的意思。&lt;br /&gt;
可以检查译文可能会不遵循两个entities或者communities之间的伦理道德的关系，最后违背了appropriate theory。&lt;br /&gt;
当然我相信人工智能长期来说也会学习道德。&lt;br /&gt;
我觉得为了解释appropriateness theory最容易的是用一些已经存在的理论，选择一些例子让读者理解为什么这些理论都有限。&lt;br /&gt;
有可能skopos达到了十分，但是翻译还是不对或者不理想。但是用appropriateness theory可以指路怎么提高这个翻译例子的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
如果你能找到一些例子，用传统的翻译理论打不到最理想的结果，那我们可以发展自己的Appropriateness Theory想出来一个办法，怎么把这种例子也能翻译的好。&lt;br /&gt;
意思就是我们去寻找一些如今还存在着问题亟待解决的译本，然后尝试着用appropriateness theory去解决，而不仅仅只是局限于伦理道德这一个方面。&lt;br /&gt;
发展出我们自己的appropriateness theory去提高译文的质量？&lt;br /&gt;
当然appropriateness theory大家都可以做贡献，最后只有一种appropriateness theory，包括你们所提到的解决方法。&lt;br /&gt;
所以这个appropriateness theory是一个规模比较大的，它能够修理现在存在翻译理论的一些缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
为了找合适的具体的使用例子当然也需要完全懂传统的理论，也要理解它们的限制和缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
翻译者一般不按照理论翻译。只是咱们学者用理论。我们只要找一个例子我们觉得翻译的不太好。然后我们看一下按照哪一种传统的理论这个翻译应该还是好的，也没有办法提高质量。比如按照skopos是好的，因为在墓地读者达到跟在原来读者相同的作用。（比如一个假的新闻关于俄国女孩子anna在德国被难民抢劫的在俄国引起反德国的感情，翻译成德文以后在德国也引起从俄国移民到德国的俄国人少数民族的感情。按照appropriateness theory，假的新闻更笨不要翻译成其他语言，引起感情的后果是已经融入德国文化的俄国人开始意识到自己是俄国人，然后他们说他们在德国被压迫并请俄国跟德国打战争。这种例子在美国选举方面也有，在新馆疫情媒体报道方面也有）。然后我们想一想怎么还是可以提高质量（当然这个例子比较敏感，可以加两个词“假的”就提高了质量，但是也会有一些不那么敏感的例子，可以用另外一种方式提高质量）。找到了以后我们就按照这个发展Appropriateness Theory。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness Theory in Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate?=&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness in Lyrics Translation -- A Case Study of Lana Del Rey's Lyrics Translation in QQ Music=&lt;br /&gt;
'''歌词翻译中的适当性——以拉娜·德雷在QQ音乐中的译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
易扬帆 Yi Yangfan, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness Theory-- A Critical Evaluation on Skopos Theory=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''适用性理论--对目的论的批判性评价'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
殷美达Yin Meida, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Jawad Ahmad Appropriateness Theory=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133864</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133864"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T05:08:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; '''Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China''' &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译的主要问题之一往往是到底是按字面意思翻译还是自由翻译。这种争议至少从公元前一世纪开始就一直存在。直到十九世纪初，许多作家赞成某种 &amp;quot;自由 &amp;quot;翻译：翻译的是精神而不是文字；是意义而不是文字；是内容而不是形式；是事件而不是方式。这是作家们的革命口号，他们希望真理能够被察觉和理解。到了二十世纪，当文化人类学的研究表明，语言障碍是不可逾越的，且完全是文化的产物时，翻译必须尽可能地按字面意思进行。这导致了译者在翻译文本时产生了不少困惑，直到他们被彼得·纽马克的 &amp;quot;翻译方法 &amp;quot;所点醒。纽马克的思想在翻译培训课程中被广泛使用，并结合了大量的语言学意义理论与翻译的实际应用的实例。然而，在这个翻译变得更加复杂的二十一世纪（如政治议程），纽马克的理论似乎有不足之处，因为它没有注意到译者的作用。因此，翻译理论需要拓宽，以考虑到人类尺度框架的价值驱动。本文的目的是对纽马克的翻译理论进行批评性评价，并提出新的理论。而结论是，纽马克的理论缺乏一些重要的标准，无法在某些情况下真正达到恰当的翻译。最后，Woesler（2021，2）提出的 &amp;quot;适当性理论 &amp;quot;完善了以前的理论，满足了二十一世纪的翻译需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克的翻译理论，21世纪翻译，适当性理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once a professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works include About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998, and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, the semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, the communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct, and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation, a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of the translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by a culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity, and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed and tends to over-translate, which is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, which means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''Beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as an equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances, in theory, may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistic era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, a large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation, and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral, and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;over translation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said, &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately, it limits only to the levels of content, semantics, grammar, the situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first-century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say, human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still, there are no practical guidelines on how ethics have a role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, the contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators, and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams, and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgment. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically about this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human rights violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question of to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness that actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors, and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors, and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author, or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, Berman's (2012, 244)&amp;quot;twelve deforming tendencies&amp;quot; can remarkably contribute to appropriate translation. They are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Rationalization: This mainly entails the modification of syntactic structures including punctuation and sentence structure and order. An example would be translations of Dostoevsky which remove some of the repetition and simplify complex sentence structures. Berman also refers to the abstractness of rationalization and the tendency to generalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clarification: This includes exploitation, which &amp;quot;aims to render &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; what does not wish to be clear in the original&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 245).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Expansion: Like other theorists (for example, Vinay and Darbelnet), Berman says that TTs tend to be longer than STs. This is due to &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot; explicitation that unshapes its rhythm, to &amp;quot;over translation&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;flattening&amp;quot;. These additions only serve to reduce the clarity of the work's &amp;quot;voice&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ennoblement: This refers to the tendency on the part of certain translators to &amp;quot;improve&amp;quot; on the original by rewriting it in a more elegant style. The result, according to Berman (2012, 246), is an annihilation of the oral rhetoric and formless polylogic of the ST. Equally destructive is the opposite – a TT that is too &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot; in its use of colloquialisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Qualitative impoverishment: This is the replacement of words and expressions with TT equivalents &amp;quot;that lack their sonorous richness or, correspondingly, their signifying or &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot; features&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 247). By &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot;, Berman means terms whose form and sound are in some way associated with their sense. An example he gives is the word butterfly and its corresponding terms in other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Quantitative impoverishment: This is a loss of lexical variation in translation. Berman gives the example of a Spanish ST that uses three different synonyms for face (semblante, rostro, and cara); rendering them all as the face would involve loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The destruction of rhythms: Although more common in poetry, rhythm is still important to the novel and can be &amp;quot;destroyed&amp;quot; by deformation of word order and punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The destruction of underlying networks of signification: The translator needs to be aware of the network of words that are formed throughout the text. Individually, these words may not be significant, but they add an underlying uniformity and sense to the text. Examples are augmentative suffixes in a Latin American text – jaulón (&amp;quot;large cage&amp;quot;), portón (&amp;quot;large door&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The destruction of linguistic patternings: While the ST may be systematic in its sentence constructions and patternings, translation tends to be &amp;quot;a systematic&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 249). The translator often adopts a range of techniques, such as rationalization, clarification, and expansion, all of which standardize the TT. This is actually a form of incoherence since standardization destroys the linguistic patterns and variations of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. The destruction of vernacular networks or their exoticization: This relates especially to local speech and language patterns which play an important role in establishing the setting of a novel. Examples would include the use of diminutives in Spanish, Portuguese, German and Russian or of Australian English terms and cultural items (outback, bush, dingo, wombat). There is a severe loss if these are erased, yet the traditional solution of exoticizing some of these terms by, for example, placing them in italics, isolates them from the co-text. Alternatively, seeking a TL vernacular or slang equivalent to the SL is a ridiculous exoticization of the foreign. Such would be the case if an Australian farmer were made to speak Bavarian in a German translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. The destruction of expressions and idioms: Berman considers the replacement of an idiom or proverb by its TL &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; to be an &amp;quot;ethnocentrism&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;to play with &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; is to attack the discourse of the foreign work&amp;quot;, he says (Berman 2012, 251). Thus, an English idiom from Joseph Conrad containing the name of the well-known London mental health hospital Bedlam, should not be translated by Charenton, a similar French institution, since this would result in a TT that produces a new network of French cultural references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. The effacement of the superimposition of languages: By this, Berman means the way translation tends to erase traces of different forms of language that co-exist in the ST. These may be the mix of American English and varieties of Latin American Spanish in the work of new Latino/a writers, the blends of Anglo-Indian writing, the proliferation of language influences in Joyce's Finnegan's Wake, different sociolects and idiolects, and so on. Berman (2012, 251) considers this to be the &amp;quot;central problem&amp;quot; in the translation of novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on the source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually leads to an overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have a deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of twenty-first-century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Berman, Antoine. (2012). &amp;quot;La traduction comme épreuve de l’étranger&amp;quot;. ''Texte'' 4 (1985): 67–81, translated by L. Venuti as &amp;quot;Translation and the trials of the foreign&amp;quot;, in L. Venuti (ed.) (2012), 240–53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 15:07, 14 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=133334</id>
		<title>Appropriateness Theory</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=133334"/>
		<updated>2021-12-15T08:44:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Creating Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Overview Page of Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Appropriateness Theory]] - 易扬帆 殷美达&lt;br /&gt;
I need more students here. You can write papers criticizing existing theories here and suggest what needs to be improved to develop a new theory! This is cutting edge research here! I expect the best students to participate and we may try to submit the papers to real academic journals! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我在文章中所举出来的例子会涉及一些人们约定俗成的道德规范，所以我认为您的这个理论是不是表达的是不仅仅只是考虑源文本和目标文本的内容传达，更多的还会去考虑两个文本背后所需要遵循的伦理道德的意思。&lt;br /&gt;
可以检查译文可能会不遵循两个entities或者communities之间的伦理道德的关系，最后违背了appropriate theory。&lt;br /&gt;
当然我相信人工智能长期来说也会学习道德。&lt;br /&gt;
我觉得为了解释appropriateness theory最容易的是用一些已经存在的理论，选择一些例子让读者理解为什么这些理论都有限。&lt;br /&gt;
有可能skopos达到了十分，但是翻译还是不对或者不理想。但是用appropriateness theory可以指路怎么提高这个翻译例子的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
如果你能找到一些例子，用传统的翻译理论打不到最理想的结果，那我们可以发展自己的Appropriateness Theory想出来一个办法，怎么把这种例子也能翻译的好。&lt;br /&gt;
意思就是我们去寻找一些如今还存在着问题亟待解决的译本，然后尝试着用appropriateness theory去解决，而不仅仅只是局限于伦理道德这一个方面。&lt;br /&gt;
发展出我们自己的appropriateness theory去提高译文的质量？&lt;br /&gt;
当然appropriateness theory大家都可以做贡献，最后只有一种appropriateness theory，包括你们所提到的解决方法。&lt;br /&gt;
所以这个appropriateness theory是一个规模比较大的，它能够修理现在存在翻译理论的一些缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
为了找合适的具体的使用例子当然也需要完全懂传统的理论，也要理解它们的限制和缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
翻译者一般不按照理论翻译。只是咱们学者用理论。我们只要找一个例子我们觉得翻译的不太好。然后我们看一下按照哪一种传统的理论这个翻译应该还是好的，也没有办法提高质量。比如按照skopos是好的，因为在墓地读者达到跟在原来读者相同的作用。（比如一个假的新闻关于俄国女孩子anna在德国被难民抢劫的在俄国引起反德国的感情，翻译成德文以后在德国也引起从俄国移民到德国的俄国人少数民族的感情。按照appropriateness theory，假的新闻更笨不要翻译成其他语言，引起感情的后果是已经融入德国文化的俄国人开始意识到自己是俄国人，然后他们说他们在德国被压迫并请俄国跟德国打战争。这种例子在美国选举方面也有，在新馆疫情媒体报道方面也有）。然后我们想一想怎么还是可以提高质量（当然这个例子比较敏感，可以加两个词“假的”就提高了质量，但是也会有一些不那么敏感的例子，可以用另外一种方式提高质量）。找到了以后我们就按照这个发展Appropriateness Theory。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness Theory in Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate?=&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness in Lyrics Translation -- A Case Study of Lana Del Rey's Lyrics Translation in QQ Music=&lt;br /&gt;
'''歌词翻译中的适当性——以拉娜·德雷在QQ音乐中的译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
易扬帆 Yi Yangfan, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness Theory-- A Critical Evaluation on Skopos Theory=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''适用性理论--对目的论的批判性评价'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
殷美达Yin Meida, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=133333</id>
		<title>Appropriateness Theory</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=133333"/>
		<updated>2021-12-15T08:42:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Creating Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Overview Page of Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Appropriateness Theory]] - 易扬帆 殷美达&lt;br /&gt;
I need more students here. You can write papers criticizing existing theories here and suggest what needs to be improved to develop a new theory! This is cutting edge research here! I expect the best students to participate and we may try to submit the papers to real academic journals! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我在文章中所举出来的例子会涉及一些人们约定俗成的道德规范，所以我认为您的这个理论是不是表达的是不仅仅只是考虑源文本和目标文本的内容传达，更多的还会去考虑两个文本背后所需要遵循的伦理道德的意思。&lt;br /&gt;
可以检查译文可能会不遵循两个entities或者communities之间的伦理道德的关系，最后违背了appropriate theory。&lt;br /&gt;
当然我相信人工智能长期来说也会学习道德。&lt;br /&gt;
我觉得为了解释appropriateness theory最容易的是用一些已经存在的理论，选择一些例子让读者理解为什么这些理论都有限。&lt;br /&gt;
有可能skopos达到了十分，但是翻译还是不对或者不理想。但是用appropriateness theory可以指路怎么提高这个翻译例子的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
如果你能找到一些例子，用传统的翻译理论打不到最理想的结果，那我们可以发展自己的Appropriateness Theory想出来一个办法，怎么把这种例子也能翻译的好。&lt;br /&gt;
意思就是我们去寻找一些如今还存在着问题亟待解决的译本，然后尝试着用appropriateness theory去解决，而不仅仅只是局限于伦理道德这一个方面。&lt;br /&gt;
发展出我们自己的appropriateness theory去提高译文的质量？&lt;br /&gt;
当然appropriateness theory大家都可以做贡献，最后只有一种appropriateness theory，包括你们所提到的解决方法。&lt;br /&gt;
所以这个appropriateness theory是一个规模比较大的，它能够修理现在存在翻译理论的一些缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
为了找合适的具体的使用例子当然也需要完全懂传统的理论，也要理解它们的限制和缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
翻译者一般不按照理论翻译。只是咱们学者用理论。我们只要找一个例子我们觉得翻译的不太好。然后我们看一下按照哪一种传统的理论这个翻译应该还是好的，也没有办法提高质量。比如按照skopos是好的，因为在墓地读者达到跟在原来读者相同的作用。（比如一个假的新闻关于俄国女孩子anna在德国被难民抢劫的在俄国引起反德国的感情，翻译成德文以后在德国也引起从俄国移民到德国的俄国人少数民族的感情。按照appropriateness theory，假的新闻更笨不要翻译成其他语言，引起感情的后果是已经融入德国文化的俄国人开始意识到自己是俄国人，然后他们说他们在德国被压迫并请俄国跟德国打战争。这种例子在美国选举方面也有，在新馆疫情媒体报道方面也有）。然后我们想一想怎么还是可以提高质量（当然这个例子比较敏感，可以加两个词“假的”就提高了质量，但是也会有一些不那么敏感的例子，可以用另外一种方式提高质量）。找到了以后我们就按照这个发展Appropriateness Theory。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=1 Ei Mon Kyaw: Appropriateness Theory in Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate?=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; '''Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China''' &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness in Lyrics Translation -- A Case Study of Lana Del Rey's Lyrics Translation in QQ Music=&lt;br /&gt;
'''歌词翻译中的适当性——以拉娜·德雷在QQ音乐中的译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
易扬帆 Yi Yangfan, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness Theory-- A Critical Evaluation on Skopos Theory=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''适用性理论--对目的论的批判性评价'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
殷美达Yin Meida, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=133332</id>
		<title>Appropriateness Theory</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Appropriateness_Theory&amp;diff=133332"/>
		<updated>2021-12-15T08:40:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2 Asep Budiman: Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Creating Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Overview Page of Approprateness Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Appropriateness Theory]] - 易扬帆 殷美达&lt;br /&gt;
I need more students here. You can write papers criticizing existing theories here and suggest what needs to be improved to develop a new theory! This is cutting edge research here! I expect the best students to participate and we may try to submit the papers to real academic journals! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我在文章中所举出来的例子会涉及一些人们约定俗成的道德规范，所以我认为您的这个理论是不是表达的是不仅仅只是考虑源文本和目标文本的内容传达，更多的还会去考虑两个文本背后所需要遵循的伦理道德的意思。&lt;br /&gt;
可以检查译文可能会不遵循两个entities或者communities之间的伦理道德的关系，最后违背了appropriate theory。&lt;br /&gt;
当然我相信人工智能长期来说也会学习道德。&lt;br /&gt;
我觉得为了解释appropriateness theory最容易的是用一些已经存在的理论，选择一些例子让读者理解为什么这些理论都有限。&lt;br /&gt;
有可能skopos达到了十分，但是翻译还是不对或者不理想。但是用appropriateness theory可以指路怎么提高这个翻译例子的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
如果你能找到一些例子，用传统的翻译理论打不到最理想的结果，那我们可以发展自己的Appropriateness Theory想出来一个办法，怎么把这种例子也能翻译的好。&lt;br /&gt;
意思就是我们去寻找一些如今还存在着问题亟待解决的译本，然后尝试着用appropriateness theory去解决，而不仅仅只是局限于伦理道德这一个方面。&lt;br /&gt;
发展出我们自己的appropriateness theory去提高译文的质量？&lt;br /&gt;
当然appropriateness theory大家都可以做贡献，最后只有一种appropriateness theory，包括你们所提到的解决方法。&lt;br /&gt;
所以这个appropriateness theory是一个规模比较大的，它能够修理现在存在翻译理论的一些缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
为了找合适的具体的使用例子当然也需要完全懂传统的理论，也要理解它们的限制和缺点。&lt;br /&gt;
翻译者一般不按照理论翻译。只是咱们学者用理论。我们只要找一个例子我们觉得翻译的不太好。然后我们看一下按照哪一种传统的理论这个翻译应该还是好的，也没有办法提高质量。比如按照skopos是好的，因为在墓地读者达到跟在原来读者相同的作用。（比如一个假的新闻关于俄国女孩子anna在德国被难民抢劫的在俄国引起反德国的感情，翻译成德文以后在德国也引起从俄国移民到德国的俄国人少数民族的感情。按照appropriateness theory，假的新闻更笨不要翻译成其他语言，引起感情的后果是已经融入德国文化的俄国人开始意识到自己是俄国人，然后他们说他们在德国被压迫并请俄国跟德国打战争。这种例子在美国选举方面也有，在新馆疫情媒体报道方面也有）。然后我们想一想怎么还是可以提高质量（当然这个例子比较敏感，可以加两个词“假的”就提高了质量，但是也会有一些不那么敏感的例子，可以用另外一种方式提高质量）。找到了以后我们就按照这个发展Appropriateness Theory。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=1 Ei Mon Kyaw: Appropriateness Theory in Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; '''Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China''' &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness in Lyrics Translation -- A Case Study of Lana Del Rey's Lyrics Translation in QQ Music=&lt;br /&gt;
'''歌词翻译中的适当性——以拉娜·德雷在QQ音乐中的译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
易扬帆 Yi Yangfan, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Appropriateness Theory-- A Critical Evaluation on Skopos Theory=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''适用性理论--对目的论的批判性评价'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
殷美达Yin Meida, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133331</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133331"/>
		<updated>2021-12-15T08:39:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; '''Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China''' &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译的主要问题之一往往是到底是按字面意思翻译还是自由翻译。这种争议至少从公元前一世纪开始就一直存在。直到十九世纪初，许多作家赞成某种 &amp;quot;自由 &amp;quot;翻译：翻译的是精神而不是文字；是意义而不是文字；是内容而不是形式；是事件而不是方式。这是作家们的革命口号，他们希望真理能够被察觉和理解。到了二十世纪，当文化人类学的研究表明，语言障碍是不可逾越的，且完全是文化的产物时，翻译必须尽可能地按字面意思进行。这导致了译者在翻译文本时产生了不少困惑，直到他们被彼得·纽马克的 &amp;quot;翻译方法 &amp;quot;所点醒。纽马克的思想在翻译培训课程中被广泛使用，并结合了大量的语言学意义理论与翻译的实际应用的实例。然而，在这个翻译变得更加复杂的二十一世纪（如政治议程），纽马克的理论似乎有不足之处，因为它没有注意到译者的作用。因此，翻译理论需要拓宽，以考虑到人类尺度框架的价值驱动。本文的目的是对纽马克的翻译理论进行批评性评价，并提出新的理论。而结论是，纽马克的理论缺乏一些重要的标准，无法在某些情况下真正达到恰当的翻译。最后，Woesler（2021，2）提出的 &amp;quot;适当性理论 &amp;quot;完善了以前的理论，满足了二十一世纪的翻译需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克的翻译理论，21世纪翻译，适当性理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, Berman (2012, 244)'s &amp;quot;twelve deforming tendencies&amp;quot; can remarkably contribute to appropriate translation. They are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Rationalization: This mainly entails the modification of syntactic structures including punctuation and sentence structure and order. An example would be translations of Dostoevsky which remove some of the repetition and simplify complex sentence structures. Berman also refers to the abstractness of rationalization and the tendency to generalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clarification: This includes explicitation, which &amp;quot;aims to render &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; what does not wish to be clear in the original&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 245).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Expansion: Like other theorists (for example, Vinay and Darbelnet), Berman says that TTs tend to be longer than STs. This is due to &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot; explicitation that unshapes its rhythm, to &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;flattening&amp;quot;. These additions only serve to reduce the clarity of the work's &amp;quot;voice&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ennoblement: This refers to the tendency on the part of certain translators to &amp;quot;improve&amp;quot; on the original by rewriting it in a more elegant style. The result, according to Berman (2012, 246), is an annihilation of the oral rhetoric and formless polylogic of the ST. Equally destructive is the opposite – a TT that is too &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot; in its use of colloquialisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Qualitative impoverishment: This is the replacement of words and expressions with TT equivalents &amp;quot;that lack their sonorous richness or, correspondingly, their signifying or &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot; features&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 247). By &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot;, Berman means terms whose form and sound are in some way associated with their sense. An example he gives is the word butterfly and its corresponding terms in other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Quantitative impoverishment: This is loss of lexical variation in translation. Berman gives the example of a Spanish ST that uses three different synonyms for face (semblante, rostro and cara); rendering them all as face would involve loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The destruction of rhythms: Although more common in poetry, rhythm is still important to the novel and can be &amp;quot;destroyed&amp;quot; by deformation of word order and punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The destruction of underlying networks of signification: The translator needs to be aware of the network of words that is formed throughout the text. Individually, these words may not be significant, but they add an underlying uniformity and sense to the text. Examples are augmentative suffixes in a Latin American text – jaulón (&amp;quot;large cage&amp;quot;), portón (&amp;quot;large door&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The destruction of linguistic patternings: While the ST may be systematic in its sentence constructions and patternings, translation tends to be &amp;quot;asystematic&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 249). The translator often adopts a range of techniques, such as rationalization, clarification and expansion, all of which standardize the TT. This is actually a form of incoherence since standardization destroys the linguistic patterns and variations of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. The destruction of vernacular networks or their exoticization: This relates especially to local speech and language patterns which play an important role in establishing the setting of a novel. Examples would include the use of diminutives in Spanish, Portuguese, German and Russian or of Australian English terms and cultural items (outback, bush, dingo, wombat). There is severe loss if these are erased, yet the traditional solution of exoticizing some of these terms by, for example, placing them in italics, isolates them from the co-text. Alternatively, seeking a TL vernacular or slang equivalent to the SL is a ridiculous exoticization of the foreign. Such would be the case if an Australian farmer were made to speak Bavarian in a German translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. The destruction of expressions and idioms: Berman considers the replacement of an idiom or proverb by its TL &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; to be an &amp;quot;ethnocentrism&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;to play with &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; is to attack the discourse of the foreign work&amp;quot;, he says (Berman 2012, 251). Thus, an English idiom from Joseph Conrad containing the name of the well-known London mental health hospital Bedlam, should not be translated by Charenton, a similar French institution, since this would result in a TT that produces a new network of French cultural references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. The effacement of the superimposition of languages: By this, Berman means the way translation tends to erase traces of different forms of language that co-exist in the ST. These may be the mix of American English and varieties of Latin American Spanish in the work of new Latino/a writers, the blends of Anglo-Indian writing, the proliferation of language influences in Joyce's Finnegan's Wake, different sociolects and idiolects, and so on. Berman (2012, 251) considers this to be the &amp;quot;central problem&amp;quot; in the translation of novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Berman, Antoine. (2012). &amp;quot;La traduction comme épreuve de l’étranger&amp;quot;. ''Texte'' 4 (1985): 67–81, translated by L. Venuti as &amp;quot;Translation and the trials of the foreign&amp;quot;, in L. Venuti (ed.) (2012), 240–53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 15:07, 14 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133330</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133330"/>
		<updated>2021-12-15T08:24:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; '''Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China''' &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译的主要问题之一往往是到底是按字面意思翻译还是自由翻译。这种争议至少从公元前一世纪开始就一直存在。直到十九世纪初，许多作家赞成某种 &amp;quot;自由 &amp;quot;翻译：翻译的是精神而不是文字；是意义而不是文字；是内容而不是形式；是事件而不是方式。这是作家们的革命口号，他们希望真理能够被察觉和理解。到了二十世纪，当文化人类学的研究表明，语言障碍是不可逾越的，且完全是文化的产物时，翻译必须尽可能地按字面意思进行。这导致了译者在翻译文本时产生了不少困惑，直到他们被彼得·纽马克的 &amp;quot;翻译方法 &amp;quot;所点醒。纽马克的思想在翻译培训课程中被广泛使用，并结合了大量的语言学意义理论与翻译的实际应用的实例。然而，在这个翻译变得更加复杂的二十一世纪（如政治议程），纽马克的理论似乎有不足之处，因为它没有注意到译者的作用。因此，翻译理论需要拓宽，以考虑到人类尺度框架的价值驱动。本文的目的是对纽马克的翻译理论进行批评性评价，并提出新的理论。而结论是，纽马克的理论缺乏一些重要的标准，无法在某些情况下真正达到恰当的翻译。最后，Woesler（2021，2）提出的 &amp;quot;适当性理论 &amp;quot;完善了以前的理论，满足了二十一世纪的翻译需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克的翻译理论，21世纪翻译，适当性理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, Berman (2012, 244)'s &amp;quot;twelve deforming tendencies&amp;quot; can remarkably contribute to appropriate translation. They are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Rationalization: This mainly entails the modification of syntactic structures including punctuation and sentence structure and order. An example would be translations of Dostoevsky which remove some of the repetition and simplify complex sentence structures. Berman also refers to the abstractness of rationalization and the tendency to generalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clarification: This includes explicitation, which &amp;quot;aims to render &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; what does not wish to be clear in the original&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 245).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Expansion: Like other theorists (for example, Vinay and Darbelnet), Berman says that TTs tend to be longer than STs. This is due to &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot; explicitation that unshapes its rhythm, to &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;flattening&amp;quot;. These additions only serve to reduce the clarity of the work's &amp;quot;voice&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ennoblement: This refers to the tendency on the part of certain translators to &amp;quot;improve&amp;quot; on the original by rewriting it in a more elegant style. The result, according to Berman (2012, 246), is an annihilation of the oral rhetoric and formless polylogic of the ST. Equally destructive is the opposite – a TT that is too &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot; in its use of colloquialisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Qualitative impoverishment: This is the replacement of words and expressions with TT equivalents &amp;quot;that lack their sonorous richness or, correspondingly, their signifying or &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot; features&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 247). By &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot;, Berman means terms whose form and sound are in some way associated with their sense. An example he gives is the word butterfly and its corresponding terms in other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Quantitative impoverishment: This is loss of lexical variation in translation. Berman gives the example of a Spanish ST that uses three different synonyms for face (semblante, rostro and cara); rendering them all as face would involve loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The destruction of rhythms: Although more common in poetry, rhythm is still important to the novel and can be &amp;quot;destroyed&amp;quot; by deformation of word order and punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The destruction of underlying networks of signification: The translator needs to be aware of the network of words that is formed throughout the text. Individually, these words may not be significant, but they add an underlying uniformity and sense to the text. Examples are augmentative suffixes in a Latin American text – jaulón (&amp;quot;large cage&amp;quot;), portón (&amp;quot;large door&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The destruction of linguistic patternings: While the ST may be systematic in its sentence constructions and patternings, translation tends to be &amp;quot;asystematic&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 249). The translator often adopts a range of techniques, such as rationalization, clarification and expansion, all of which standardize the TT. This is actually a form of incoherence since standardization destroys the linguistic patterns and variations of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. The destruction of vernacular networks or their exoticization: This relates especially to local speech and language patterns which play an important role in establishing the setting of a novel. Examples would include the use of diminutives in Spanish, Portuguese, German and Russian or of Australian English terms and cultural items (outback, bush, dingo, wombat). There is severe loss if these are erased, yet the traditional solution of exoticizing some of these terms by, for example, placing them in italics, isolates them from the co-text. Alternatively, seeking a TL vernacular or slang equivalent to the SL is a ridiculous exoticization of the foreign. Such would be the case if an Australian farmer were made to speak Bavarian in a German translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. The destruction of expressions and idioms: Berman considers the replacement of an idiom or proverb by its TL &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; to be an &amp;quot;ethnocentrism&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;to play with &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; is to attack the discourse of the foreign work&amp;quot;, he says (Berman 2012, 251). Thus, an English idiom from Joseph Conrad containing the name of the well-known London mental health hospital Bedlam, should not be translated by Charenton, a similar French institution, since this would result in a TT that produces a new network of French cultural references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. The effacement of the superimposition of languages: By this, Berman means the way translation tends to erase traces of different forms of language that co-exist in the ST. These may be the mix of American English and varieties of Latin American Spanish in the work of new Latino/a writers, the blends of Anglo-Indian writing, the proliferation of language influences in Joyce's Finnegan's Wake, different sociolects and idiolects, and so on. Berman (2012, 251) considers this to be the &amp;quot;central problem&amp;quot; in the translation of novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Berman, Antoine. (2012). &amp;quot;La traduction comme épreuve de l’étranger&amp;quot;. ''Texte'' 4 (1985): 67–81, translated by L. Venuti as &amp;quot;Translation and the trials of the foreign&amp;quot;, in L. Venuti (ed.) (2012), 240–53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 15:07, 14 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133329</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133329"/>
		<updated>2021-12-15T08:17:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; '''Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China''' &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译的主要问题之一往往是到底是按字面意思翻译还是自由翻译。这种争议至少从公元前一世纪开始就一直存在。直到十九世纪初，许多作家赞成某种 &amp;quot;自由 &amp;quot;翻译：翻译的是精神而不是文字；是意义而不是文字；是内容而不是形式；是事件而不是方式。这是作家们的革命口号，他们希望真理能够被察觉和理解。到了二十世纪，当文化人类学的研究表明，语言障碍是不可逾越的，且完全是文化的产物时，翻译必须尽可能地按字面意思进行。这导致了译者在翻译文本时产生了不少困惑，直到他们被彼得·纽马克的 &amp;quot;翻译方法 &amp;quot;所点醒。纽马克的思想在翻译培训课程中被广泛使用，并结合了大量的语言学意义理论与翻译的实际应用的实例。然而，在这个翻译变得更加复杂的二十一世纪（如政治议程），纽马克的理论似乎有不足之处，因为它没有注意到译者的作用。因此，翻译理论需要拓宽，以考虑到人类尺度框架的价值驱动。本文的目的是对纽马克的翻译理论进行批评性评价，并提出新的理论。而结论是，纽马克的理论缺乏一些重要的标准，无法在某些情况下真正达到恰当的翻译。最后，Woesler（2021，2）提出的 &amp;quot;适当性理论 &amp;quot;完善了以前的理论，满足了二十一世纪的翻译需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克的翻译理论，21世纪翻译，适当性理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think the author has an in-depth understanding of Newmark's theory, and the above is a very detailed introduction to Newmark's theory of translation, but it seems a bit abrupt to go straight to the beginning of the appropriateness theory, I think some examples of translations that reflect Newmark's ideas could be added here, but there are still some shortcomings, the appropriateness principle introduced below can improve this shortcoming very well, so that the article will be more naturally connected.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 13:37, 13 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, Berman (2012, 244)'s &amp;quot;twelve deforming tendencies&amp;quot; can remarkably contribute to appropriate translation. They are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Rationalization: This mainly entails the modification of syntactic structures including punctuation and sentence structure and order. An example would be translations of Dostoevsky which remove some of the repetition and simplify complex sentence structures. Berman also refers to the abstractness of rationalization and the tendency to generalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clarification: This includes explicitation, which &amp;quot;aims to render &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; what does not wish to be clear in the original&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 245).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Expansion: Like other theorists (for example, Vinay and Darbelnet), Berman says that TTs tend to be longer than STs. This is due to &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot; explicitation that unshapes its rhythm, to &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;flattening&amp;quot;. These additions only serve to reduce the clarity of the work's &amp;quot;voice&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ennoblement: This refers to the tendency on the part of certain translators to &amp;quot;improve&amp;quot; on the original by rewriting it in a more elegant style. The result, according to Berman (2012, 246), is an annihilation of the oral rhetoric and formless polylogic of the ST. Equally destructive is the opposite – a TT that is too &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot; in its use of colloquialisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Qualitative impoverishment: This is the replacement of words and expressions with TT equivalents &amp;quot;that lack their sonorous richness or, correspondingly, their signifying or &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot; features&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 247). By &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot;, Berman means terms whose form and sound are in some way associated with their sense. An example he gives is the word butterfly and its corresponding terms in other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Quantitative impoverishment: This is loss of lexical variation in translation. Berman gives the example of a Spanish ST that uses three different synonyms for face (semblante, rostro and cara); rendering them all as face would involve loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The destruction of rhythms: Although more common in poetry, rhythm is still important to the novel and can be &amp;quot;destroyed&amp;quot; by deformation of word order and punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The destruction of underlying networks of signification: The translator needs to be aware of the network of words that is formed throughout the text. Individually, these words may not be significant, but they add an underlying uniformity and sense to the text. Examples are augmentative suffixes in a Latin American text – jaulón (&amp;quot;large cage&amp;quot;), portón (&amp;quot;large door&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The destruction of linguistic patternings: While the ST may be systematic in its sentence constructions and patternings, translation tends to be &amp;quot;asystematic&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 249). The translator often adopts a range of techniques, such as rationalization, clarification and expansion, all of which standardize the TT. This is actually a form of incoherence since standardization destroys the linguistic patterns and variations of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. The destruction of vernacular networks or their exoticization: This relates especially to local speech and language patterns which play an important role in establishing the setting of a novel. Examples would include the use of diminutives in Spanish, Portuguese, German and Russian or of Australian English terms and cultural items (outback, bush, dingo, wombat). There is severe loss if these are erased, yet the traditional solution of exoticizing some of these terms by, for example, placing them in italics, isolates them from the co-text. Alternatively, seeking a TL vernacular or slang equivalent to the SL is a ridiculous exoticization of the foreign. Such would be the case if an Australian farmer were made to speak Bavarian in a German translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. The destruction of expressions and idioms: Berman considers the replacement of an idiom or proverb by its TL &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; to be an &amp;quot;ethnocentrism&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;to play with &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; is to attack the discourse of the foreign work&amp;quot;, he says (Berman 2012, 251). Thus, an English idiom from Joseph Conrad containing the name of the well-known London mental health hospital Bedlam, should not be translated by Charenton, a similar French institution, since this would result in a TT that produces a new network of French cultural references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. The effacement of the superimposition of languages: By this, Berman means the way translation tends to erase traces of different forms of language that co-exist in the ST. These may be the mix of American English and varieties of Latin American Spanish in the work of new Latino/a writers, the blends of Anglo-Indian writing, the proliferation of language influences in Joyce's Finnegan's Wake, different sociolects and idiolects, and so on. Berman (2012, 251) considers this to be the &amp;quot;central problem&amp;quot; in the translation of novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion of theory alone seems a little thin, I think it is appropraite to consider using some examples of translations to enhance the credibility of the text.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 13:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Berman, Antoine. (2012). &amp;quot;La traduction comme épreuve de l’étranger&amp;quot;. ''Texte'' 4 (1985): 67–81, translated by L. Venuti as &amp;quot;Translation and the trials of the foreign&amp;quot;, in L. Venuti (ed.) (2012), 240–53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 15:07, 14 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133327</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=133327"/>
		<updated>2021-12-15T08:15:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2. Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''重审纽马克翻译理论：如何圈画适当性的范围？&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译的主要问题之一往往是到底是按字面意思翻译还是自由翻译。这种争议至少从公元前一世纪开始就一直存在。直到十九世纪初，许多作家赞成某种 &amp;quot;自由 &amp;quot;翻译：翻译的是精神而不是文字；是意义而不是文字；是内容而不是形式；是事件而不是方式。这是作家们的革命口号，他们希望真理能够被察觉和理解。到了二十世纪，当文化人类学的研究表明，语言障碍是不可逾越的，且完全是文化的产物时，翻译必须尽可能地按字面意思进行。这导致了译者在翻译文本时产生了不少困惑，直到他们被彼得·纽马克的 &amp;quot;翻译方法 &amp;quot;所点醒。纽马克的思想在翻译培训课程中被广泛使用，并结合了大量的语言学意义理论与翻译的实际应用的实例。然而，在这个翻译变得更加复杂的二十一世纪（如政治议程），纽马克的理论似乎有不足之处，因为它没有注意到译者的作用。因此，翻译理论需要拓宽，以考虑到人类尺度框架的价值驱动。本文的目的是对纽马克的翻译理论进行批评性评价，并提出新的理论。而结论是，纽马克的理论缺乏一些重要的标准，无法在某些情况下真正达到恰当的翻译。最后，Woesler（2021，2）提出的 &amp;quot;适当性理论 &amp;quot;完善了以前的理论，满足了二十一世纪的翻译需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克的翻译理论，21世纪翻译，适当性理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think the author has an in-depth understanding of Newmark's theory, and the above is a very detailed introduction to Newmark's theory of translation, but it seems a bit abrupt to go straight to the beginning of the appropriateness theory, I think some examples of translations that reflect Newmark's ideas could be added here, but there are still some shortcomings, the appropriateness principle introduced below can improve this shortcoming very well, so that the article will be more naturally connected.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 13:37, 13 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, Berman (2012, 244)'s &amp;quot;twelve deforming tendencies&amp;quot; can remarkably contribute to appropriate translation. They are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Rationalization: This mainly entails the modification of syntactic structures including punctuation and sentence structure and order. An example would be translations of Dostoevsky which remove some of the repetition and simplify complex sentence structures. Berman also refers to the abstractness of rationalization and the tendency to generalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clarification: This includes explicitation, which &amp;quot;aims to render &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; what does not wish to be clear in the original&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 245).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Expansion: Like other theorists (for example, Vinay and Darbelnet), Berman says that TTs tend to be longer than STs. This is due to &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot; explicitation that unshapes its rhythm, to &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;flattening&amp;quot;. These additions only serve to reduce the clarity of the work's &amp;quot;voice&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ennoblement: This refers to the tendency on the part of certain translators to &amp;quot;improve&amp;quot; on the original by rewriting it in a more elegant style. The result, according to Berman (2012, 246), is an annihilation of the oral rhetoric and formless polylogic of the ST. Equally destructive is the opposite – a TT that is too &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot; in its use of colloquialisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Qualitative impoverishment: This is the replacement of words and expressions with TT equivalents &amp;quot;that lack their sonorous richness or, correspondingly, their signifying or &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot; features&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 247). By &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot;, Berman means terms whose form and sound are in some way associated with their sense. An example he gives is the word butterfly and its corresponding terms in other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Quantitative impoverishment: This is loss of lexical variation in translation. Berman gives the example of a Spanish ST that uses three different synonyms for face (semblante, rostro and cara); rendering them all as face would involve loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The destruction of rhythms: Although more common in poetry, rhythm is still important to the novel and can be &amp;quot;destroyed&amp;quot; by deformation of word order and punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The destruction of underlying networks of signification: The translator needs to be aware of the network of words that is formed throughout the text. Individually, these words may not be significant, but they add an underlying uniformity and sense to the text. Examples are augmentative suffixes in a Latin American text – jaulón (&amp;quot;large cage&amp;quot;), portón (&amp;quot;large door&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The destruction of linguistic patternings: While the ST may be systematic in its sentence constructions and patternings, translation tends to be &amp;quot;asystematic&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 249). The translator often adopts a range of techniques, such as rationalization, clarification and expansion, all of which standardize the TT. This is actually a form of incoherence since standardization destroys the linguistic patterns and variations of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. The destruction of vernacular networks or their exoticization: This relates especially to local speech and language patterns which play an important role in establishing the setting of a novel. Examples would include the use of diminutives in Spanish, Portuguese, German and Russian or of Australian English terms and cultural items (outback, bush, dingo, wombat). There is severe loss if these are erased, yet the traditional solution of exoticizing some of these terms by, for example, placing them in italics, isolates them from the co-text. Alternatively, seeking a TL vernacular or slang equivalent to the SL is a ridiculous exoticization of the foreign. Such would be the case if an Australian farmer were made to speak Bavarian in a German translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. The destruction of expressions and idioms: Berman considers the replacement of an idiom or proverb by its TL &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; to be an &amp;quot;ethnocentrism&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;to play with &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; is to attack the discourse of the foreign work&amp;quot;, he says (Berman 2012, 251). Thus, an English idiom from Joseph Conrad containing the name of the well-known London mental health hospital Bedlam, should not be translated by Charenton, a similar French institution, since this would result in a TT that produces a new network of French cultural references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. The effacement of the superimposition of languages: By this, Berman means the way translation tends to erase traces of different forms of language that co-exist in the ST. These may be the mix of American English and varieties of Latin American Spanish in the work of new Latino/a writers, the blends of Anglo-Indian writing, the proliferation of language influences in Joyce's Finnegan's Wake, different sociolects and idiolects, and so on. Berman (2012, 251) considers this to be the &amp;quot;central problem&amp;quot; in the translation of novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion of theory alone seems a little thin, I think it is appropraite to consider using some examples of translations to enhance the credibility of the text.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 13:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Berman, Antoine. (2012). &amp;quot;La traduction comme épreuve de l’étranger&amp;quot;. ''Texte'' 4 (1985): 67–81, translated by L. Venuti as &amp;quot;Translation and the trials of the foreign&amp;quot;, in L. Venuti (ed.) (2012), 240–53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 15:07, 14 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_1&amp;diff=131349</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_1&amp;diff=131349"/>
		<updated>2021-12-12T23:40:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Ei Mon Kyaw: Appropriateness Theory in Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Student Name Ei Mon Kyaw, Student No. 202111080021 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is an analysis to the translational theories and derivation to the appropriateness theory. Translation has been influenced by many social and intercultural factors. In this paper, the translational theories will be surveyed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, Appropriateness Theory, Translational Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness theory can be derived from the other existing theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Literature Review==&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting theories and interpreting studies are as old as human languages. According to Seyed Hossein Heydarian, every language has a specific fingerprint of translation strategies (Woesler 2020, 345).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The concept of translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English term translation, first attested in around 1340, derives either from Old French translation or more directly from the Latin translatio (‘transporting’), itself coming from the participle of the verb transferre (‘to carry over’). In the field of languages, translation today has several meanings:&lt;br /&gt;
(1) the general subject field or phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) the product – that is, the text that has been translated or the report.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) the process of producing the translation, otherwise known as translating.&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation between two different written languages involves the changing of an original written text (the source text or ST) in the original verbal language (the source language or SL) into a written text (the target text or TT) in a different verbal language (the target language or TL)(Munday &amp;amp; Jeremy, n.d.: p 8). =&amp;gt; Jeremy Munday is one person. (Munday ..., 8) write this reference in the list of references. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introducing Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, written and spoken translations have played a crucial role in interhuman communication, not least in providing access to important texts for scholarship and religious purposes. As world trade has grown, so has the importance of translation. Yet the study of translation as an academic subject only really began in the second half of the twentieth century. In the English-speaking world, this discipline is now generally known as ‘translation studies’, thanks to the Dutch-based US scholar James S. Holmes (1924–1986). In his key defining paper delivered in 1972, but not widely available until 1988, Holmes describes the then nascent discipline as being concerned with ‘the complex of problems clustered round the phenomenon of translating and translations’ (Holmes 1988b/2004: 181). By 1995, the time of the second, revised, edition of her Translation Studies: An Integrated Approach, Mary Snell-Hornby was able to talk in the preface of ‘the breathtaking development of translation studies as an independent discipline’ and the ‘prolific international discussion’ on the subject (Snell-Hornby 1995, preface). Little more than a decade later, the editors of the second edition of the Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation comment on ‘new concerns in the discipline, its growing multidisciplinarity, and its commitment to break away from its exclusively Eurocentric origins, while holding on to the achievements of the past decades’ (Baker and Saldanha 2009: xxii, cited in Munday &amp;amp; Jeremy, n.d.: p 10-11). (ibid, you don't need to put (p) before the page, just write 10-11)--[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functional Theories of Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1970s and 1980s saw a move away from linguistic typologies of translation shifts, and the emergence and flourishing in Germany of a functionalist and communicative approach to the analysis of translation. This tied in with advances in linguistic studies of the complex parameters of text comprehension and generation.&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Theories of Translation are:&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Katharina Reiss’s early work on text type and Mary Snell-Hornby’s later integrated’ approach;&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Justa Holz-Mänttäri’s theory of translatorial action;&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Hans J. Vermeer’s skopos theory, which centred on the purpose of the TT;&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Christiane Nord’s more detailed text-analysis model which continued the functionalist tradition in the 1990s and beyond (Munday &amp;amp; Jeremy, n.d.: p 113-114).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction to Skopos Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is a translational theory by the German translator Vermeer in 1978 (Lecturer &amp;amp; Jabir, 2006). This emphasizes the role of the translator as a creator of the target text and gives priority to purpose (skopos) of producing the target text. The word “Skopos” is from Greek, meaning ‘purpose or aim’ (Lili, 2016). According to Skopos theory, the basic principle which determines the process of translation is the purpose (skopos) of the translational action. The Skopos theory orients a more functionally and socio-culturally concept of translation, whereby translation is considered not as a process of translation, but as a specific form of human action (Lili, 2016). The main idea of Skopos theory is that translators should hold the thought from the perspective of the target readers during the process of translation. So, translators should keep in mind what the function of translation text is, what the target readers' demand is and what communicative situation is (Vermeer, 1996, cited in Lili, 2016). =&amp;gt; please indicate the page you found this information --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos Theory, translational action is regarded as a communicative human action, in which the social elements and cultural elements of the source text should be considered. Traditionally, people regard translation as the interaction between translators and the source text, or translators between the writers. Skopos Theory gives the translator more freedom. In the past, translators have to be loyal or faithful to the source text, and try as possible as they can to convey the meanings of the writers to achieve equivalence to the source texts. However, in the Skopos Theory, skopos rule is paramount and if the fidelity rule is contradicted to the skopos rule, translators can choose to delete or rewrite the source text according to their different skopos. Vermeer points out that if a translation work satisfies its skopos, then it is adequate and good translation even if it is not equivalent to the source text. Instead of being fluent, the coherence rule of Skopos Theory states that the conditions and knowledge of the target reader should be considered to achieve intratextual coherence. Target reader’s different needs are recognized and translators should take them into consideration (Yang, 2020). Since skopos varies with text receivers, the skopos of the target text and of the source text may be different. Skopos theory should not be understood as promoting (extremely) free translation in all, or even a majority of cases (Reiss and Vermeer 1984/1991:196, cited in Tamas, n.d.). It is up to the translator as the expert to decide what role a source text is to play in the translation action. It may be ADAPTATION to the target culture, but it may also be to acquaint the reader with the source culture (Vermeer 1989a:182, cited in Tamas, n.d.). Every translation commission should explicitly or implicitly contain a statement of skopos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Skopos and its Related Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos is a technical term for the aim or purpose of a piece of translation. In Vermeer's theory, there is a distinction between the terms aim and purpose. This is further explained by Nord (ibid:28-29, cited in Lecturer &amp;amp; Jabir, 2006). The gist of Vermeer's discussion is that aim is considered as the final result which an agent tries to achieve via an action; whereas purpose is a provisional stage in the process of achieving an aim. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Function is yet another term that refers to what a text means. The meaning of the text is viewed by the receiver. Another related term to skopos is intention which is regarded as an aim- oriented plan of action on the part of both the sender and the receiver. This points towards an appropriate way of producing or understanding the text. In order to remove the ambiguity resulting from the difference between intention and function, Nord (1991:47f, cited in Lecturer &amp;amp; Jabir, 2006) has proposed a distinction between intention and function. The sender is responsible for specifying intention and by using a text he tries to achieve a purpose. The receiver uses the text with a certain function, depending on his/her own expectations, needs, previous knowledge and situational conditions. This distinction is important to the field of translation as the sender and receiver belong to different cultural and situational settings. Some say that translation is translating cultures. So, intention and function can be analyzed from two different angles. The former is viewed from the sender's point of view while the latter is seen from the receiver's (Lecturer &amp;amp; Jabir, 2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three Main Rules of the Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hans J Vermeer and following translation theory experts, there are three main rules of the Skopos theory: skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Rule. Skopos is a Greek word for &amp;quot;aim&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;purpose&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the 'skopos rule', which means that a translation action is determined by its skopos; that is, 'the end justifies the means'&amp;quot; by Reiss and Vermeer. Vermeer also stresses on many occasions that the skopos rule is a general rule, and translation strategies and methods are determined by the purpose and the intended function of the target text(Vermeer, 1984, cited in Lili, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence Rule. The coherence rule states that the target text &amp;quot;must be interpretable as coherent with the target text receiver's situation&amp;quot; (Vermeer, 1984, cited in Lili, 2016). In other words, the target text must be translated in such a way that it is coherent for the target text receivers, given their circumstances and knowledge. In terms of coherence rule, the source text is no longer of most authority but only part of the translation beliefs. It is only an offer of information for the translator, who in turn picks out what he considers to be meaningful in the receiver's situation(Vermeer, 1984, cited in Lili, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity Rule. Translation is a preceding offer of information. It is expected to bear some relationship with the corresponding source text. Vermeer calls this relationship &amp;quot;intertextual coherence&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. This is postulated as a further principle, referred to as the &amp;quot;fidelity rule&amp;quot; by Reiss and Vermeer in 1984.The fidelity rule merely states that there must be coherence between the translated version and the source text. In the relationship among the rules, fidelity rule is considered subordinate to coherence rule, and both are subordinate to the skopos rule. If the skopos requires a change of function, the criterion will no longer be fidelity to the source text but adequacy or appropriateness with regard to the skopos. And if the skopos demands intra-textual incoherence, the standard of coherence rule is no longer vivid (Nord, 2001, cited in Lili, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer thinks that translation, as an aspect of human action, is purposeful or intentional, and that the purpose (skopos) of this translation action is very important as it determines the translation strategies and translation methods in the later translation activity of the translator, which is the most important rule of Skopos Theory—the skopos rule (Yang, 2020). Besides, Vermeer also puts forward the other two rules—the coherence rule and the fidelity rule and states clearly the hierarchical order of these three rules—skopos rule &amp;gt; coherence rule &amp;gt; fidelity rule. Skopos Theory gives a new way of thinking about the concept of translation and the role of translator and target reader in the translation process(Vermeer, 1984, cited in Lili, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Action===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enlightened by Wright’s action theory, which regards human’s action as intentional, Vermeer sees translation as a human action, meaning that translation is an intentional action performed by human being. In his A Framework for a General Theory of Translation, Vermeer describes translation as a communicative action (intentional), in which communicative verbal and nonverbal signs are transferred from one language into another (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020). Vermeer claims that seeing translation as a mere linguistic process is not adequate, this is also an important significance of Vermeer’s Skopos Theory, a shift from previous linguistic translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos Theory, translational action is regarded as a communicative human action, in which the social elements and cultural elements of the source text should be considered. Instead of considering the mere linguistic level, other cultural elements are considered; this is a significance of Vermeer’s Skopos Theory. Second, Skopos Theory makes people have a new thinking about the involving participants of a translational action. Traditionally, people regard translation as the interaction between translators and the source text, or translators between the writers. Instead of merely being loyal to the source text or the original writer, translator should be loyal to his target reader. Skopos Theory gives the translator more freedom. In the past, translators have to be loyal or faithful to the source text, and try as possible as they can to convey the meanings of the writers to achieve equivalence to the source texts. However, in the Skopos Theory, skopos rule is paramount and if the fidelity rule is contradicted to the skopos rule, translators can choose to delete or rewrite the source text according to their different skopos. It gives a new criterion for translation evaluation. Instead of being equivalent to and transferring the meaning of the source, Vermeer points out that if a translation work satisfies its skopos, then it is adequate and good translation even if it is not equivalent to the source text. Equivalency is only a sub-branch of adequacy. Skopos Theory gives certain attention to the target reader. Instead of being fluent, the coherence rule of Skopos Theory states that the conditions and knowledge of the target reader should be considered to achieve intratextual co herence. Target reader’s different needs are recognized and translators should take them into consideration (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Criticisms over Skopos Theory=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The critiques mainly focus on the attitude of the Skopos theory toward the ‘dethronement’ of the source text (Schaffner, 1998, cited in Uddin, 2019). The Skopos theory may bring a translation product closer to an ‘adaptation’ rather than a ‘translation’ (Nord, 1997, cited in Uddin, 2019). Skopos theory should put the source text (rather than the target text) as the starting point regardless of the purposes of the texts produced during the translation process (Koller, 1990, cited in Uddin, 2019). Skopos theory is inapplicable to literary texts (also religious texts) since these texts involve highly stylistic and expressive language; therefore, equivalence may not be achieved (Nord, 1997, cited in Uddin, 2019). Another particular criticism mentions unclear guideline of Skopos theory during the translation practice, i.e., what are step by step procedures that have to be done during the translation process (Sunwoo, 207, cited in Uddin, 2019). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shortcomings of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos is an ambiguous concept. Skopos Theory undervalues the source text and writers. Skopos Theory is unfalsifiable and Skopos Theory fails to give clear evaluation criteria for a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Ambiguity of “Skopos”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos Theory, when the skopos of the target text is different from the skopos of the source text, translator can choose to be not equivalent with the source text if in accordance with the skopos. And here comes one problem, whether all the source text and all the translation are intentional or purposeful, which is still in dispute. Sometimes writers produce “art” for “art’s sake” and maybe some translations are done with no purpose. So, in these situations, can Skopos Theory still be applied and how to explain them? According to Skopos Theory, in the normal circumstances, a client needs a translation work and then the client should come to the translator with a “translation brief” or “commission”. In the translation brief or the commission, the client should give as many details as possible such as the skopos, time, addressee, time, place, and medium of the target text. The skopos of the translation work should be clarified in the translation commission so that the translator could know clearly the skopos and appropriate translation methods and translation strategies could be utilized in the translation work. So, the client plays the role of initiator in the translation process and determines the skopos of the translation work. And the client and the translator could negotiate with each other to help clearly convey the skopos of the translation work and negotiation between clients and translators is needed especially when the client has only a vague or even an incorrect idea of the what kind of text is required (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in the normal situation, the clients do not know the Skopos Theory and do not know the important role of translation commission, and they can only give a brief introduction of the target text in their mind to the translators. In the reality, most of the time, the clients are not experts in translation and they do not have the competence to list practical and feasible requirements of the target text. And sometimes there is even no written translation commission by the clients for the translators. Clients’ negotiation with translators is only an ideal situation but not feasible or practical in the reality. It may take a lot of effort of the translators and the clients but may lead to low efficiency and the waste of time. So here comes one contradictory phenomenon. On the one hand, the Skopos Theory requires that the skopos of the translation work should be determined by the clients and displayed clearly in the translation brief. On the other hand, there is only a brief introduction of the requirements for the target text and sometimes there is even no written translation commission. So the skopos of the translation work has no substantive contents. The translators can only depend on themselves to deduce the possible skopos of the target text and depend on themselves to decide the translation strategies and translation methods in the later practical translation work. This gives a lot of freedom to the translator, however, at the same time, makes the skopos of the translation commission a meaningless and ambiguous concept in the practical translation work of the translators (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the skopos of a translation work is only an ideal and ambiguous concept and has no guiding significance in the later practical translation work of the translator, which is one very important shortcoming of Vermeer’s Skopos Theory. Source text is only regarded to be an “offer of information” in a source culture and source language, and too much freedom leads to disrespect of the source text and the writers. Skopos Theory treats translation as a functional activity and too much free dom and subjectivity of the translator leads to low respect for the source text and writer. When in the translation of literary works, being too much goal-oriented and deleting, rewriting and simplification of the source text would destroy the literariness and artistry of the original literary work. The literariness and artistry of the original literary work may be destroyed and conflict may occur (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Unfalsifiability of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer claims that the skopos is regulated by the initiator at first but finally determined by the translators. So should the translators be the ones who judge whether his or her translation has achieved the skopos? How do we know the skopos of the translators and how we prove that the translators fail to achieve the skopos? Let’s see an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文：改革进入了深水区，但再深的水我们也得蹚。&lt;br /&gt;
译文：In pursuing reform, we have entered uncharted/deep waters. But we must wade through these waters no matter how deep we are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is from Translators Association of China, in its website. The word “深水区” means that China’s reform has entered its journey of the middle may be an acceptable translation, however, “deep water” gives people an impression of limited hope to survive. Since Translators Association of China puts this version of translation in its website, at that time they think that this translation is acceptable and appropriate and achieves the skopos. Because if they thought that the translation fails to achieve the skopos, they will try to refine it until a better version is created (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Ambiguity of Evaluation Criterion of Target Text==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the evaluation criterion of the target text? In Skopos Theory, skopos is at a paramount place, and translators can have a lot of freedom and subjectivity in a translation process. How to judge whether the translator has achieved the skopos? Skopos Theory can only be seen as a general theory and it gives us enlightenment that we should take the skopos of the translation into consideration, however, has no practical guiding meaning in the later translation process. Then some people begin to regard the other two rules: fidelity rule and coherence rule as the evaluation criteria for the target text. This is inappropriate and conflicting with the skopos rule, because according to Skopos Theory, the hierarchical rule of these three rules is that skopos rule &amp;gt; coherence rule &amp;gt; fidelity rule. =&amp;gt; please support your argument with reference --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule and fidelity rule are subordinated to the skopos rule, and the skopos rule, rather than the other two rules, should be the evaluation criteria for the target text. In Skopos Theory, readers, as the most important role in influencing the skopos, should be the reviews of the translation. In this way, the target text that is well-accepted by the readers can be seen as good translation? Even if we regarding readers as the reviewers of the target text, how to deal with the different knowledge levels of the target reader? How to deal with the different aesthetic standards of the target reader? From the above analysis, we can know that the evaluation criteria for a translation are ambiguous (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concept of Appropriateness Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Appropriateness Theory” is the final theory of all translation theories. There may be different answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Therefore, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can “work” in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on superordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler, 2021, pp. 1-5). &lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Appropriateness Theory in relation to Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory called for iconoclasm against the sanctity of the original, focused on the translator and the purpose of the text to functionally (or dynamically) achieve equivalence in the target culture (Woesler, 2021, pp. 1-5). Imagine the fictional case of a battle speech by a Japanese general to his soldiers. Now the Chinese army got a hold of the speech, translates it into Chinese and replaces “Chinese” by “Japanese” and uses it to motivate its own people. Translating a battle speech for one country with discriminatory statements about an enemy country that has been correctly translated for use as a battle speech in the enemy country according to the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory would be doubly inappropriate according to the Appropriateness theory in such these reasons: &lt;br /&gt;
1. translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discriminations and do not contribute to human rights violations. &lt;br /&gt;
2. even if the purpose was served, reversing statements to the exact opposite would not be appropriate to the source text, even though principals and readers in the target culture may receive the text very favorably (Woesler, 2021, pp. 1-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play. A typical borderline case would be a deliberately false translation with the intention of avoiding or producing things worse, e.g., human rights violations, torture, genocide, etc. If the deliberate falsification of a translation serves to mislead, manipulate, and alienate the recipient in order to strengthen the power of a group, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Skopos theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ethics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethical practice has always been an important issue for translators and interpreters, though historically the focus of concern has been the question of fidelity to the spoken or written text. Directed and collective engagement with an ethics of translation can serve as a means of strengthening the possibility of elaborating a role for translation as a positive force for social and political change. It can also help to create more effective pedagogical tools for training translators and interpreters to reflect upon their personal and/or social commitments and challenge existing norms established in codes of ethics that are untenable in actual contexts of practice (Arrojo 2005; Timoczko 2007: 318–22). Perhaps, increased focus on translation ethics within the field can help to guide translators, interpreters and translation scholars towards their ‘right’ to act responsibly, and to take their visibility and accountability seriously (Maier 2007, Baker, 2009, p 100-103).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Norms and Ethics====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation norms may serve as a helpful tool for translators. Their nature can be interpreted from both social as well as psychological perspectives. From a social side, norms are said to live up to societies’ expectations and respect their values and traditions (Hermans, 2009, 95). Within such social systems, translation serves as an invisible means of cultural appropriateness, seeking to establish identities and affiliations (Tymoczko, 2006, 446). On the other hand, norms are psychological in that they comprise a set of shared and common expectations with regard to the individuals’ behaviours and the decisions they have to make in a particular situation (Hermans, 2009, 95). Toury (1995), who has taken on board the concept of translation norms, views them as restrictions, which determine the translator's behaviour. He confirms that decisions taken by the translator, which shape the final draft of his/her translated text are primarily based and determined by norms. In other words, Toury sees norms as guidance to the translator with regard to word choice, and consequently, they play a substantial role in formulating the resulting target text (Alwazna, 2014). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other scholars, such as ermans (1991), Geest (1992) and Nord (1997) enhance the theoretical foundation of norms by presenting the mutual impacts on both the translator and audience. Norms can particularly be viewed as problem-solving tools th at scaffold translators to perform their translation tasks within social and cultural crite ria. In that, they enable translators to be aware of the socially acceptable statements, which results in producing a translation deemed by the audience a legitimate and valid target text (Hermans, 2009, 96). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chesterman (1997a, 1997b) associates norms with translation ethics, arguing th at translation ethics require strict commitment to precise expressions, production of a truthfully equivalent target text, building trust between translators and clients or any other parties involved in this transaction as well as the reduction of possible misunderstanding between the parties involved in the transaction. Based on ethical codes of conduct followed in well-known and professional organizations, Chesterman (2001) goes on to suggest that all translators and interpreters worldwide should make an oath similar to the model used in medical profession. This is lent credence by Pym (2001), who emphasizes the concept that ethics are particularly related to the reaction of individuals in a particular concrete  situation, then comes the importance of abstract fundamentals. Pym (1992, 2002, 2004) addresses the issue of ethical aspects of translation in detail. He claims that since translation is broadly viewed as a cross-cultural tr ansaction, one important role that should be played by the translator is to secure cooperation between all parties involved in this transaction, seeking to achieve mutual benefit that can be derived by all parties concerned (Alwazna, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cultural transfer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuentes Luque and Kelly (2000:241, cited in Baker, 2009) point out that ‘the role of the translator in international advertising . . . can in no way be limited to “purely linguistic” issues’, and suggest that translators of advertising material should be to become ‘intercultural experts’. Guidère (2001) agrees that ‘to accomplish his mission successfully, the translator is required to think and to integrate a certain amount of data, not only about marketing and basic communication, but also about geopolitics and ethnology’. Adab (2000, 2001) similarly stresses the importance of cultural values. The discussion of cultural issues in the translation of advertising material would particularly benefit from insights on the cultural adaptation of European or American advertising campaigns and messages for non-Western audiences. Important research has been carried out in this area by scholars such as Guidère (2000a), who highlights the difficulties of translating advertisements into Arabic, Zequan (2003), who traces some of the terminological choices made in the translation of a beauty spa advertisement from English into Chinese to differences in religious traditions, and Chuansheng and Yunnan (2003), who provide an extensive overview of brand name translation strategies in China. Ho (2004) analyses the cultural adjustments he introduced in his own translation of commercial advertising for Singapore as a tourist destination, again from English into Chinese. An obvious example of the importance of cultural adaptation (and appropriation) to ensure customer motivation can be found in the translation of tourist brochures. If, as Sumberg (2004) points out, the profile of the advertised destination is poorly adjusted to the target readership’s tourist expectations, the brochure will fail to sell the destination – even though that brochure might very well reflect the actual profile and reality of the place better than a heavily adapted translation (Baker, 2009: 9-10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term ‘cultural translation’ is used in many different contexts and senses. In some of these it is a metaphor that radically questions translation’s traditional parameters, but a somewhat narrower use of the term refers to those practices of literary translation that mediate cultural difference, or try to convey extensive cultural background, or set out to represent another culture via translation. In this sense, ‘cultural translation’ is counterposed to a ‘linguistic’ or ‘grammatical’ translation that is limited in scope to the sentences on the page. It raises complex technical issues: how to deal with features like dialect and heteroglossia, literary allusions, culturally specific items such as food or architecture, or further-reaching differences in the assumed contextual knowledge that surrounds the text and gives it meaning. Questions like these feed long-standing disputes on the most effective – and most ethical – ways to render the cultural difference of the text, leaning more towards naturalization or more towards exoticization, with the attendant dangers of ideologically appropriating the source culture or creating a spurious sense of absolute distance from it (Carbonell 1996). In this context, ‘cultural translation’ does not usually denote a particular kind of translation strategy, but rather a perspective on translations that focuses on their emergence and impact as components in the ideological traffic between language groups (Baker, 2009: p 67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters seem to rather strive for balance, i.e., to apply a balanced translation strategy that is generally accepted and also perceived as &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; by the translators/interpreters themselves (Woesler, 2021, pp. 1-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 15:35, 8 December 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw ------Ei Mon Kyaw-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 15:35, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2020). Responsibility and Ethics in Times of Corona. Woesler, Martin and Hans-Martin Sass eds. Medicine and Ethics in Times of Corona Muenster: LIT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lecturer, A., &amp;amp; Jabir, J. K. (2006). SKOPOS THEORY: BASIC PRINCIPLES AND DEFICIENCIES. In Journal of the College of Arts. University of Basrah No (Issue 41).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lili, Z. (2016). Study of Business English Translation Based on the Three Rules of Skopos Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, R., &amp;amp; Woesler, M. (2021). New Frontiers in Translation Studies Diverse Voices in Chinese Translation and Interpreting Theory and Practice. http://www.springer.com/series/11894&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamas, A. (n.d.). Skopos theory. https://www.academia.edu/5446376/Skopos_theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uddin, A. (2019). Skopos Theory in Translation. https://studylib.net/doc/25593023/skopos-theory-in-translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, M. (2021). Ending the “100-schools” dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the “appropriateness”. Facing up to the challenges posed by ethics and artificial intelligence to the transformation of the translator’s and interpreter’s professional role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang, M. (2020). Evaluation on the Significance and Shortcomings of German Functionalist Vermeer’s Skopos Theory. OALib, 07(11), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.4236/oalib.1106923&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 13:18, 7 November 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw -Ei Mon Kyaw-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 13:18, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_1&amp;diff=131348</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_1&amp;diff=131348"/>
		<updated>2021-12-12T23:38:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Ei Mon Kyaw: Appropriateness Theory in Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Student Name Ei Mon Kyaw, Student No. 202111080021 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is an analysis to the translational theories and derivation to the appropriateness theory. Translation has been influenced by many social and intercultural factors. In this paper, the translational theories will be surveyed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, Appropriateness Theory, Translational Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness theory can be derived from the other existing theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Literature Review==&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting theories and interpreting studies are as old as human languages. According to Seyed Hossein Heydarian, every language has a specific fingerprint of translation strategies (Woesler 2020, 345).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The concept of translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English term translation, first attested in around 1340, derives either from Old French translation or more directly from the Latin translatio (‘transporting’), itself coming from the participle of the verb transferre (‘to carry over’). In the field of languages, translation today has several meanings:&lt;br /&gt;
(1) the general subject field or phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) the product – that is, the text that has been translated or the report.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) the process of producing the translation, otherwise known as translating.&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation between two different written languages involves the changing of an original written text (the source text or ST) in the original verbal language (the source language or SL) into a written text (the target text or TT) in a different verbal language (the target language or TL)(Munday &amp;amp; Jeremy, n.d.: p 8). =&amp;gt; Jeremy Munday is one person. (Munday ..., 8). --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introducing Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, written and spoken translations have played a crucial role in interhuman communication, not least in providing access to important texts for scholarship and religious purposes. As world trade has grown, so has the importance of translation. Yet the study of translation as an academic subject only really began in the second half of the twentieth century. In the English-speaking world, this discipline is now generally known as ‘translation studies’, thanks to the Dutch-based US scholar James S. Holmes (1924–1986). In his key defining paper delivered in 1972, but not widely available until 1988, Holmes describes the then nascent discipline as being concerned with ‘the complex of problems clustered round the phenomenon of translating and translations’ (Holmes 1988b/2004: 181). By 1995, the time of the second, revised, edition of her Translation Studies: An Integrated Approach, Mary Snell-Hornby was able to talk in the preface of ‘the breathtaking development of translation studies as an independent discipline’ and the ‘prolific international discussion’ on the subject (Snell-Hornby 1995, preface). Little more than a decade later, the editors of the second edition of the Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation comment on ‘new concerns in the discipline, its growing multidisciplinarity, and its commitment to break away from its exclusively Eurocentric origins, while holding on to the achievements of the past decades’ (Baker and Saldanha 2009: xxii, cited in Munday &amp;amp; Jeremy, n.d.: p 10-11). (ibid, you don't need to put (p) before the page, just write 10-11)--[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functional Theories of Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1970s and 1980s saw a move away from linguistic typologies of translation shifts, and the emergence and flourishing in Germany of a functionalist and communicative approach to the analysis of translation. This tied in with advances in linguistic studies of the complex parameters of text comprehension and generation.&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Theories of Translation are:&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Katharina Reiss’s early work on text type and Mary Snell-Hornby’s later integrated’ approach;&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Justa Holz-Mänttäri’s theory of translatorial action;&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Hans J. Vermeer’s skopos theory, which centred on the purpose of the TT;&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Christiane Nord’s more detailed text-analysis model which continued the functionalist tradition in the 1990s and beyond (Munday &amp;amp; Jeremy, n.d.: p 113-114).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction to Skopos Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is a translational theory by the German translator Vermeer in 1978 (Lecturer &amp;amp; Jabir, 2006). This emphasizes the role of the translator as a creator of the target text and gives priority to purpose (skopos) of producing the target text. The word “Skopos” is from Greek, meaning ‘purpose or aim’ (Lili, 2016). According to Skopos theory, the basic principle which determines the process of translation is the purpose (skopos) of the translational action. The Skopos theory orients a more functionally and socio-culturally concept of translation, whereby translation is considered not as a process of translation, but as a specific form of human action (Lili, 2016). The main idea of Skopos theory is that translators should hold the thought from the perspective of the target readers during the process of translation. So, translators should keep in mind what the function of translation text is, what the target readers' demand is and what communicative situation is (Vermeer, 1996, cited in Lili, 2016). =&amp;gt; please indicate the page you found this information --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos Theory, translational action is regarded as a communicative human action, in which the social elements and cultural elements of the source text should be considered. Traditionally, people regard translation as the interaction between translators and the source text, or translators between the writers. Skopos Theory gives the translator more freedom. In the past, translators have to be loyal or faithful to the source text, and try as possible as they can to convey the meanings of the writers to achieve equivalence to the source texts. However, in the Skopos Theory, skopos rule is paramount and if the fidelity rule is contradicted to the skopos rule, translators can choose to delete or rewrite the source text according to their different skopos. Vermeer points out that if a translation work satisfies its skopos, then it is adequate and good translation even if it is not equivalent to the source text. Instead of being fluent, the coherence rule of Skopos Theory states that the conditions and knowledge of the target reader should be considered to achieve intratextual coherence. Target reader’s different needs are recognized and translators should take them into consideration (Yang, 2020). Since skopos varies with text receivers, the skopos of the target text and of the source text may be different. Skopos theory should not be understood as promoting (extremely) free translation in all, or even a majority of cases (Reiss and Vermeer 1984/1991:196, cited in Tamas, n.d.). It is up to the translator as the expert to decide what role a source text is to play in the translation action. It may be ADAPTATION to the target culture, but it may also be to acquaint the reader with the source culture (Vermeer 1989a:182, cited in Tamas, n.d.). Every translation commission should explicitly or implicitly contain a statement of skopos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Skopos and its Related Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos is a technical term for the aim or purpose of a piece of translation. In Vermeer's theory, there is a distinction between the terms aim and purpose. This is further explained by Nord (ibid:28-29, cited in Lecturer &amp;amp; Jabir, 2006). The gist of Vermeer's discussion is that aim is considered as the final result which an agent tries to achieve via an action; whereas purpose is a provisional stage in the process of achieving an aim. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Function is yet another term that refers to what a text means. The meaning of the text is viewed by the receiver. Another related term to skopos is intention which is regarded as an aim- oriented plan of action on the part of both the sender and the receiver. This points towards an appropriate way of producing or understanding the text. In order to remove the ambiguity resulting from the difference between intention and function, Nord (1991:47f, cited in Lecturer &amp;amp; Jabir, 2006) has proposed a distinction between intention and function. The sender is responsible for specifying intention and by using a text he tries to achieve a purpose. The receiver uses the text with a certain function, depending on his/her own expectations, needs, previous knowledge and situational conditions. This distinction is important to the field of translation as the sender and receiver belong to different cultural and situational settings. Some say that translation is translating cultures. So, intention and function can be analyzed from two different angles. The former is viewed from the sender's point of view while the latter is seen from the receiver's (Lecturer &amp;amp; Jabir, 2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three Main Rules of the Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hans J Vermeer and following translation theory experts, there are three main rules of the Skopos theory: skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Rule. Skopos is a Greek word for &amp;quot;aim&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;purpose&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the 'skopos rule', which means that a translation action is determined by its skopos; that is, 'the end justifies the means'&amp;quot; by Reiss and Vermeer. Vermeer also stresses on many occasions that the skopos rule is a general rule, and translation strategies and methods are determined by the purpose and the intended function of the target text(Vermeer, 1984, cited in Lili, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence Rule. The coherence rule states that the target text &amp;quot;must be interpretable as coherent with the target text receiver's situation&amp;quot; (Vermeer, 1984, cited in Lili, 2016). In other words, the target text must be translated in such a way that it is coherent for the target text receivers, given their circumstances and knowledge. In terms of coherence rule, the source text is no longer of most authority but only part of the translation beliefs. It is only an offer of information for the translator, who in turn picks out what he considers to be meaningful in the receiver's situation(Vermeer, 1984, cited in Lili, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity Rule. Translation is a preceding offer of information. It is expected to bear some relationship with the corresponding source text. Vermeer calls this relationship &amp;quot;intertextual coherence&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. This is postulated as a further principle, referred to as the &amp;quot;fidelity rule&amp;quot; by Reiss and Vermeer in 1984.The fidelity rule merely states that there must be coherence between the translated version and the source text. In the relationship among the rules, fidelity rule is considered subordinate to coherence rule, and both are subordinate to the skopos rule. If the skopos requires a change of function, the criterion will no longer be fidelity to the source text but adequacy or appropriateness with regard to the skopos. And if the skopos demands intra-textual incoherence, the standard of coherence rule is no longer vivid (Nord, 2001, cited in Lili, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer thinks that translation, as an aspect of human action, is purposeful or intentional, and that the purpose (skopos) of this translation action is very important as it determines the translation strategies and translation methods in the later translation activity of the translator, which is the most important rule of Skopos Theory—the skopos rule (Yang, 2020). Besides, Vermeer also puts forward the other two rules—the coherence rule and the fidelity rule and states clearly the hierarchical order of these three rules—skopos rule &amp;gt; coherence rule &amp;gt; fidelity rule. Skopos Theory gives a new way of thinking about the concept of translation and the role of translator and target reader in the translation process(Vermeer, 1984, cited in Lili, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Action===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enlightened by Wright’s action theory, which regards human’s action as intentional, Vermeer sees translation as a human action, meaning that translation is an intentional action performed by human being. In his A Framework for a General Theory of Translation, Vermeer describes translation as a communicative action (intentional), in which communicative verbal and nonverbal signs are transferred from one language into another (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020). Vermeer claims that seeing translation as a mere linguistic process is not adequate, this is also an important significance of Vermeer’s Skopos Theory, a shift from previous linguistic translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos Theory, translational action is regarded as a communicative human action, in which the social elements and cultural elements of the source text should be considered. Instead of considering the mere linguistic level, other cultural elements are considered; this is a significance of Vermeer’s Skopos Theory. Second, Skopos Theory makes people have a new thinking about the involving participants of a translational action. Traditionally, people regard translation as the interaction between translators and the source text, or translators between the writers. Instead of merely being loyal to the source text or the original writer, translator should be loyal to his target reader. Skopos Theory gives the translator more freedom. In the past, translators have to be loyal or faithful to the source text, and try as possible as they can to convey the meanings of the writers to achieve equivalence to the source texts. However, in the Skopos Theory, skopos rule is paramount and if the fidelity rule is contradicted to the skopos rule, translators can choose to delete or rewrite the source text according to their different skopos. It gives a new criterion for translation evaluation. Instead of being equivalent to and transferring the meaning of the source, Vermeer points out that if a translation work satisfies its skopos, then it is adequate and good translation even if it is not equivalent to the source text. Equivalency is only a sub-branch of adequacy. Skopos Theory gives certain attention to the target reader. Instead of being fluent, the coherence rule of Skopos Theory states that the conditions and knowledge of the target reader should be considered to achieve intratextual co herence. Target reader’s different needs are recognized and translators should take them into consideration (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Criticisms over Skopos Theory=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The critiques mainly focus on the attitude of the Skopos theory toward the ‘dethronement’ of the source text (Schaffner, 1998, cited in Uddin, 2019). The Skopos theory may bring a translation product closer to an ‘adaptation’ rather than a ‘translation’ (Nord, 1997, cited in Uddin, 2019). Skopos theory should put the source text (rather than the target text) as the starting point regardless of the purposes of the texts produced during the translation process (Koller, 1990, cited in Uddin, 2019). Skopos theory is inapplicable to literary texts (also religious texts) since these texts involve highly stylistic and expressive language; therefore, equivalence may not be achieved (Nord, 1997, cited in Uddin, 2019). Another particular criticism mentions unclear guideline of Skopos theory during the translation practice, i.e., what are step by step procedures that have to be done during the translation process (Sunwoo, 207, cited in Uddin, 2019). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shortcomings of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos is an ambiguous concept. Skopos Theory undervalues the source text and writers. Skopos Theory is unfalsifiable and Skopos Theory fails to give clear evaluation criteria for a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
====The Ambiguity of “Skopos”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos Theory, when the skopos of the target text is different from the skopos of the source text, translator can choose to be not equivalent with the source text if in accordance with the skopos. And here comes one problem, whether all the source text and all the translation are intentional or purposeful, which is still in dispute. Sometimes writers produce “art” for “art’s sake” and maybe some translations are done with no purpose. So, in these situations, can Skopos Theory still be applied and how to explain them? According to Skopos Theory, in the normal circumstances, a client needs a translation work and then the client should come to the translator with a “translation brief” or “commission”. In the translation brief or the commission, the client should give as many details as possible such as the skopos, time, addressee, time, place, and medium of the target text. The skopos of the translation work should be clarified in the translation commission so that the translator could know clearly the skopos and appropriate translation methods and translation strategies could be utilized in the translation work. So, the client plays the role of initiator in the translation process and determines the skopos of the translation work. And the client and the translator could negotiate with each other to help clearly convey the skopos of the translation work and negotiation between clients and translators is needed especially when the client has only a vague or even an incorrect idea of the what kind of text is required (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in the normal situation, the clients do not know the Skopos Theory and do not know the important role of translation commission, and they can only give a brief introduction of the target text in their mind to the translators. In the reality, most of the time, the clients are not experts in translation and they do not have the competence to list practical and feasible requirements of the target text. And sometimes there is even no written translation commission by the clients for the translators. Clients’ negotiation with translators is only an ideal situation but not feasible or practical in the reality. It may take a lot of effort of the translators and the clients but may lead to low efficiency and the waste of time. So here comes one contradictory phenomenon. On the one hand, the Skopos Theory requires that the skopos of the translation work should be determined by the clients and displayed clearly in the translation brief. On the other hand, there is only a brief introduction of the requirements for the target text and sometimes there is even no written translation commission. So the skopos of the translation work has no substantive contents. The translators can only depend on themselves to deduce the possible skopos of the target text and depend on themselves to decide the translation strategies and translation methods in the later practical translation work. This gives a lot of freedom to the translator, however, at the same time, makes the skopos of the translation commission a meaningless and ambiguous concept in the practical translation work of the translators (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the skopos of a translation work is only an ideal and ambiguous concept and has no guiding significance in the later practical translation work of the translator, which is one very important shortcoming of Vermeer’s Skopos Theory. Source text is only regarded to be an “offer of information” in a source culture and source language, and too much freedom leads to disrespect of the source text and the writers. Skopos Theory treats translation as a functional activity and too much free dom and subjectivity of the translator leads to low respect for the source text and writer. When in the translation of literary works, being too much goal-oriented and deleting, rewriting and simplification of the source text would destroy the literariness and artistry of the original literary work. The literariness and artistry of the original literary work may be destroyed and conflict may occur (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Unfalsifiability of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer claims that the skopos is regulated by the initiator at first but finally determined by the translators. So should the translators be the ones who judge whether his or her translation has achieved the skopos? How do we know the skopos of the translators and how we prove that the translators fail to achieve the skopos? Let’s see an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文：改革进入了深水区，但再深的水我们也得蹚。&lt;br /&gt;
译文：In pursuing reform, we have entered uncharted/deep waters. But we must wade through these waters no matter how deep we are.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is from Translators Association of China, in its website. The word “深水区” means that China’s reform has entered its journey of the middle may be an acceptable translation, however, “deep water” gives people an impression of limited hope to survive. Since Translators Association of China puts this version of translation in its website, at that time they think that this translation is acceptable and appropriate and achieves the skopos. Because if they thought that the translation fails to achieve the skopos, they will try to refine it until a better version is created (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Ambiguity of Evaluation Criterion of Target Text==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the evaluation criterion of the target text? In Skopos Theory, skopos is at a paramount place, and translators can have a lot of freedom and subjectivity in a translation process. How to judge whether the translator has achieved the skopos? Skopos Theory can only be seen as a general theory and it gives us enlightenment that we should take the skopos of the translation into consideration, however, has no practical guiding meaning in the later translation process. Then some people begin to regard the other two rules: fidelity rule and coherence rule as the evaluation criteria for the target text. This is inappropriate and conflicting with the skopos rule, because according to Skopos Theory, the hierarchical rule of these three rules is that skopos rule &amp;gt; coherence rule &amp;gt; fidelity rule. =&amp;gt; please support your argument with reference --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule and fidelity rule are subordinated to the skopos rule, and the skopos rule, rather than the other two rules, should be the evaluation criteria for the target text. In Skopos Theory, readers, as the most important role in influencing the skopos, should be the reviews of the translation. In this way, the target text that is well-accepted by the readers can be seen as good translation? Even if we regarding readers as the reviewers of the target text, how to deal with the different knowledge levels of the target reader? How to deal with the different aesthetic standards of the target reader? From the above analysis, we can know that the evaluation criteria for a translation are ambiguous (Nord, 2001, Yang, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concept of Appropriateness Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Appropriateness Theory” is the final theory of all translation theories. There may be different answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Therefore, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can “work” in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on superordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler, 2021, pp. 1-5). &lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Appropriateness Theory in relation to Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory called for iconoclasm against the sanctity of the original, focused on the translator and the purpose of the text to functionally (or dynamically) achieve equivalence in the target culture (Woesler, 2021, pp. 1-5). Imagine the fictional case of a battle speech by a Japanese general to his soldiers. Now the Chinese army got a hold of the speech, translates it into Chinese and replaces “Chinese” by “Japanese” and uses it to motivate its own people. Translating a battle speech for one country with discriminatory statements about an enemy country that has been correctly translated for use as a battle speech in the enemy country according to the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory would be doubly inappropriate according to the Appropriateness theory in such these reasons: &lt;br /&gt;
1. translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discriminations and do not contribute to human rights violations. &lt;br /&gt;
2. even if the purpose was served, reversing statements to the exact opposite would not be appropriate to the source text, even though principals and readers in the target culture may receive the text very favorably (Woesler, 2021, pp. 1-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play. A typical borderline case would be a deliberately false translation with the intention of avoiding or producing things worse, e.g., human rights violations, torture, genocide, etc. If the deliberate falsification of a translation serves to mislead, manipulate, and alienate the recipient in order to strengthen the power of a group, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Skopos theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ethics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethical practice has always been an important issue for translators and interpreters, though historically the focus of concern has been the question of fidelity to the spoken or written text. Directed and collective engagement with an ethics of translation can serve as a means of strengthening the possibility of elaborating a role for translation as a positive force for social and political change. It can also help to create more effective pedagogical tools for training translators and interpreters to reflect upon their personal and/or social commitments and challenge existing norms established in codes of ethics that are untenable in actual contexts of practice (Arrojo 2005; Timoczko 2007: 318–22). Perhaps, increased focus on translation ethics within the field can help to guide translators, interpreters and translation scholars towards their ‘right’ to act responsibly, and to take their visibility and accountability seriously (Maier 2007, Baker, 2009, p 100-103).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Norms and Ethics====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation norms may serve as a helpful tool for translators. Their nature can be interpreted from both social as well as psychological perspectives. From a social side, norms are said to live up to societies’ expectations and respect their values and traditions (Hermans, 2009, 95). Within such social systems, translation serves as an invisible means of cultural appropriateness, seeking to establish identities and affiliations (Tymoczko, 2006, 446). On the other hand, norms are psychological in that they comprise a set of shared and common expectations with regard to the individuals’ behaviours and the decisions they have to make in a particular situation (Hermans, 2009, 95). Toury (1995), who has taken on board the concept of translation norms, views them as restrictions, which determine the translator's behaviour. He confirms that decisions taken by the translator, which shape the final draft of his/her translated text are primarily based and determined by norms. In other words, Toury sees norms as guidance to the translator with regard to word choice, and consequently, they play a substantial role in formulating the resulting target text (Alwazna, 2014). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other scholars, such as ermans (1991), Geest (1992) and Nord (1997) enhance the theoretical foundation of norms by presenting the mutual impacts on both the translator and audience. Norms can particularly be viewed as problem-solving tools th at scaffold translators to perform their translation tasks within social and cultural crite ria. In that, they enable translators to be aware of the socially acceptable statements, which results in producing a translation deemed by the audience a legitimate and valid target text (Hermans, 2009, 96). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chesterman (1997a, 1997b) associates norms with translation ethics, arguing th at translation ethics require strict commitment to precise expressions, production of a truthfully equivalent target text, building trust between translators and clients or any other parties involved in this transaction as well as the reduction of possible misunderstanding between the parties involved in the transaction. Based on ethical codes of conduct followed in well-known and professional organizations, Chesterman (2001) goes on to suggest that all translators and interpreters worldwide should make an oath similar to the model used in medical profession. This is lent credence by Pym (2001), who emphasizes the concept that ethics are particularly related to the reaction of individuals in a particular concrete  situation, then comes the importance of abstract fundamentals. Pym (1992, 2002, 2004) addresses the issue of ethical aspects of translation in detail. He claims that since translation is broadly viewed as a cross-cultural tr ansaction, one important role that should be played by the translator is to secure cooperation between all parties involved in this transaction, seeking to achieve mutual benefit that can be derived by all parties concerned (Alwazna, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cultural transfer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuentes Luque and Kelly (2000:241, cited in Baker, 2009) point out that ‘the role of the translator in international advertising . . . can in no way be limited to “purely linguistic” issues’, and suggest that translators of advertising material should be to become ‘intercultural experts’. Guidère (2001) agrees that ‘to accomplish his mission successfully, the translator is required to think and to integrate a certain amount of data, not only about marketing and basic communication, but also about geopolitics and ethnology’. Adab (2000, 2001) similarly stresses the importance of cultural values. The discussion of cultural issues in the translation of advertising material would particularly benefit from insights on the cultural adaptation of European or American advertising campaigns and messages for non-Western audiences. Important research has been carried out in this area by scholars such as Guidère (2000a), who highlights the difficulties of translating advertisements into Arabic, Zequan (2003), who traces some of the terminological choices made in the translation of a beauty spa advertisement from English into Chinese to differences in religious traditions, and Chuansheng and Yunnan (2003), who provide an extensive overview of brand name translation strategies in China. Ho (2004) analyses the cultural adjustments he introduced in his own translation of commercial advertising for Singapore as a tourist destination, again from English into Chinese. An obvious example of the importance of cultural adaptation (and appropriation) to ensure customer motivation can be found in the translation of tourist brochures. If, as Sumberg (2004) points out, the profile of the advertised destination is poorly adjusted to the target readership’s tourist expectations, the brochure will fail to sell the destination – even though that brochure might very well reflect the actual profile and reality of the place better than a heavily adapted translation (Baker, 2009: 9-10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term ‘cultural translation’ is used in many different contexts and senses. In some of these it is a metaphor that radically questions translation’s traditional parameters, but a somewhat narrower use of the term refers to those practices of literary translation that mediate cultural difference, or try to convey extensive cultural background, or set out to represent another culture via translation. In this sense, ‘cultural translation’ is counterposed to a ‘linguistic’ or ‘grammatical’ translation that is limited in scope to the sentences on the page. It raises complex technical issues: how to deal with features like dialect and heteroglossia, literary allusions, culturally specific items such as food or architecture, or further-reaching differences in the assumed contextual knowledge that surrounds the text and gives it meaning. Questions like these feed long-standing disputes on the most effective – and most ethical – ways to render the cultural difference of the text, leaning more towards naturalization or more towards exoticization, with the attendant dangers of ideologically appropriating the source culture or creating a spurious sense of absolute distance from it (Carbonell 1996). In this context, ‘cultural translation’ does not usually denote a particular kind of translation strategy, but rather a perspective on translations that focuses on their emergence and impact as components in the ideological traffic between language groups (Baker, 2009: p 67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters seem to rather strive for balance, i.e., to apply a balanced translation strategy that is generally accepted and also perceived as &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; by the translators/interpreters themselves (Woesler, 2021, pp. 1-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 15:35, 8 December 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw ------Ei Mon Kyaw-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 15:35, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2020). Responsibility and Ethics in Times of Corona. Woesler, Martin and Hans-Martin Sass eds. Medicine and Ethics in Times of Corona Muenster: LIT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lecturer, A., &amp;amp; Jabir, J. K. (2006). SKOPOS THEORY: BASIC PRINCIPLES AND DEFICIENCIES. In Journal of the College of Arts. University of Basrah No (Issue 41).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lili, Z. (2016). Study of Business English Translation Based on the Three Rules of Skopos Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, R., &amp;amp; Woesler, M. (2021). New Frontiers in Translation Studies Diverse Voices in Chinese Translation and Interpreting Theory and Practice. http://www.springer.com/series/11894&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamas, A. (n.d.). Skopos theory. https://www.academia.edu/5446376/Skopos_theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uddin, A. (2019). Skopos Theory in Translation. https://studylib.net/doc/25593023/skopos-theory-in-translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, M. (2021). Ending the “100-schools” dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the “appropriateness”. Facing up to the challenges posed by ethics and artificial intelligence to the transformation of the translator’s and interpreter’s professional role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang, M. (2020). Evaluation on the Significance and Shortcomings of German Functionalist Vermeer’s Skopos Theory. OALib, 07(11), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.4236/oalib.1106923&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 13:18, 7 November 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw -Ei Mon Kyaw-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 13:18, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211215_homework&amp;diff=131338</id>
		<title>20211215 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211215_homework&amp;diff=131338"/>
		<updated>2021-12-12T23:18:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼎：古代食器。胡羼(chàn忏) ──胡闹。 羼：本义为群羊杂居。引申为杂乱不纯，乱七八糟。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tripod: ancient food utensil. Hi Chan - nonsense. The original meaning is that sheep live together. It is extended meaning to be messy, impure and messy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 01:25, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抓──即“抓周”，亦称“试儿”、“试周”。旧俗于婴儿满周岁时，父母摆列各种小件器物，任其抓取，以测试其秉性、智愚、志趣。此俗始于江南，后亦传到北方。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grasping -- namely &amp;quot;grasping the week&amp;quot;, also known as &amp;quot;trying the child&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;trying the week&amp;quot;. The old custom is that when a baby reaches the age of one year, his parents arrange all kinds of small objects and let him grab them to test his temperament, intelligence and interest. This custom began in the south of the Yangtze River and later spread to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 01:23, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catch ─ ─ means &amp;quot;catch the week&amp;quot;, also known as &amp;quot;test&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;test week&amp;quot;. The old custom is when the baby reaches one year old, the parents arrange all kinds of small utensils and let them grab them to test their disposition, wisdom and ambition. This custom began in the south of the Yangtze River and then spread to the north.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 07:41, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事见北朝周·颜之推《颜氏家训·风操》：“江南风俗，儿生一期(年)，为制新衣，盥浴装饰，男则用弓矢纸笔，女则刀尺针缕(线)，并加饮食之物及珍宝服玩，置之儿前，观其发意所取，以验贪亷智愚，名之为试儿。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said in Yan's family instructions and customs by Yan Zhitui of the Northern Dynasty that &amp;quot;the custom in the south of the Yangtze River was born in the first year. It was to make new clothes and decorate bathrooms. Men used bows and arrows, paper and pens, women used knives, rulers, needles and threads (lines), and played with food and precious clothes. They were placed in front of their children and looked at what they wanted to take to test their greed, wisdom and stupidity. They were called test children.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(宋·赵彦卫《云麓漫钞》卷二也有相同记载)又宋·叶真《爱日斋丛钞》卷一：“《玉壶野史》记曹武惠王(曹彬)始生周晬日，父母以百玩之具罗于席，观其所取。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
武惠王左手提干戈，右手提俎豆，斯须取一印，馀无所视。曹，真定人。江南遗俗乃在此(指真定)，今俗谓试周是也。”​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
致知格物──语出《礼记·大学》：“致知在格物，格物而后知至。”意谓要想获得知识，必须探究事物的道理。 致：获得，取得。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Zhi Ge Wu- ''From The Book of Rites·Daxue'': &amp;quot;Zhizhi lies in Gewu, and after Gewu, knowledge arrives.&amp;quot; It means that in order to gain knowledge, one must inquire into the truth of things. Zhi: To acquire, to obtain.--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 05:18, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
格：推究，探究，探讨。​尧……张──尧、舜、禹、汤、文、武，即唐尧、虞舜、夏禹、成汤、周文王、周武王，是从上古至西周的明君；&lt;br /&gt;
Ge: means deduction, exploration and discussion. Yao...Zhang──Yao, Shun, Yu, Tang, Wen, Wu, namely Tang Yao, Yu Shun, Xia Yu, Cheng Tang, Emperor Wen of Zhou Dynasty, Emperor Wu of Zhou Dynasty, they are all wise emperors from ancient times to the Zhou Dynasty;--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 13:11, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周、召，即周公旦、召公奭，都是西周的贤相；孔、孟，即孔丘(通称孔子)、孟轲(通称孟子)，都是儒学的创始人；董、韩、周、程、朱、张，即汉代董仲舒、唐代韩愈、北宋周敦颐、北宋程颢和程颐兄弟、南宋朱熹、北宋张载，都是儒学理论家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou, called the Duke of Zhou, and Zhao, called Duke of Shi, are both talented prime ministers (in feudal China); Kong (generally called Confucius) and Meng (generally called Mencius) are both founders of Confucianism; Dong (Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty), Han (Han Yu in Tang Dynasty), Zhou (Zhou Dunyi in the Northern Song Dynasty), Cheng (Cheng Jing and Cheng Yi brothers in the Northern Song Dynasty), Zhu (Zhu Xi in the Southern Song Dynasty), Zhang (Zhang Zai in the Northern Song Dynasty) are all Confucian theorists. --[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 07:19, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou and Zhao are respectively the Duke of Zhou and the Duke of Shi and both are talented prime ministers of the Western Zhou Dynasty; both Kong (generally called Confucius) and Meng (generally called Mencius) are  founders of Confucianism; Dong (Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty), Han (Han Yu in Tang Dynasty), Zhou (Zhou Dunyi in the Northern Song Dynasty), Cheng (Cheng Jing and Cheng Yi brothers in the Northern Song Dynasty), Zhu (Zhu Xi in the Southern Song Dynasty), Zhang (Zhang Zai in the Northern Song Dynasty) are all Confucian theorists. --[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 08:09, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些人皆是儒家竭力推崇的人物。蚩尤……秦桧──蚩尤、共工，都是传说中上古最凶恶的部族首领；桀、纣、始皇，即夏桀、商纣王、秦始皇，都是登峰造极的暴君；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these people are strong recommended by confucianists such as Chi You(a mythological warrior engaged in fighting with the Yellow Emperor), Qin Hui (a traitor in the Song dynasty in Chinese history)and so on. Among them both Chi You and Gong Gong (the water god in ancient Chinses history and the devil of floods) are the most ferocious tribal chief in the Chinese legend;and all Xia Jie, Shang Zhou and Qin Shi Huang, being respectively the emperor Jie of Xia Dynasty，the emperor Zhou of Shang Dynasty and the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, are extremely tyrannical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王莽、曹操、桓温、安禄山、秦桧，他们分别是汉代、三国、东晋、唐代、南宋人，都是大奸臣乃至叛逆之贼。​许由……朝云──许由，传说他是上古时为了逃避帝位而终生隐居的贤人；陶潜(即陶渊明)、阮籍、嵇康、刘伶，都是魏晋时期著名文学家及不与流俗同低昂的独行之士；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王谢二族，指东晋王导和谢安，都是显贵；顾虎头，即顾恺之，字虎头，是东晋名画家；陈后主、唐明皇、宋徽宗，都是有才气的风流皇帝；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Two families of Wang and Xie, namely Wang Dao and Xie An, were both nobility in the Eastern Jin Dynasty. Gu Hutou, also known as Gu Kaizhi, was a famous painter in the Eastern Jin Dynasty. Emperor Chen Shubao of Chen, Emperor Ming of Tang and  Emperor Huizong of Song were all talented and romantic emperors.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 10:07, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘庭芝即刘希夷(字庭芝)、温飞卿即温庭筠(字飞卿)，都是唐代名诗人；米南宫即米芾(南宫为世称)，是北宋名画家；石曼卿即石延年(字曼卿)、柳蓍卿即柳永(字蓍卿)、秦少游即秦观(字少游)，都是北宋著名文学家；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
倪云林即倪瓒，字云林，是元代名画家；唐伯虎即唐寅(字伯虎)、祝枝山即祝允明(字枝山)，都是明代名画家、文学家；李龟年(唐代人)、黄幡绰(唐代人)、敬新磨(五代后唐人)，都是名艺人；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卓文君(已见第一回注)、红拂(先为隋相杨素的侍女，后私奔李靖，也是前蜀·杜光庭《虬髯客传》中的女主人公)、薛涛(唐代才妓)、崔莺(即唐·元稹《会真记》、元·王实甫《西厢记》中的崔莺莺)、朝云(宋代名妓)，他们都是以才貌流芳的名女。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
成则公侯败则贼──意谓成功的人便能获得公爵、侯爵之类的高官显爵，失败的人便被看作贼寇。表示世上并无公理，世人不讲是非，只论成功与失败，即只以成败论英雄。这里化用了“败则盗贼，成则帝王”。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Success makes the Duke while failure makes the theif ——which means that, If one is successful, he will be worshipped as the Duke. While one is unsuccessful, he will be despised as the thief. It expresses that there is no generally acknowledged truth in the world and people neglect justice and only pay attention to success and failure, that is, the sole measure. It coins a phrase here, “Failure makes a thief， success a king.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner is Duke, the looser is theif means that the person who succeeded would be entitled like Duke and who failed would be dispised as a theif. It presents that there is no generally acknowledged truth in the world and people neglect justice and only pay attention to success and failure, that is, the sole measure. It coins a phrase here, “Failure makes a thief， success a king.”--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:58, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
出自宋·邓牧《君道》：“嘻！天下何常之有？败则盗贼，成则帝王。”东床──指女婿。典出《晋书·王羲之传》、南朝宋·刘义庆《世说新语·雅量》：晋朝太尉郗鉴派人至丞相王导家相婿，王丞相令其到东厢房随意挑选。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is cited from Deng Mu's How to Be Emperor, a work in Song dynasty, saying &amp;quot;how can the world be immutable! The loser is the thief, and the winner is the emperor.&amp;quot;  Dongchuang refers to the son-in-law, used in Books of Jin: Wang Xizhi's Biography&amp;quot; and Liu Yiqing's &amp;quot;Shi Shuo Xin Yu · Elegance&amp;quot; (Southern Song dynasty): In Jin dynasty Tai Wei (supreme government official in charge of military affairs) Xijian sent an underlying to the prime minister Wang Dao's house for taking in a son-in-law, and Prime Minister Wang invite him to choose at will in the east wing.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:43, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is cited from Deng Mu's How to Be Emperor, a work in Song dynasty, saying &amp;quot;how can the world be immutable! The loser is the thief, and the winner is the emperor.&amp;quot; Dongchuang refers to the son-in-law, used in Books of Jin: Wang Xizhi's Biography&amp;quot; and Liu Yiqing's &amp;quot;Shi Shuo Xin Yu · Elegance&amp;quot; (Southern Song dynasty): In Jin dynasty Tai Wei (supreme government official in charge of military affairs) Xijian sent an official to the prime minister Wang Dao's house choosing a son-in-law, and Prime Minister Wang invited him to choose at will in the east wing room.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 14:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此人过去一看，见王家诸郎皆很矜持，唯独王羲之坦腹躺在东床之上，毫不在乎。此人回报，郗鉴即选中王羲之为婿。后世即以“东床”、“东床坦腹”、“东床客”、“东床娇客”等代指女婿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man looked over and saw that all the  lords of Wang family were very reserved, except Wang Xizhi, who was lying on the east bed and didn't care, showing his belly. In return, Xi Jian chose Wang Xizhi as his son-in-law. Later generations referred to the son-in-law with &amp;quot;East Bed&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Man Showing Belly&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Guest&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Distinguished Guest&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 04:59, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
退了一舍之地──意谓退避三十里。形容退居其后，不敢与争。 一舍：三十里。 这里化用了“退避三舍”之典。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
典出《左传·僖公二十三年》：春秋时，晋国公子重耳出奔至楚，楚成王礼遇之，因问道：“公子若反(返)晋国，则何以报不谷？”重耳对曰：“若以君之灵，得反晋国，晋、楚治兵，遇于中原，其辟(避)君三舍。”&lt;br /&gt;
This story comes from ''Zuo Zhuan · Xi public twenty three years'': During the Spring and Autumn Period (777-476 BC), Childe Chong Er of the state of Jin went to the state of Chu. King Cheng of Chu gave a banquet for Chong er and asked, &amp;quot;If childe returns to the state of Jin, how will you repay me? Chong Er answered, &amp;quot;If I can return to the state of Jin, if the troops of the state of Jin and the state of Chu meet each other in the Central Plains, I will ask the troops of the state of Jin to retreat 90 li.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 06:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后重耳返国为君，晋、楚城濮(在今山东省鄄城县西南)之战，重耳遵守诺言，晋军果“退三舍以辟之”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三回&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
托内兄如海荐西宾 接外孙贾母惜孤女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说雨村忙回头看时，不是别人，乃是当日同僚一案参革的张如圭。他系此地人，革后家居，今打听得都中奏准起复旧员之信，他便四下里寻情找门路，忽遇见雨村，故忙道喜。二人见了礼，张如圭便将此信告知雨村。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yue-ts'un, turning round in a hurry, perceived that the speaker was no other than a certain Chang Ju-kuei, an old colleague of his, who had been denounced and deprived of office, on account of some case or other; a native of that district, who had, since his degradation, resided in his home.Having come to hear the news that a memorial, presented in the capital, that the former officers (who had been cashiered) should be reinstated, had received the imperial consent, he had promptly done all he could, in every nook and corner, to obtain influence, and to find the means (of righting his position,) when he, unexpectedly, came across Yue-ts'un, to whom he therefore lost no time in offering his congratulations. The two friends exchanged the conventional salutations, and Chang Ju-kuei communicated the tidings to Yue-ts'un.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村欢喜，忙忙叙了两句，各自别去回家。冷子兴听得此言，便忙献计，令雨村央求林如海，转向都中去央烦贾政。雨村领其意而别，回至馆中，忙寻邸报看真确了。次日，面谋之如海。如海道：“天缘凑巧。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因贱荆去世，都中家岳母念及小女无人依傍，前已遣了男女、船只来接，因小女未曾大痊，故尚未行。此刻正思送女进京。因向蒙教训之恩，未经酬报，遇此机会，岂有不尽心图报之理？弟已预筹之，修下荐书一封，托内兄务为周全，方可稍尽弟之鄙诚；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since my wife has passed away, my mother-in-law has long before dispatched servants and transporting boats here to fetch my lonely daughter. But she has not set off yet due to the fact that she had not fully recovered at that time. As she is in good condition now, I am considering sending her to her grandma's. Once you have taught my daughter but desired no handsome payment; while now you need help, how can I sit on the fence? I have already well prepared for that in advance --- a recommendation letter has been written to my brother-in-law, to ensure your success in career. Only in this way can I show my gratitude towards you.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 08:15, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since my wife has passed away, my mother-in-law who lives in the capital worried that my daughter has no one to rely on. So she has long before dispatched servants and transporting boats here to fetch my lonely daughter. But she has not set off yet due to the fact that she had not fully recovered at that time. As she is in good condition now, I am considering sending her to her grandma's. Once you have taught my daughter but desired no handsome payment; while now you need help, how can I sit on the fence? I have already well prepared for that in advance --- a recommendation letter has been written to my brother-in-law, to ensure your success in career. Only in this way can I show my gratitude towards you.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 07:43, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即有所费，弟于内家信中写明，不劳吾兄多虑。”雨村一面打恭，谢不释口；一面又问：“不知令亲大人现居何职？只怕晚生草率，不敢进谒。”如海笑道：“若论舍亲，与尊兄犹系一家，乃荣公之孙：大内兄现袭一等将军之职，名赦，字恩侯；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“As for the possible costs, I will explain in the letter. You don’t need to worry about it.” Yu Cun bent down and expressed his gratitude, asking: “What does your brother do now? I’m worried that I would take the liberty to pay a visit, it’s too hasty.” Ru Hai laughed and said: “My brother and your brother belong to the same family. They are both descendants of Origin Merchant. My eldest brother is now a first-class general, his name is Pardon Merchant, whose alternative given name is Enhou.”--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 07:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二内兄名政，字存周，现任工部员外郎，其为人谦恭厚道，大有祖父遗风，非膏粱轻薄之流，故弟致书烦托，否则不但有污尊兄清操，即弟亦不屑为矣。”雨村听了，心下方信了昨日子兴之言，于是又谢了林如海。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The second brother of my wife named Zheng, his style name is Cunzhou. He is the Yuanwai official of the Ministry of Works in feudal China. He is moderate and kind, has the dignity of his grandfather, and is not the flimsy type. Therefore, my brother sent a letter to me. Otherwise, I will not only pollute my brother's operation, but also despise my brother.” After hearing this, Yuchun had believed the words of Zixing yesterday, therefore, he thanked Lin Ruhai again. --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 01:27, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second brother-in-law is named Zheng, and the word is kept in Zhou. He is currently a member of the Ministry of Engineering. He is courteous and kind. He has a grandfather's legacy. He is not anointing and frivolous. Disdainful. &amp;quot;Yucun listened, and believed in Xing's words from yesterday, so he thanked Lin Ruhai again.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 14:12, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如海又说：“择了出月初二日小女入都，吾兄即同路而往，岂不两便？”雨村唯唯听命，心中十分得意。如海遂打点礼物并饯行之事，雨村一一领了。那女学生原不忍离亲而去，无奈他外祖母必欲其往，且兼如海说：“汝父年已半百，再无续室之意；&lt;br /&gt;
Ruhai also said: &amp;quot;I chose the girl to enter the capital on the second day of the lunar month, and my brother will go the same way. Isn't it both convenient?&amp;quot; Yucun obeyed,and RuHai was very satisfied . Ruhai then took some gifts and walked away, and Yucun took them one by one. The girl student couldn't bear to leave her relatives, but his grandmother wanted to go there. She also said like the sea: &amp;quot;Your father is half a hundred years old, and there is no intention to remarry.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 14:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且汝多病，年又极小，上无亲母教养，下无姊妹扶持。今去依傍外祖母及舅氏姊妹，正好减我内顾之忧，如何不去？”黛玉听了，方洒泪拜别，随了奶娘及荣府中几个老妇登舟而去。雨村另有船只，带了两个小童，依附黛玉而行。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一日到了京都，雨村先整了衣冠，带着童仆，拿了宗侄的名帖，至荣府门上投了。彼时贾政已看了妹丈之书，即忙请入相会。见雨村相貌魁伟，言谈不俗；且这贾政最喜的是读书人，礼贤下士，拯溺救危，大有祖风；况又系妹丈致意：因此优待雨村，更又不同。&lt;br /&gt;
One day, when YuCun arrived in Jingdou, he dressed himself, and went to Rongfu with his nephew's name card. At this time Jia Zheng had seen his brother-in-law's letter, immediately invited him to come in to meet. Yucun looked tall and handsome and talked well. And Jia Zheng most like scholar, courtesy, saving, great predecessors style; Therefore, Jia Zheng is very good to Yucun. He is different from others.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 08:18, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便极力帮助，题奏之日，谋了一个复职。不上两月，便选了金陵应天府，辞了贾政，择日到任去了，不在话下。且说黛玉自那日弃舟登岸时，便有荣府打发轿子并拉行李车辆伺候。这黛玉尝听得母亲说，他外祖母家与别人家不同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他近日所见的这几个三等的仆妇，吃穿用度，已是不凡；何况今至其家，都要步步留心，时时在意，不要多说一句话，不可多行一步路，恐被人耻笑了去。自上了轿，进了城，从纱窗中瞧了一瞧，其街市之繁华，人烟之阜盛，自非别处可比。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past few days, she has been deeply impressed by the food, clothing and behavior of the low- ranking attendants who accompanied her. She decided that in their new home, she must always be vigilant and carefully weigh every word so as not to be ridiculed for any stupid mistake. When she carried into the city, she peeped out through the gauze window on her chair at the bustling and crowded streets, which she had never seen before.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 08:32, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-class servants she had seen recently have an extraordinary cost of food and clothing. What's more, since got on the sedan chair and entered the city, the prosperous market and the populousness of the city through the screen window were not comparable to other places. when coming to grandmother's mansion must pay attention to every step and be cautious with words so as not to be ridiculed by others. Daiyu thought.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又行了半日，忽见街北蹲着两个大石狮子，三间兽头大门，门前列坐着十来个华冠丽服之人。正门不开，只东、西两角门有人出入。正门之上有一匾，匾上大书“敕造宁国府”五个大字。黛玉想道：“这是外祖的长房了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After half day, there are two large stone lions squatting on the north side of the street, three gates decorated with beast head, and a dozen people in gorgeous crowns and clothes are sitting in front of the gate. The main gate is closing, only the east and west corners enterences are accessible. There is a plaque above the main gate with five big characters &amp;quot;Ningguo Mansion&amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;That must be grandfather's the first son's mansion.&amp;quot;Daiyu thought.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:39, 12 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又往西不远，照样也是三间大门，方是荣国府，却不进正门，只由西角门而进。轿子抬着走了一箭之远，将转弯时便歇了轿，后面的婆子也都下来了。另换了四个眉目秀洁的十七八岁的小厮上来抬着轿子，众婆子步下跟随。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A little further to the west they came to another three gates. This was the Rong Mansion. Instead of going through the main gate, they entered the one on the west. The bearers carried the chair a bow-shot further, and then set it down at the turning and withdrew, the maidservants now going down the chair. Another four seventeen or eighteen smartly dressed lads picked up the chair, followed by the maids.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 05:09, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not far to the west is the same three-room gate, which is the Rongguo Mansion. Instead of going through the main gate, they entered the one on the west. The bearers carried the chair a bow-shot further, and then set it down at the turning and withdrew, the maidservants now going down the chair. Another four seventeen or eighteen smartly dressed lads picked up the chair, followed by the maids.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:26, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至一垂花门前落下，那小厮俱肃然退出。众婆子上前打起轿帘，扶黛玉下了轿。黛玉扶着婆子的手，进了垂花门，两边是超手游廊，正中是穿堂，当地放着一个紫檀架子大理石屏风。转过屏风，小小三间厅房。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the palanquin was dropped in front of a pendant door, the attendants all retired in silence. The ladies came forward and raised the curtain of the palanquin and helped Daiyu out of the palanquin. The two sides of the door are overhand corridors, and the centre is a hall with a marble screen on a rosewood frame. Turning past the screen, there is a small three-room hall.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:22, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
厅后便是正房大院：正面五间上房，皆是雕梁画栋；两边穿山游廊、厢房，挂着各色鹦鹉、画眉等雀鸟。台阶上坐着几个穿红着绿的丫头，一见他们来了，都笑迎上来道：“刚才老太太还念诵呢，可巧就来了。”于是三四人争着打帘子。一面听得人说：“林姑娘来了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉方进房，只见两个人扶着一位鬓发如银的老母迎上来。黛玉知是外祖母了，正欲下拜，早被外祖母抱住，搂入怀中，“心肝儿肉”叫着大哭起来。当下侍立之人无不下泪，黛玉也哭个不休。众人慢慢解劝，那黛玉方拜见了外祖母。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母方一一指与黛玉道：“这是你大舅母。这是二舅母。这是你先前珠大哥的媳妇珠大嫂子。”黛玉一一拜见。贾母又说：“请姑娘们。今日远客来了，可以不必上学去。”众人答应了一声，便去了两个。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
不一时，只见三个奶妈并五六个丫鬟，拥着三位姑娘来了：第一个肌肤微丰，身材合中，腮凝新荔，鼻腻鹅脂，温柔沉默，观之可亲；第二个削肩细腰，长挑身材，鸭蛋脸儿，俊眼修眉，顾盼神飞，文彩精华，见之忘俗；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a little while, three grannies and five or six servant girls turned up, clustering with three ladies. The first was somewhere plump in figure and of average height; her cheek was in beautiful shape, like a fresh lichee; her nose was glossy like the goose grease; she was gentle and quiet in nature, who looks very friendly. The second  was thin and tall with an oval face, sparking eyes and long eyebrows; her elegance and quick-witted mind tickle people’s fancy, letting them forget everything vulgar.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 08:11, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a while, the three young ladies showed up, escorted by three wet nurses and five or six maids. The first was slightly plump and of medium height; her cheeks were as smooth and soft as the newly ripened lichees, and her nose was as glossy as goose fat. She was tender and reticent, and looked very affable. The second had drooping shoulders and a slender waist; she was tall and slim, with an oval face, bright and piercing eyes as well as delicate eyebrows. She seemed elegant, quick-witted and in high spirits, with a display of distinctive charm. People who looked at her were to forget everything vulgar and tawdry.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 23:42, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三个身量未足，形容尚小：其钗环裙袄，三人皆是一样的妆束。黛玉忙起身，迎上来见礼，互相厮认，归了坐位。丫鬟送上茶来。不过叙些黛玉之母如何得病，如何请医服药，如何送死发丧。不免贾母又伤感起来，因说：“我这些女孩儿，所疼的独有你母亲。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third one was not yet fully grown, and she still had the face of a child. All the three young ladies were dressed in similar garments, that is, the tunics and the skirts with the same bracelets and head ornaments. Daiyu hastily rose to greet politely these cousins, and then they introduced to and acquainted with each other, after which they took seats while the maids served the tea. All their talk now was about Daiyu's mother: the culprit for her illness, the medicine that the doctors prescribed for treating her disease, and the conduction of her funeral and mourning ceremonies. Inevitably, the Lady Dowager couldn't help being affected painfully. &amp;quot;Of all my chilren I loved your mother best,&amp;quot; she told Daiyu.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 07:49, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今一旦先我而亡，不得见面，怎不伤心！”说着，携了黛玉的手，又哭起来。众人都忙相劝慰，方略略止住。众人见黛玉年纪虽小，其举止言谈不俗；身体面貌虽弱不胜衣，却有一段风流态度，便知他有不足之症。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once she died before me, I could not see her again. She said, taking Daiyu's hand, and cried again. Everyone was busy trying to console her, and soon she slightly stopped. They saw that although Daiyu was young, her manner and speech were not ordinary; although her health was weak, she had graceful and elegant manner, so they knew that she had a disease of deficiency.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 08:43, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Once she died before me, it is so sad that I could not see her again.&amp;quot; she said, taking Daiyu's hand, and cried again. Everyone was trying to console her, and then she slightly stopped. They saw that although Daiyu was young, her manner and speech were not ordinary; although she was weak, she had graceful and elegant gestures, so they learned that she had a disease of deficiency.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 06:35, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因问：“常服何药？为何不治好了？”黛玉道：“我自来如此，从会吃饭时便吃药到如今了，经过多少名医，总未见效。那一年我才三岁，记得来了一个癞头和尚，说要化我去出家，我父母自是不从。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So they asked:&amp;quot; What medicine do you usually take? Why doesn't it work?&amp;quot; Daiyu replied:&amp;quot; I am used to getting along with my disease. I have been taking medicine since I could eat. A lot of famous daocters cannot contribute to my illness.When I was three years old, a monk with favus on the head came to persuade me to become a nun,but my parents declined him.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 08:07, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他又说：‘既舍不得他，但只怕他的病，一生也不能好的；若要好时，除非从此以后，总不许见哭声，除父母之外，凡有外亲，一概不见，方可平安了此一生。’这和尚疯疯癫癫，说了这些不经之谈，也没人理他。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如今还是吃人参养荣丸。”贾母道：“这正好，我这里正配丸药呢，叫他们多配一料就是了。”一语未完，只听后院中有笑语声，说：“我来迟了，没得迎接远客。”黛玉思忖道：“这些人个个皆敛声屏气如此，这来者是谁，这样放诞无礼？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Lin Daiyu is still taking ginseng pills.And Grandma Jia said:&amp;quot; What a coincidence! The pills are making now, I just tell them to add one.&amp;quot; The words have not been finished, but there is a laugh in the back yard, which said:&amp;quot; I come late and fail to welcome our distinguished guest.&amp;quot; Daiyu thought: all people here are holding their breath, who is this person that is so arrogant and rude?--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 08:19, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Lin Daiyu is still taking ginseng pills. And Grandmother Jia said:&amp;quot; It just so happens that I have been asking them to dispense the pills, just asking them to do one more portion.&amp;quot; The words are not  finished, but there is a laugh in the back yard, which said:&amp;quot; I am late and fail to welcome our distinguished guest.&amp;quot; Daiyu thought: “all people here are holding their breath, who is this person that is so arrogant and rude?”--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 09:33, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
心下想时，只见一群媳妇、丫鬟拥着一个丽人，从后房进来。这个人打扮与姑娘们不同，彩绣辉煌，恍若神妃仙子：头上戴着金丝八宝攒珠髻，绾着朝阳五凤挂珠钗；项上戴着赤金盘螭缨络圈；身上穿着缕金百蝶穿花大红云缎窄褃袄，外罩五彩刻丝石青银鼠褂；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Lin Daiyu is still thinking about it, a group of daughters-in-law and maids cluster around a beauty coming in from the back room. She dresses up differently from other girls, with colorful embroidery splendor, and looks like a divine concubine or a fairy: wearing a gold silk beads bun decorated with eight treasures and the five phoenix hairpin hanging with beads on the head; a red gold coiled chi dragon tassel ring around the neck; the bright red made of cloud satin material narrow lining cotton jacket with decorations of wisps of gold hundred butterflies and flowers, and the outer coat with decorations of the multicolored engraved silk stone green silver mouse.  --[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 09:34, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Daiyu was still thinking about it when she saw a group of daughters-in-law and maids embracing a beautiful woman who came in from the back room. This woman dresses differently from the girls,  with colorful embroidery splendor,  and looks like a divine concubine fairy: wearing a gold silk eight treasure save beads bun and the sunrise five phoenix hanging beads hairpin on the head; a red gold coiled chi dragon tassel ring around the neck; wearing the bright red made of cloud satin material narrow lining cotton jacket with decorations of wisps of gold hundred butterflies and flowers, and  the outer coat with decorations of the multicolored engraved silk stone green silver mouse.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 07:47, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下着翡翠撒花洋绉裙。一双丹凤三角眼，两弯柳叶吊梢眉。身量苗条，体格风骚。粉面含春威不露，丹唇未启笑先闻。黛玉连忙起身接见。贾母笑道：“你不认得他。他是我们这里有名的一个泼辣货，南京所谓‘辣子’，你只叫他‘凤辣子’就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Xifeng wore a jadeite flowered dress underneath, with a pair of phoenix triangle eyes and two curved willow hanging eyebrows. Her figure is slim and her physique is flirtatious. She can be described with “ the face is delicate and beautiful, spirited character of her is not revealed in the appearance, red lips beautiful, not yet open mouth first heard her laugh”. Lin Daiyu hastily got up to curtsy to  her. Lady Dowager said with a smile, &amp;quot;You do not recognize her. She is famous for her boldness and vigorousness  here, she is truly the 'chilli woman' in Nanjing dialect, you can just call her ' chilli Feng'.&amp;quot;--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 07:35, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Xifeng, characterized by a pair of phoenix triangle eyes and two curved willow hanging eyebrows, wore an emerald flowered crepe skirt. She was slender and coquettish, with a delicate face and a smiling lip. Daiyu promptly rose quickly to greet her. Lady Dowager said with a smile: “ you don’t know him. He is famous for her fierceness and toughness, namely the so-called Nanjing chilli. So you can just call him ‘Chilli Feng’.”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:48, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉正不知以何称呼，众姊妹都忙告诉黛玉道：“这是琏二嫂子。”黛玉虽不曾识面，听见他母亲说过：大舅贾赦之子贾琏，娶的就是二舅母王氏的内侄女，自幼假充男儿教养，学名叫做王熙凤。黛玉忙陪笑见礼，以“嫂”呼之。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daiyu was insensible of what to call her. Then her sisters told her promptly: “ this is your sister-in-law Lian Er.” Although Daiyu had never met her, she heard of her from his mother: Jia Lian, the son of her Uncle Jia She, had married the niece of Aunt Wang, named scientifically Wang Xifeng, was brought up as a male offspring since childhood. Daiyu was engaged in smiling and saluting at her, calling her “sister-in-law”.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:32, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这熙凤携着黛玉的手，上下细细打量了一回，便仍送至贾母身边坐下，因笑道：“天下真有这样标致人儿！我今日才算看见了。况且这通身的气派，竟不像老祖宗的外孙女儿，竟是嫡亲的孙女儿似的，怨不得老祖宗天天嘴里心里放不下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只可怜我这妹妹这么命苦，怎么姑妈偏就去世了呢？”说着便用帕拭泪。贾母笑道：“我才好了，你又来招我；你妹妹远路才来，身子又弱，也才劝住了：快别再提了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I pity my sister for being so miserable, how could my aunt died so early?&amp;quot; She said, wiping her tears with her handkerchief. Grandma Jia laughed and said, &amp;quot;I've just recovered. You come to provoke me again. Your sister has just arrived from a long journey and is weak, so she has just been persuaded: Don't mention it again.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 02:37, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I pity my sister who is so miserable, how could my aunt have died?&amp;quot; She said, wiping her tears with her handkerchief. Your sister has only just arrived from a long journey and is weak, so she has only just been persuaded to stop talking about it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 08:22, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
熙凤听了，忙转悲为喜道：“正是呢，我一见了妹妹，一心都在他身上，又是喜欢，又是伤心，竟忘了老祖宗了。该打，该打！”又忙拉着黛玉的手问道：“妹妹几岁了？可也上过学？现吃什么药？在这里别想家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time I saw my sister, I was all over him, and I liked him, and I was sad, and I forgot about my ancestors. You should be beaten, you should be beaten!&amp;quot; He also took Daiyu's hand and asked, &amp;quot;How old is my sister? How old is she? What kind of medicine do you take now? Don't be homesick here.--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 08:21, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
要什么吃的，什么玩的，只管告诉我；丫头、老婆们不好，也只管告诉我。”黛玉一一答应。一面熙凤又问人：“林姑娘的东西可搬进来了？带了几个人来？你们赶早打扫两间屋子，叫他们歇歇儿去。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just tell me what you want to eat and play; Girls and old servants are not good, just tell me. &amp;quot; Daiyu nodded one by one. On one side, Xifeng asked, &amp;quot;have you moved in Miss Lin's things? How many people have you brought? Clean the two rooms early and tell them to have a rest.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 06:54, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tell me what you want to eat and play; And if the maids or old nurses aren't good to you, just let me know. &amp;quot; Daiyu nodded one by one. At the same time, Xifeng asked, &amp;quot;Have Miss Lin's things been moved in? And how many people does she bring? Clean the two rooms as soon as possible and tell them to have a rest there.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 08:24, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
说话时已摆了果茶上来，熙凤亲自布让。又见二舅母问他：“月钱放完了没有？”熙凤道：“放完了。刚才带了人到后楼上找缎子，找了半日，也没见昨儿太太说的那个。想必太太记错了。”王夫人道：“有没有，什么要紧！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fruits and tea had been prepared when Xifeng was talking, and she arranged them by herself. The second aunt asked her whether the monthly payment has been given out, she answered yes. “I looked for the satin in the back stairs with some people for hours just now, but didn’t find which madam mentioned yesterday. Madam must be wrong.” Wang Xifeng said, and Mrs. Wang answered, “ It doesn’t matter if there is or not.”--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 07:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fruits and tea had been prepared when Xifeng was talking, and she arranged them by herself. The second aunt asked her, &amp;quot;Have the monthly payment been given out?&amp;quot; Xifeng answered, &amp;quot;Yes. And I looked for the satin in the back stairs with some people for hours just now, but didn’t find what madam mentioned yesterday. Madam mabey remember something wrong.” Mrs. Wang replied, “ It doesn’t matter if there is or not.”--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 09:03, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因又说道：“该随手拿出两个来，给你这妹妹裁衣裳啊。等晚上想着，再叫人去拿罢。”熙凤道：“我倒先料着了，知道妹妹这两日必到，我已经预备下了。等太太回去过了目，好送来。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Wang said, &amp;quot;You should take out a couple of satin pieces to cut your sister's dress. When you think of this matter in the evening, send someone for the satin .&amp;quot; Xifeng said, &amp;quot;I expected it. I knew my sister would arrive in these two days, and I had already made preparations. I will send someone for the satin as soon as you have returned and examined it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 08:52, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Wang added, &amp;quot;You should take out a couple of satin pieces to cut your sister's dress. When you think of this matter in the evening, send someone for the satin .&amp;quot; Xifeng said, &amp;quot;I expected it. I knew my sister would arrive in these two days, and I had already made preparations. I will send someone for the satin as soon as you have returned and examined it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 13:58, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人一笑，点头不语。当下茶果已撤，贾母命两个老嬷嬷带黛玉去见两个舅舅去。维时贾赦之妻邢氏忙起身笑回道：“我带了外甥女儿过去，到底便宜些。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her Ladyship smiled, nodded and said nothing. Now the refreshments were cleared away and the Lady Dowager ordered two nurses to take Daiyu to see her two uncles. At this time, Mrs. She also immediately stood up, replied with smile, &amp;quot;it's also very convenient for me to take my niece.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 13:51, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her Ladyship smiled, nodded but  said nothing. Now the refreshments were cleared away and the Lady Dowager ordered two mothers to take Daiyu to see her two uncles. At this time, Mrs. She immediately stood up, replied with a smile, &amp;quot;it's also very convenient for me to take my niece.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 08:37, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“正是呢，你也去罢，不必过来了。”那邢夫人答应了，遂带着黛玉，和王夫人作辞，大家送至穿堂。垂花门前早有众小厮拉过一辆翠幄青油车来，邢夫人携了黛玉坐上，众老婆们放下车帘，方命小厮们抬起。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiamu laughed and said: “ Yeah, you can also leave, and don’t have to come here.” Ms. Xing promised, and said goodbye to Ms Wang with Daiyu, all of them went through the hallway. The ingenious green carriage, which drove by a group of manservants stood in front of the floral-pendant gates, Ms. Xing set in the car with Daiyu, several old mothers put down the car shade, instructing boys uplift the carriage. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 08:35, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
拉至宽处，驾上驯骡，出了西角门往东，过荣府正门，入一黑油漆大门内，至仪门前方下了车。邢夫人挽着黛玉的手进入院中。黛玉度其处必是荣府中之花园隔断过来的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
进入三层仪门，果见正房、厢房、游廊悉皆小巧别致，不似那边的轩峻壮丽，且院中随处之树木山石皆好。及进入正室，早有许多艳妆丽服之姬妾、丫鬟迎着。邢夫人让黛玉坐了；一面令人到外书房中请贾赦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一时回来说：“老爷说了：‘连日身上不好，见了姑娘，彼此伤心，暂且不忍相见。劝姑娘不必伤怀想家，跟着老太太和舅母，是和家里一样的。姐妹们虽拙，大家一处作伴，也可以解些烦闷。或有委屈之处，只管说，别外道了才是。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs.Xing came back and said, &amp;quot;the master said, 'I've been felt not so good for days. I am afraid that I will be emotional if I see you, so I can't bear to see you for the time being. I advise you not to be homesick. It's the same as home to follow the old lady and aunt. Although the sisters are clumsy, you can relieve some boredom if you keep company together. If you have grievances, just tell us and make yourself at home.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉忙站起身来，一一答应了。再坐一刻便告辞，邢夫人苦留吃过饭去。黛玉笑回道：“舅母爱惜赐饭，原不应辞；只是还要过去拜见二舅舅，恐去迟了不恭，异日再领。望舅母容谅。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邢夫人道：“这也罢了。”遂命两个嬷嬷用方才坐来的车送过去。于是黛玉告辞。邢夫人送至仪门前，又嘱咐了众人几句，眼看着车去了方回来。一时黛玉进入荣府，下了车，只见一条大甬路直接出大门来。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众嬷嬷引着，便往东转弯，走过一座东西穿堂，向南大厅之后，仪门内大院落：上面五间大正房，两边厢房，鹿顶耳房钻山，四通八达，轩昂壮丽，比各处不同。黛玉便知这方是正内室。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
进入堂屋，抬头迎面先见一个赤金九龙青地大匾，匾上写着斗大三个字，是“荣禧堂”；后有一行小字：“某年月日书赐荣国公贾源”，又有“万幾宸翰”之宝。大紫檀雕螭案上，设着三尺多高青绿古铜鼎，悬着待漏随朝墨龙大画，一边是錾金彝，一边是玻璃盆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地下两溜十六张楠木圈椅。又有一副对联，乃是乌木联牌镶着錾金字迹，道是：座上珠玑昭日月，堂前黼黻焕烟霞。下面一行小字是“世教弟勋袭东安郡王穆莳拜手书”。原来王夫人时常居坐宴息也不在这正室中，只在东边的三间耳房内。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ground two rows of 16 nanmu armchairs. There is also a pair of couplets, ebony couplet inset with gold handwriting, it said:The pearl and jade in the seat can shine with the sun and the moon; The people in front of the lobby wearing official clothes, its colors like clouds like clouds. The next line is written by mu Shis, the hereditary king of Dongpyeong County, who is a brother who has been taught by your family for generations.For Lady Wang often sat and reposed not in this main room, but in the three eastern rooms.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 03:36, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是嬷嬷们引黛玉进东房门来。临窗大炕上铺着猩红洋毯，正面设着大红金钱蟒引枕，秋香色金钱蟒大条褥；两边设一对梅花式洋漆小几：左边几上摆着文王鼎，鼎旁匙箸、香盒；右边几上摆着汝窑美人觚，里面插着时鲜花草。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地下面，西一溜四张大椅，都搭着银红撒花椅搭，底下四副脚踏；两边又有一对高几，几上茗碗、瓶花俱备。其馀陈设，不必细说。老嬷嬷让黛玉上炕坐。炕沿上却也有两个锦褥对设。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉度其位次，便不上炕，只就东边椅上坐了。本房的丫鬟忙捧上茶来。黛玉一面吃了，打量这些丫鬟们妆饰衣裙，举止行动，果与别家不同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
茶未吃了，只见一个穿红绫袄、青绸掐牙背心的一个丫鬟走来笑道：“太太说，请林姑娘到那边坐罢。”老嬷嬷听了，于是又引黛玉出来，到了东廊三间小正房内。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the tea was drunk, a servant girl wearing a red silk jacket and a green satin vest came up and smiled, &amp;quot;Mrs. Wang invited Miss Lin to come and sit over there.&amp;quot; When the old Mammy heard this, she led Daiyu out again and went to the third small main room on the east porch.--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 03:33, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before they drank tea over, a servant girl in a red silk jacket and a green satin vest came up and smiled, &amp;quot;Mrs. Wang invited Miss Lin to come and sit over there.&amp;quot; When the old Mammy heard this, she led Daiyu out again to the third small main room on the east porch.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 11:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正面炕上横设一张炕桌，上面堆着书籍、茶具；靠东壁面西设着半旧的青缎靠背、引枕。王夫人却坐在西边下首，亦是半旧青缎靠背、坐褥。见黛玉来了，便往东让。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the kang there was a kang table on which books and tea sets piled up. Half new backrests and pillows made of blue satins were set on the east side of the wall. However, Mrs. Wang set at the foot of the west wall where half new backrests and mattresses made of blue satins were displayed. Mrs. Wang moved to the east side when she saw Lin Daiyu come in.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 11:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉心中料定这是贾政之位。因见挨炕一溜三张椅子上也搭着半旧的弹花椅袱，黛玉便向椅上坐了。王夫人再三让他上炕，他方挨王夫人坐下。王夫人因说：“你舅舅今日斋戒去了，再见罢。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只是有句话嘱咐你：你三个姐妹倒都极好，以后一处念书认字，学针线，或偶一玩笑，却都有个尽让的。我就只一件不放心：我有一个孽根祸胎，是家里的混世魔王，今日因往庙里还愿去，尚未回来，晚上你看见就知道了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你以后总不用理会他，你这些姐姐妹妹都不敢沾惹他的。”黛玉素闻母亲说过：“有个内侄，乃衔玉而生，顽劣异常，不喜读书，最喜在内帏厮混。外祖母又溺爱，无人敢管。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今见王夫人所说，便知是这位表兄。一面陪笑道：“舅母所说，可是衔玉而生的？在家时，记得母亲常说：这位哥哥比我大一岁，小名就叫宝玉，性虽憨顽，说待姊妹们却是极好的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What Mrs.Wang described is the cousin for sure. Daiyu said while smiling:&amp;quot; Is the person you just mentioned my cousin born with a jade? I remember when I was at home my mother often said that the cousin nicknamed Precious Jade is one year older than me. Although he is a little mischievous, he is very friendly with his sisters&amp;quot;.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 14:27, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况我来了，自然和姊妹们一处，弟兄们是另院别房，岂有沾惹之理？”王夫人笑道：“你不知道原故。他和别人不同，自幼因老太太疼爱，原系和姐妹们一处娇养惯了的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若姐妹们不理他，他倒还安静些；若一日姐妹们和他多说了一句话，他心上一喜，便生出许多事来：所以嘱咐你别理会他。他嘴里一时甜言蜜语，一时有天没日，疯疯傻傻，只休信他。”黛玉一一的都答应着。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
忽见一个丫鬟来说：“老太太那里传晚饭了。”王夫人忙携了黛玉，出后房门，由后廊往西，出了角门，是一条南北甬路，南边是倒座三间小小抱厦厅，北边立着一个粉油大影壁，后有一个半大门，小小一所房屋。&lt;br /&gt;
Suddenly see a servant girl to say: &amp;quot;old lady there spread supper.&amp;quot; Lady Wang and Daiyu went out of the back door, leading from the back corridor to the west and out of the corner gate. There was a north-south corridor, with three small rooms in the south, a big screen wall of powder and oil in the north, and a small house with a half gate behind.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 13:53, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人笑指向黛玉道：“这是你凤姐姐的屋子。回来你好往这里找他去，少什么东西，只管和他说就是了。”这院门上也有几个才总角的小厮，都垂手侍立。王夫人遂携黛玉穿过一个东西穿堂，便是贾母的后院了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King smiled at Mascara Jade Pearl and said: &amp;quot;This is your sister Phoenix's house. If you come back, you can find her here. And if there's anything missing, just tell her.&amp;quot; On the gate of the courtyard, there were also several young boys who were only in their childhood, all standing with their hands down. Lady King then took Mascara Jade Pearl through an east-west hall, which was Grandma Merchant's backyard.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 07:30, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是进入后房门，已有许多人在此伺候，见王夫人来，方安设桌椅；贾珠之妻李氏捧杯，熙凤安箸，王夫人进羹。贾母正面榻上独坐，两旁四张空椅。熙凤忙拉黛玉在左边第一张椅子上坐下，黛玉十分推让。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“你舅母和嫂子们是不在这里吃饭的。你是客，原该这么坐。”黛玉方告了坐，就坐了。贾母命王夫人也坐了。迎春姊妹三个告了坐，方上来：迎春坐右手第一，探春左第二，惜春右第二。&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Jia said with a smile, &amp;quot;your aunt and sister-in-law don't eat here. You are a guest. You should have sat here.&amp;quot; Daiyu then sat down. Jia Mu ordered Mrs. Wang to sit down. The three sisters of Yingchun sat down：Yingchun sat first on the right hand, Tanchun second on the left, and Xi Chun second on the right.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:36, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Jia said with a smile, &amp;quot;your aunts and sisters-in-law don't eat here. You are a guest. You should have sat here.&amp;quot; Daiyu then sat down. Mrs. Jia ordered Mrs. Wang to sit down. The three sisters of Yingchun were asked to sit down: Yingchun sat first on the right hand, Tanchun second on the left, and Xi Chun second on the right.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 02:02, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
旁边丫鬟执着拂尘、漱盂、巾帕，李纨、凤姐立于案边布让；外间伺候的媳妇、丫鬟虽多，却连一声咳嗽不闻。饭毕，各各有丫鬟用小茶盘捧上茶来。当日林家教女以惜福养身，每饭后必过片时方吃茶，不伤脾胃；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standing at the table, the servant girls held the horsetail whisks, vessels for mouthwash and handkerchiefs. Li Wan and Wang Xifeng sent dishes, refreshments to guests and invited them to eat. Though there were many servant girls in the outer room, they could not be heard to utter a sound. When the meal was over, each servant girl brought tea with a small tray. The daughter of Lin Ruhai, Lin Daiyu took tea after each meal to keep health and not hurt her spleen and stomach.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 01:55, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今黛玉见了这里许多规矩不似家中，也只得随和些。接了茶，又有人捧过漱盂来，黛玉也漱了口，又盥手毕。然后又捧上茶来，这方是吃的茶。贾母便说：“你们去罢，让我们自在说说话儿。”&lt;br /&gt;
Now Daiyu saw many rules here are not like the rules of her home. She was also easy-going. After receiving the tea, someone else took a gargle bowl for her. Daiyu also rinsed her mouth and finished washing her hands again. Then tea which was for drinking was brought in. Then Mother Jia said to servants , &amp;quot;You all go and let's have a talk in our own comfort.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人遂起身，又说了两句闲话儿，方引李、凤二人去了。贾母因问黛玉念何书，黛玉道：“刚念了《四书》。”黛玉又问姊妹读何书，贾母道：“读什么书，不过认几个字罢了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一语未了，只听外面一阵脚步响，丫鬟进来报道：“宝玉来了。”黛玉心想：“这个宝玉，不知是怎样个惫懒人呢。”及至进来一看，却是位青年公子：头上戴着束发嵌宝紫金冠，齐眉勒着二龙戏珠金抹额；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a word, only a sound of footsteps outside, the maid came in and reported: &amp;quot;Baoyu is here.&amp;quot; Daiyu thought to herself: &amp;quot;This Baoyu, I don't know what a tired lazy person.&amp;quot; When she came in, she was a young man. He wears a purple and gold crown with hair inlaid on his head, and his forehead are tied with gold frontlet（The shape is two dragons playing with pearled）.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 15:21, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一件二色金百蝶穿花大红箭袖，束着五彩丝攒花结长穗宫绦，外罩石青起花八团倭缎排穗褂；登着青缎粉底小朝靴。面若中秋之月，色如春晓之花；鬓若刀裁，眉如墨画，鼻如悬胆，睛若秋波。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A big red arrow sleeve decorated with two-color golden butterfly flowers, is tied with multicolored silk and knotted with long spikes, and is covered with azurite and satin rowed gowns; it wears small green satin and powder-soled boots. The face is as round and beautiful as the moon of Mid-Autumn Festival, the complexion is like a flower of spring dawn; the temples are like a knife cut, the eyebrows are like ink painting, the nose is like a hanging gall, and the eyes are like autumn waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽怒时而似笑，即嗔视而有情。项上金螭缨络，又有一根五色丝绦，系着一块美玉。黛玉一见，便吃一大惊，心中想道：“好生奇怪：倒像在那里见过的，何等眼熟！”只见这宝玉向贾母请了安，贾母便命：“去见你娘来。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即转身去了。一会再来时已换了冠带：头上周围一转的短发都结成小辫，红丝结束，共攒至顶中胎发，总编一根大辫，黑亮如漆，从顶至梢，一串四颗大珠，用金八宝坠脚；身上穿着银红撒花半旧大袄；仍旧带着项圈、宝玉、寄名锁、护身符等物；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下面半露松绿撒花绫裤，锦边弹墨袜，厚底大红鞋。越显得面如傅粉，唇若施脂；转盼多情，语言若笑。天然一段风韵，全在眉梢；平生万种情思，悉堆眼角。看其外貌，最是极好，却难知其底细。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后人有《西江月》二词批的极确，词曰：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无故寻愁觅恨，有时似傻如狂。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纵然生得好皮囊，腹内原来草莽。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
潦倒不通庶务，愚顽怕读文章。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I'm not able to get through general affairs, and I'm afraid of reading articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
行为偏僻性乖张，那管世人诽谤。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又曰：富贵不知乐业，贫穷难耐凄凉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可怜辜负好时光，于国于家无望。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下无能第一，古今不肖无双。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寄言纨袴与膏粱，莫效此儿形状。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English; it means that the author is to give some suggestion to playboys of high official that they do not follow the example of Jia Baoyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说贾母见他进来，笑道：“外客没见就脱了衣裳了，还不去见你妹妹呢。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉早已看见了一个袅袅婷婷的女儿，便料定是林姑妈之女，忙来见礼。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归了坐细看时，真是与众各别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When I returned to take a closer look, it was really different. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 07:41, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只见：两弯似蹙非蹙笼烟眉，一双似喜非喜含情目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I saw: two bends like the frowning of smoked eyebrows, at first they seemed happy but not really happy, yet affectionate eyebrows. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 07:41, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I saw: two curved eyebrows that looked like a frown, a pair of eyebrows that seemed to be happy or not. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:18, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
态生两靥之愁，娇袭一身之病。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sorrow of the two distresses, the disease of the whole body. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:17, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泪光点点，娇喘微微。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211215_homework&amp;diff=131337</id>
		<title>20211215 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211215_homework&amp;diff=131337"/>
		<updated>2021-12-12T23:17:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Asep Budiman 202111080020 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼎：古代食器。胡羼(chàn忏) ──胡闹。 羼：本义为群羊杂居。引申为杂乱不纯，乱七八糟。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tripod: ancient food utensil. Hi Chan - nonsense. The original meaning is that sheep live together. It is extended meaning to be messy, impure and messy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 01:25, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抓──即“抓周”，亦称“试儿”、“试周”。旧俗于婴儿满周岁时，父母摆列各种小件器物，任其抓取，以测试其秉性、智愚、志趣。此俗始于江南，后亦传到北方。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grasping -- namely &amp;quot;grasping the week&amp;quot;, also known as &amp;quot;trying the child&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;trying the week&amp;quot;. The old custom is that when a baby reaches the age of one year, his parents arrange all kinds of small objects and let him grab them to test his temperament, intelligence and interest. This custom began in the south of the Yangtze River and later spread to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 01:23, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catch ─ ─ means &amp;quot;catch the week&amp;quot;, also known as &amp;quot;test&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;test week&amp;quot;. The old custom is when the baby reaches one year old, the parents arrange all kinds of small utensils and let them grab them to test their disposition, wisdom and ambition. This custom began in the south of the Yangtze River and then spread to the north.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 07:41, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事见北朝周·颜之推《颜氏家训·风操》：“江南风俗，儿生一期(年)，为制新衣，盥浴装饰，男则用弓矢纸笔，女则刀尺针缕(线)，并加饮食之物及珍宝服玩，置之儿前，观其发意所取，以验贪亷智愚，名之为试儿。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said in Yan's family instructions and customs by Yan Zhitui of the Northern Dynasty that &amp;quot;the custom in the south of the Yangtze River was born in the first year. It was to make new clothes and decorate bathrooms. Men used bows and arrows, paper and pens, women used knives, rulers, needles and threads (lines), and played with food and precious clothes. They were placed in front of their children and looked at what they wanted to take to test their greed, wisdom and stupidity. They were called test children.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(宋·赵彦卫《云麓漫钞》卷二也有相同记载)又宋·叶真《爱日斋丛钞》卷一：“《玉壶野史》记曹武惠王(曹彬)始生周晬日，父母以百玩之具罗于席，观其所取。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
武惠王左手提干戈，右手提俎豆，斯须取一印，馀无所视。曹，真定人。江南遗俗乃在此(指真定)，今俗谓试周是也。”​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
致知格物──语出《礼记·大学》：“致知在格物，格物而后知至。”意谓要想获得知识，必须探究事物的道理。 致：获得，取得。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Zhi Ge Wu- ''From The Book of Rites·Daxue'': &amp;quot;Zhizhi lies in Gewu, and after Gewu, knowledge arrives.&amp;quot; It means that in order to gain knowledge, one must inquire into the truth of things. Zhi: To acquire, to obtain.--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 05:18, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
格：推究，探究，探讨。​尧……张──尧、舜、禹、汤、文、武，即唐尧、虞舜、夏禹、成汤、周文王、周武王，是从上古至西周的明君；&lt;br /&gt;
Ge: means deduction, exploration and discussion. Yao...Zhang──Yao, Shun, Yu, Tang, Wen, Wu, namely Tang Yao, Yu Shun, Xia Yu, Cheng Tang, Emperor Wen of Zhou Dynasty, Emperor Wu of Zhou Dynasty, they are all wise emperors from ancient times to the Zhou Dynasty;--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 13:11, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周、召，即周公旦、召公奭，都是西周的贤相；孔、孟，即孔丘(通称孔子)、孟轲(通称孟子)，都是儒学的创始人；董、韩、周、程、朱、张，即汉代董仲舒、唐代韩愈、北宋周敦颐、北宋程颢和程颐兄弟、南宋朱熹、北宋张载，都是儒学理论家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou, called the Duke of Zhou, and Zhao, called Duke of Shi, are both talented prime ministers (in feudal China); Kong (generally called Confucius) and Meng (generally called Mencius) are both founders of Confucianism; Dong (Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty), Han (Han Yu in Tang Dynasty), Zhou (Zhou Dunyi in the Northern Song Dynasty), Cheng (Cheng Jing and Cheng Yi brothers in the Northern Song Dynasty), Zhu (Zhu Xi in the Southern Song Dynasty), Zhang (Zhang Zai in the Northern Song Dynasty) are all Confucian theorists. --[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 07:19, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou and Zhao are respectively the Duke of Zhou and the Duke of Shi and both are talented prime ministers of the Western Zhou Dynasty; both Kong (generally called Confucius) and Meng (generally called Mencius) are  founders of Confucianism; Dong (Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty), Han (Han Yu in Tang Dynasty), Zhou (Zhou Dunyi in the Northern Song Dynasty), Cheng (Cheng Jing and Cheng Yi brothers in the Northern Song Dynasty), Zhu (Zhu Xi in the Southern Song Dynasty), Zhang (Zhang Zai in the Northern Song Dynasty) are all Confucian theorists. --[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 08:09, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些人皆是儒家竭力推崇的人物。蚩尤……秦桧──蚩尤、共工，都是传说中上古最凶恶的部族首领；桀、纣、始皇，即夏桀、商纣王、秦始皇，都是登峰造极的暴君；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these people are strong recommended by confucianists such as Chi You(a mythological warrior engaged in fighting with the Yellow Emperor), Qin Hui (a traitor in the Song dynasty in Chinese history)and so on. Among them both Chi You and Gong Gong (the water god in ancient Chinses history and the devil of floods) are the most ferocious tribal chief in the Chinese legend;and all Xia Jie, Shang Zhou and Qin Shi Huang, being respectively the emperor Jie of Xia Dynasty，the emperor Zhou of Shang Dynasty and the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, are extremely tyrannical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王莽、曹操、桓温、安禄山、秦桧，他们分别是汉代、三国、东晋、唐代、南宋人，都是大奸臣乃至叛逆之贼。​许由……朝云──许由，传说他是上古时为了逃避帝位而终生隐居的贤人；陶潜(即陶渊明)、阮籍、嵇康、刘伶，都是魏晋时期著名文学家及不与流俗同低昂的独行之士；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王谢二族，指东晋王导和谢安，都是显贵；顾虎头，即顾恺之，字虎头，是东晋名画家；陈后主、唐明皇、宋徽宗，都是有才气的风流皇帝；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Two families of Wang and Xie, namely Wang Dao and Xie An, were both nobility in the Eastern Jin Dynasty. Gu Hutou, also known as Gu Kaizhi, was a famous painter in the Eastern Jin Dynasty. Emperor Chen Shubao of Chen, Emperor Ming of Tang and  Emperor Huizong of Song were all talented and romantic emperors.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 10:07, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘庭芝即刘希夷(字庭芝)、温飞卿即温庭筠(字飞卿)，都是唐代名诗人；米南宫即米芾(南宫为世称)，是北宋名画家；石曼卿即石延年(字曼卿)、柳蓍卿即柳永(字蓍卿)、秦少游即秦观(字少游)，都是北宋著名文学家；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
倪云林即倪瓒，字云林，是元代名画家；唐伯虎即唐寅(字伯虎)、祝枝山即祝允明(字枝山)，都是明代名画家、文学家；李龟年(唐代人)、黄幡绰(唐代人)、敬新磨(五代后唐人)，都是名艺人；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卓文君(已见第一回注)、红拂(先为隋相杨素的侍女，后私奔李靖，也是前蜀·杜光庭《虬髯客传》中的女主人公)、薛涛(唐代才妓)、崔莺(即唐·元稹《会真记》、元·王实甫《西厢记》中的崔莺莺)、朝云(宋代名妓)，他们都是以才貌流芳的名女。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
成则公侯败则贼──意谓成功的人便能获得公爵、侯爵之类的高官显爵，失败的人便被看作贼寇。表示世上并无公理，世人不讲是非，只论成功与失败，即只以成败论英雄。这里化用了“败则盗贼，成则帝王”。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Success makes the Duke while failure makes the theif ——which means that, If one is successful, he will be worshipped as the Duke. While one is unsuccessful, he will be despised as the thief. It expresses that there is no generally acknowledged truth in the world and people neglect justice and only pay attention to success and failure, that is, the sole measure. It coins a phrase here, “Failure makes a thief， success a king.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner is Duke, the looser is theif means that the person who succeeded would be entitled like Duke and who failed would be dispised as a theif. It presents that there is no generally acknowledged truth in the world and people neglect justice and only pay attention to success and failure, that is, the sole measure. It coins a phrase here, “Failure makes a thief， success a king.”--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:58, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
出自宋·邓牧《君道》：“嘻！天下何常之有？败则盗贼，成则帝王。”东床──指女婿。典出《晋书·王羲之传》、南朝宋·刘义庆《世说新语·雅量》：晋朝太尉郗鉴派人至丞相王导家相婿，王丞相令其到东厢房随意挑选。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is cited from Deng Mu's How to Be Emperor, a work in Song dynasty, saying &amp;quot;how can the world be immutable! The loser is the thief, and the winner is the emperor.&amp;quot;  Dongchuang refers to the son-in-law, used in Books of Jin: Wang Xizhi's Biography&amp;quot; and Liu Yiqing's &amp;quot;Shi Shuo Xin Yu · Elegance&amp;quot; (Southern Song dynasty): In Jin dynasty Tai Wei (supreme government official in charge of military affairs) Xijian sent an underlying to the prime minister Wang Dao's house for taking in a son-in-law, and Prime Minister Wang invite him to choose at will in the east wing.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:43, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is cited from Deng Mu's How to Be Emperor, a work in Song dynasty, saying &amp;quot;how can the world be immutable! The loser is the thief, and the winner is the emperor.&amp;quot; Dongchuang refers to the son-in-law, used in Books of Jin: Wang Xizhi's Biography&amp;quot; and Liu Yiqing's &amp;quot;Shi Shuo Xin Yu · Elegance&amp;quot; (Southern Song dynasty): In Jin dynasty Tai Wei (supreme government official in charge of military affairs) Xijian sent an official to the prime minister Wang Dao's house choosing a son-in-law, and Prime Minister Wang invited him to choose at will in the east wing room.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 14:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此人过去一看，见王家诸郎皆很矜持，唯独王羲之坦腹躺在东床之上，毫不在乎。此人回报，郗鉴即选中王羲之为婿。后世即以“东床”、“东床坦腹”、“东床客”、“东床娇客”等代指女婿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man looked over and saw that all the  lords of Wang family were very reserved, except Wang Xizhi, who was lying on the east bed and didn't care, showing his belly. In return, Xi Jian chose Wang Xizhi as his son-in-law. Later generations referred to the son-in-law with &amp;quot;East Bed&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Man Showing Belly&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Guest&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Distinguished Guest&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 04:59, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
退了一舍之地──意谓退避三十里。形容退居其后，不敢与争。 一舍：三十里。 这里化用了“退避三舍”之典。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
典出《左传·僖公二十三年》：春秋时，晋国公子重耳出奔至楚，楚成王礼遇之，因问道：“公子若反(返)晋国，则何以报不谷？”重耳对曰：“若以君之灵，得反晋国，晋、楚治兵，遇于中原，其辟(避)君三舍。”&lt;br /&gt;
This story comes from ''Zuo Zhuan · Xi public twenty three years'': During the Spring and Autumn Period (777-476 BC), Childe Chong Er of the state of Jin went to the state of Chu. King Cheng of Chu gave a banquet for Chong er and asked, &amp;quot;If childe returns to the state of Jin, how will you repay me? Chong Er answered, &amp;quot;If I can return to the state of Jin, if the troops of the state of Jin and the state of Chu meet each other in the Central Plains, I will ask the troops of the state of Jin to retreat 90 li.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 06:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后重耳返国为君，晋、楚城濮(在今山东省鄄城县西南)之战，重耳遵守诺言，晋军果“退三舍以辟之”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三回&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
托内兄如海荐西宾 接外孙贾母惜孤女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说雨村忙回头看时，不是别人，乃是当日同僚一案参革的张如圭。他系此地人，革后家居，今打听得都中奏准起复旧员之信，他便四下里寻情找门路，忽遇见雨村，故忙道喜。二人见了礼，张如圭便将此信告知雨村。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yue-ts'un, turning round in a hurry, perceived that the speaker was no other than a certain Chang Ju-kuei, an old colleague of his, who had been denounced and deprived of office, on account of some case or other; a native of that district, who had, since his degradation, resided in his home.Having come to hear the news that a memorial, presented in the capital, that the former officers (who had been cashiered) should be reinstated, had received the imperial consent, he had promptly done all he could, in every nook and corner, to obtain influence, and to find the means (of righting his position,) when he, unexpectedly, came across Yue-ts'un, to whom he therefore lost no time in offering his congratulations. The two friends exchanged the conventional salutations, and Chang Ju-kuei communicated the tidings to Yue-ts'un.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村欢喜，忙忙叙了两句，各自别去回家。冷子兴听得此言，便忙献计，令雨村央求林如海，转向都中去央烦贾政。雨村领其意而别，回至馆中，忙寻邸报看真确了。次日，面谋之如海。如海道：“天缘凑巧。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因贱荆去世，都中家岳母念及小女无人依傍，前已遣了男女、船只来接，因小女未曾大痊，故尚未行。此刻正思送女进京。因向蒙教训之恩，未经酬报，遇此机会，岂有不尽心图报之理？弟已预筹之，修下荐书一封，托内兄务为周全，方可稍尽弟之鄙诚；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since my wife has passed away, my mother-in-law has long before dispatched servants and transporting boats here to fetch my lonely daughter. But she has not set off yet due to the fact that she had not fully recovered at that time. As she is in good condition now, I am considering sending her to her grandma's. Once you have taught my daughter but desired no handsome payment; while now you need help, how can I sit on the fence? I have already well prepared for that in advance --- a recommendation letter has been written to my brother-in-law, to ensure your success in career. Only in this way can I show my gratitude towards you.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 08:15, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since my wife has passed away, my mother-in-law who lives in the capital worried that my daughter has no one to rely on. So she has long before dispatched servants and transporting boats here to fetch my lonely daughter. But she has not set off yet due to the fact that she had not fully recovered at that time. As she is in good condition now, I am considering sending her to her grandma's. Once you have taught my daughter but desired no handsome payment; while now you need help, how can I sit on the fence? I have already well prepared for that in advance --- a recommendation letter has been written to my brother-in-law, to ensure your success in career. Only in this way can I show my gratitude towards you.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 07:43, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即有所费，弟于内家信中写明，不劳吾兄多虑。”雨村一面打恭，谢不释口；一面又问：“不知令亲大人现居何职？只怕晚生草率，不敢进谒。”如海笑道：“若论舍亲，与尊兄犹系一家，乃荣公之孙：大内兄现袭一等将军之职，名赦，字恩侯；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“As for the possible costs, I will explain in the letter. You don’t need to worry about it.” Yu Cun bent down and expressed his gratitude, asking: “What does your brother do now? I’m worried that I would take the liberty to pay a visit, it’s too hasty.” Ru Hai laughed and said: “My brother and your brother belong to the same family. They are both descendants of Origin Merchant. My eldest brother is now a first-class general, his name is Pardon Merchant, whose alternative given name is Enhou.”--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 07:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二内兄名政，字存周，现任工部员外郎，其为人谦恭厚道，大有祖父遗风，非膏粱轻薄之流，故弟致书烦托，否则不但有污尊兄清操，即弟亦不屑为矣。”雨村听了，心下方信了昨日子兴之言，于是又谢了林如海。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The second brother of my wife named Zheng, his style name is Cunzhou. He is the Yuanwai official of the Ministry of Works in feudal China. He is moderate and kind, has the dignity of his grandfather, and is not the flimsy type. Therefore, my brother sent a letter to me. Otherwise, I will not only pollute my brother's operation, but also despise my brother.” After hearing this, Yuchun had believed the words of Zixing yesterday, therefore, he thanked Lin Ruhai again. --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 01:27, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second brother-in-law is named Zheng, and the word is kept in Zhou. He is currently a member of the Ministry of Engineering. He is courteous and kind. He has a grandfather's legacy. He is not anointing and frivolous. Disdainful. &amp;quot;Yucun listened, and believed in Xing's words from yesterday, so he thanked Lin Ruhai again.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 14:12, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如海又说：“择了出月初二日小女入都，吾兄即同路而往，岂不两便？”雨村唯唯听命，心中十分得意。如海遂打点礼物并饯行之事，雨村一一领了。那女学生原不忍离亲而去，无奈他外祖母必欲其往，且兼如海说：“汝父年已半百，再无续室之意；&lt;br /&gt;
Ruhai also said: &amp;quot;I chose the girl to enter the capital on the second day of the lunar month, and my brother will go the same way. Isn't it both convenient?&amp;quot; Yucun obeyed,and RuHai was very satisfied . Ruhai then took some gifts and walked away, and Yucun took them one by one. The girl student couldn't bear to leave her relatives, but his grandmother wanted to go there. She also said like the sea: &amp;quot;Your father is half a hundred years old, and there is no intention to remarry.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 14:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且汝多病，年又极小，上无亲母教养，下无姊妹扶持。今去依傍外祖母及舅氏姊妹，正好减我内顾之忧，如何不去？”黛玉听了，方洒泪拜别，随了奶娘及荣府中几个老妇登舟而去。雨村另有船只，带了两个小童，依附黛玉而行。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一日到了京都，雨村先整了衣冠，带着童仆，拿了宗侄的名帖，至荣府门上投了。彼时贾政已看了妹丈之书，即忙请入相会。见雨村相貌魁伟，言谈不俗；且这贾政最喜的是读书人，礼贤下士，拯溺救危，大有祖风；况又系妹丈致意：因此优待雨村，更又不同。&lt;br /&gt;
One day, when YuCun arrived in Jingdou, he dressed himself, and went to Rongfu with his nephew's name card. At this time Jia Zheng had seen his brother-in-law's letter, immediately invited him to come in to meet. Yucun looked tall and handsome and talked well. And Jia Zheng most like scholar, courtesy, saving, great predecessors style; Therefore, Jia Zheng is very good to Yucun. He is different from others.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 08:18, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便极力帮助，题奏之日，谋了一个复职。不上两月，便选了金陵应天府，辞了贾政，择日到任去了，不在话下。且说黛玉自那日弃舟登岸时，便有荣府打发轿子并拉行李车辆伺候。这黛玉尝听得母亲说，他外祖母家与别人家不同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他近日所见的这几个三等的仆妇，吃穿用度，已是不凡；何况今至其家，都要步步留心，时时在意，不要多说一句话，不可多行一步路，恐被人耻笑了去。自上了轿，进了城，从纱窗中瞧了一瞧，其街市之繁华，人烟之阜盛，自非别处可比。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past few days, she has been deeply impressed by the food, clothing and behavior of the low- ranking attendants who accompanied her. She decided that in their new home, she must always be vigilant and carefully weigh every word so as not to be ridiculed for any stupid mistake. When she carried into the city, she peeped out through the gauze window on her chair at the bustling and crowded streets, which she had never seen before.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 08:32, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-class servants she had seen recently have an extraordinary cost of food and clothing. What's more, since got on the sedan chair and entered the city, the prosperous market and the populousness of the city through the screen window were not comparable to other places. when coming to grandmother's mansion must pay attention to every step and be cautious with words so as not to be ridiculed by others. Daiyu thought.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又行了半日，忽见街北蹲着两个大石狮子，三间兽头大门，门前列坐着十来个华冠丽服之人。正门不开，只东、西两角门有人出入。正门之上有一匾，匾上大书“敕造宁国府”五个大字。黛玉想道：“这是外祖的长房了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After half day, there are two large stone lions squatting on the north side of the street, three gates decorated with beast head, and a dozen people in gorgeous crowns and clothes are sitting in front of the gate. The main gate is closing, only the east and west corners enterences are accessible. There is a plaque above the main gate with five big characters &amp;quot;Ningguo Mansion&amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;That must be grandfather's the first son's mansion.&amp;quot;Daiyu thought.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:39, 12 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又往西不远，照样也是三间大门，方是荣国府，却不进正门，只由西角门而进。轿子抬着走了一箭之远，将转弯时便歇了轿，后面的婆子也都下来了。另换了四个眉目秀洁的十七八岁的小厮上来抬着轿子，众婆子步下跟随。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A little further to the west they came to another three gates. This was the Rong Mansion. Instead of going through the main gate, they entered the one on the west. The bearers carried the chair a bow-shot further, and then set it down at the turning and withdrew, the maidservants now going down the chair. Another four seventeen or eighteen smartly dressed lads picked up the chair, followed by the maids.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 05:09, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not far to the west is the same three-room gate, which is the Rongguo Mansion. Instead of going through the main gate, they entered the one on the west. The bearers carried the chair a bow-shot further, and then set it down at the turning and withdrew, the maidservants now going down the chair. Another four seventeen or eighteen smartly dressed lads picked up the chair, followed by the maids.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:26, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至一垂花门前落下，那小厮俱肃然退出。众婆子上前打起轿帘，扶黛玉下了轿。黛玉扶着婆子的手，进了垂花门，两边是超手游廊，正中是穿堂，当地放着一个紫檀架子大理石屏风。转过屏风，小小三间厅房。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the palanquin was dropped in front of a pendant door, the attendants all retired in silence. The ladies came forward and raised the curtain of the palanquin and helped Daiyu out of the palanquin. The two sides of the door are overhand corridors, and the centre is a hall with a marble screen on a rosewood frame. Turning past the screen, there is a small three-room hall.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:22, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
厅后便是正房大院：正面五间上房，皆是雕梁画栋；两边穿山游廊、厢房，挂着各色鹦鹉、画眉等雀鸟。台阶上坐着几个穿红着绿的丫头，一见他们来了，都笑迎上来道：“刚才老太太还念诵呢，可巧就来了。”于是三四人争着打帘子。一面听得人说：“林姑娘来了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉方进房，只见两个人扶着一位鬓发如银的老母迎上来。黛玉知是外祖母了，正欲下拜，早被外祖母抱住，搂入怀中，“心肝儿肉”叫着大哭起来。当下侍立之人无不下泪，黛玉也哭个不休。众人慢慢解劝，那黛玉方拜见了外祖母。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母方一一指与黛玉道：“这是你大舅母。这是二舅母。这是你先前珠大哥的媳妇珠大嫂子。”黛玉一一拜见。贾母又说：“请姑娘们。今日远客来了，可以不必上学去。”众人答应了一声，便去了两个。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
不一时，只见三个奶妈并五六个丫鬟，拥着三位姑娘来了：第一个肌肤微丰，身材合中，腮凝新荔，鼻腻鹅脂，温柔沉默，观之可亲；第二个削肩细腰，长挑身材，鸭蛋脸儿，俊眼修眉，顾盼神飞，文彩精华，见之忘俗；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a little while, three grannies and five or six servant girls turned up, clustering with three ladies. The first was somewhere plump in figure and of average height; her cheek was in beautiful shape, like a fresh lichee; her nose was glossy like the goose grease; she was gentle and quiet in nature, who looks very friendly. The second  was thin and tall with an oval face, sparking eyes and long eyebrows; her elegance and quick-witted mind tickle people’s fancy, letting them forget everything vulgar.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 08:11, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a while, the three young ladies showed up, escorted by three wet nurses and five or six maids. The first was slightly plump and of medium height; her cheeks were as smooth and soft as the newly ripened lichees, and her nose was as glossy as goose fat. She was tender and reticent, and looked very affable. The second had drooping shoulders and a slender waist; she was tall and slim, with an oval face, bright and piercing eyes as well as delicate eyebrows. She seemed elegant, quick-witted and in high spirits, with a display of distinctive charm. People who looked at her were to forget everything vulgar and tawdry.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 23:42, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三个身量未足，形容尚小：其钗环裙袄，三人皆是一样的妆束。黛玉忙起身，迎上来见礼，互相厮认，归了坐位。丫鬟送上茶来。不过叙些黛玉之母如何得病，如何请医服药，如何送死发丧。不免贾母又伤感起来，因说：“我这些女孩儿，所疼的独有你母亲。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third one was not yet fully grown, and she still had the face of a child. All the three young ladies were dressed in similar garments, that is, the tunics and the skirts with the same bracelets and head ornaments. Daiyu hastily rose to greet politely these cousins, and then they introduced to and acquainted with each other, after which they took seats while the maids served the tea. All their talk now was about Daiyu's mother: the culprit for her illness, the medicine that the doctors prescribed for treating her disease, and the conduction of her funeral and mourning ceremonies. Inevitably, the Lady Dowager couldn't help being affected painfully. &amp;quot;Of all my chilren I loved your mother best,&amp;quot; she told Daiyu.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 07:49, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今一旦先我而亡，不得见面，怎不伤心！”说着，携了黛玉的手，又哭起来。众人都忙相劝慰，方略略止住。众人见黛玉年纪虽小，其举止言谈不俗；身体面貌虽弱不胜衣，却有一段风流态度，便知他有不足之症。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once she died before me, I could not see her again. She said, taking Daiyu's hand, and cried again. Everyone was busy trying to console her, and soon she slightly stopped. They saw that although Daiyu was young, her manner and speech were not ordinary; although her health was weak, she had graceful and elegant manner, so they knew that she had a disease of deficiency.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 08:43, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Once she died before me, it is so sad that I could not see her again.&amp;quot; she said, taking Daiyu's hand, and cried again. Everyone was trying to console her, and then she slightly stopped. They saw that although Daiyu was young, her manner and speech were not ordinary; although she was weak, she had graceful and elegant gestures, so they learned that she had a disease of deficiency.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 06:35, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因问：“常服何药？为何不治好了？”黛玉道：“我自来如此，从会吃饭时便吃药到如今了，经过多少名医，总未见效。那一年我才三岁，记得来了一个癞头和尚，说要化我去出家，我父母自是不从。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So they asked:&amp;quot; What medicine do you usually take? Why doesn't it work?&amp;quot; Daiyu replied:&amp;quot; I am used to getting along with my disease. I have been taking medicine since I could eat. A lot of famous daocters cannot contribute to my illness.When I was three years old, a monk with favus on the head came to persuade me to become a nun,but my parents declined him.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 08:07, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他又说：‘既舍不得他，但只怕他的病，一生也不能好的；若要好时，除非从此以后，总不许见哭声，除父母之外，凡有外亲，一概不见，方可平安了此一生。’这和尚疯疯癫癫，说了这些不经之谈，也没人理他。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如今还是吃人参养荣丸。”贾母道：“这正好，我这里正配丸药呢，叫他们多配一料就是了。”一语未完，只听后院中有笑语声，说：“我来迟了，没得迎接远客。”黛玉思忖道：“这些人个个皆敛声屏气如此，这来者是谁，这样放诞无礼？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Lin Daiyu is still taking ginseng pills.And Grandma Jia said:&amp;quot; What a coincidence! The pills are making now, I just tell them to add one.&amp;quot; The words have not been finished, but there is a laugh in the back yard, which said:&amp;quot; I come late and fail to welcome our distinguished guest.&amp;quot; Daiyu thought: all people here are holding their breath, who is this person that is so arrogant and rude?--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 08:19, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Lin Daiyu is still taking ginseng pills. And Grandmother Jia said:&amp;quot; It just so happens that I have been asking them to dispense the pills, just asking them to do one more portion.&amp;quot; The words are not  finished, but there is a laugh in the back yard, which said:&amp;quot; I am late and fail to welcome our distinguished guest.&amp;quot; Daiyu thought: “all people here are holding their breath, who is this person that is so arrogant and rude?”--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 09:33, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
心下想时，只见一群媳妇、丫鬟拥着一个丽人，从后房进来。这个人打扮与姑娘们不同，彩绣辉煌，恍若神妃仙子：头上戴着金丝八宝攒珠髻，绾着朝阳五凤挂珠钗；项上戴着赤金盘螭缨络圈；身上穿着缕金百蝶穿花大红云缎窄褃袄，外罩五彩刻丝石青银鼠褂；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Lin Daiyu is still thinking about it, a group of daughters-in-law and maids cluster around a beauty coming in from the back room. She dresses up differently from other girls, with colorful embroidery splendor, and looks like a divine concubine or a fairy: wearing a gold silk beads bun decorated with eight treasures and the five phoenix hairpin hanging with beads on the head; a red gold coiled chi dragon tassel ring around the neck; the bright red made of cloud satin material narrow lining cotton jacket with decorations of wisps of gold hundred butterflies and flowers, and the outer coat with decorations of the multicolored engraved silk stone green silver mouse.  --[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 09:34, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Daiyu was still thinking about it when she saw a group of daughters-in-law and maids embracing a beautiful woman who came in from the back room. This woman dresses differently from the girls,  with colorful embroidery splendor,  and looks like a divine concubine fairy: wearing a gold silk eight treasure save beads bun and the sunrise five phoenix hanging beads hairpin on the head; a red gold coiled chi dragon tassel ring around the neck; wearing the bright red made of cloud satin material narrow lining cotton jacket with decorations of wisps of gold hundred butterflies and flowers, and  the outer coat with decorations of the multicolored engraved silk stone green silver mouse.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 07:47, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下着翡翠撒花洋绉裙。一双丹凤三角眼，两弯柳叶吊梢眉。身量苗条，体格风骚。粉面含春威不露，丹唇未启笑先闻。黛玉连忙起身接见。贾母笑道：“你不认得他。他是我们这里有名的一个泼辣货，南京所谓‘辣子’，你只叫他‘凤辣子’就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Xifeng wore a jadeite flowered dress underneath, with a pair of phoenix triangle eyes and two curved willow hanging eyebrows. Her figure is slim and her physique is flirtatious. She can be described with “ the face is delicate and beautiful, spirited character of her is not revealed in the appearance, red lips beautiful, not yet open mouth first heard her laugh”. Lin Daiyu hastily got up to curtsy to  her. Lady Dowager said with a smile, &amp;quot;You do not recognize her. She is famous for her boldness and vigorousness  here, she is truly the 'chilli woman' in Nanjing dialect, you can just call her ' chilli Feng'.&amp;quot;--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 07:35, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Xifeng, characterized by a pair of phoenix triangle eyes and two curved willow hanging eyebrows, wore an emerald flowered crepe skirt. She was slender and coquettish, with a delicate face and a smiling lip. Daiyu promptly rose quickly to greet her. Lady Dowager said with a smile: “ you don’t know him. He is famous for her fierceness and toughness, namely the so-called Nanjing chilli. So you can just call him ‘Chilli Feng’.”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:48, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉正不知以何称呼，众姊妹都忙告诉黛玉道：“这是琏二嫂子。”黛玉虽不曾识面，听见他母亲说过：大舅贾赦之子贾琏，娶的就是二舅母王氏的内侄女，自幼假充男儿教养，学名叫做王熙凤。黛玉忙陪笑见礼，以“嫂”呼之。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daiyu was insensible of what to call her. Then her sisters told her promptly: “ this is your sister-in-law Lian Er.” Although Daiyu had never met her, she heard of her from his mother: Jia Lian, the son of her Uncle Jia She, had married the niece of Aunt Wang, named scientifically Wang Xifeng, was brought up as a male offspring since childhood. Daiyu was engaged in smiling and saluting at her, calling her “sister-in-law”.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:32, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这熙凤携着黛玉的手，上下细细打量了一回，便仍送至贾母身边坐下，因笑道：“天下真有这样标致人儿！我今日才算看见了。况且这通身的气派，竟不像老祖宗的外孙女儿，竟是嫡亲的孙女儿似的，怨不得老祖宗天天嘴里心里放不下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只可怜我这妹妹这么命苦，怎么姑妈偏就去世了呢？”说着便用帕拭泪。贾母笑道：“我才好了，你又来招我；你妹妹远路才来，身子又弱，也才劝住了：快别再提了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I pity my sister for being so miserable, how could my aunt died so early?&amp;quot; She said, wiping her tears with her handkerchief. Grandma Jia laughed and said, &amp;quot;I've just recovered. You come to provoke me again. Your sister has just arrived from a long journey and is weak, so she has just been persuaded: Don't mention it again.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 02:37, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I pity my sister who is so miserable, how could my aunt have died?&amp;quot; She said, wiping her tears with her handkerchief. Your sister has only just arrived from a long journey and is weak, so she has only just been persuaded to stop talking about it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 08:22, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
熙凤听了，忙转悲为喜道：“正是呢，我一见了妹妹，一心都在他身上，又是喜欢，又是伤心，竟忘了老祖宗了。该打，该打！”又忙拉着黛玉的手问道：“妹妹几岁了？可也上过学？现吃什么药？在这里别想家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time I saw my sister, I was all over him, and I liked him, and I was sad, and I forgot about my ancestors. You should be beaten, you should be beaten!&amp;quot; He also took Daiyu's hand and asked, &amp;quot;How old is my sister? How old is she? What kind of medicine do you take now? Don't be homesick here.--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 08:21, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
要什么吃的，什么玩的，只管告诉我；丫头、老婆们不好，也只管告诉我。”黛玉一一答应。一面熙凤又问人：“林姑娘的东西可搬进来了？带了几个人来？你们赶早打扫两间屋子，叫他们歇歇儿去。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just tell me what you want to eat and play; Girls and old servants are not good, just tell me. &amp;quot; Daiyu nodded one by one. On one side, Xifeng asked, &amp;quot;have you moved in Miss Lin's things? How many people have you brought? Clean the two rooms early and tell them to have a rest.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 06:54, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tell me what you want to eat and play; And if the maids or old nurses aren't good to you, just let me know. &amp;quot; Daiyu nodded one by one. At the same time, Xifeng asked, &amp;quot;Have Miss Lin's things been moved in? And how many people does she bring? Clean the two rooms as soon as possible and tell them to have a rest there.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 08:24, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
说话时已摆了果茶上来，熙凤亲自布让。又见二舅母问他：“月钱放完了没有？”熙凤道：“放完了。刚才带了人到后楼上找缎子，找了半日，也没见昨儿太太说的那个。想必太太记错了。”王夫人道：“有没有，什么要紧！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fruits and tea had been prepared when Xifeng was talking, and she arranged them by herself. The second aunt asked her whether the monthly payment has been given out, she answered yes. “I looked for the satin in the back stairs with some people for hours just now, but didn’t find which madam mentioned yesterday. Madam must be wrong.” Wang Xifeng said, and Mrs. Wang answered, “ It doesn’t matter if there is or not.”--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 07:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fruits and tea had been prepared when Xifeng was talking, and she arranged them by herself. The second aunt asked her, &amp;quot;Have the monthly payment been given out?&amp;quot; Xifeng answered, &amp;quot;Yes. And I looked for the satin in the back stairs with some people for hours just now, but didn’t find what madam mentioned yesterday. Madam mabey remember something wrong.” Mrs. Wang replied, “ It doesn’t matter if there is or not.”--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 09:03, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因又说道：“该随手拿出两个来，给你这妹妹裁衣裳啊。等晚上想着，再叫人去拿罢。”熙凤道：“我倒先料着了，知道妹妹这两日必到，我已经预备下了。等太太回去过了目，好送来。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Wang said, &amp;quot;You should take out a couple of satin pieces to cut your sister's dress. When you think of this matter in the evening, send someone for the satin .&amp;quot; Xifeng said, &amp;quot;I expected it. I knew my sister would arrive in these two days, and I had already made preparations. I will send someone for the satin as soon as you have returned and examined it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 08:52, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Wang added, &amp;quot;You should take out a couple of satin pieces to cut your sister's dress. When you think of this matter in the evening, send someone for the satin .&amp;quot; Xifeng said, &amp;quot;I expected it. I knew my sister would arrive in these two days, and I had already made preparations. I will send someone for the satin as soon as you have returned and examined it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 13:58, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人一笑，点头不语。当下茶果已撤，贾母命两个老嬷嬷带黛玉去见两个舅舅去。维时贾赦之妻邢氏忙起身笑回道：“我带了外甥女儿过去，到底便宜些。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her Ladyship smiled, nodded and said nothing. Now the refreshments were cleared away and the Lady Dowager ordered two nurses to take Daiyu to see her two uncles. At this time, Mrs. She also immediately stood up, replied with smile, &amp;quot;it's also very convenient for me to take my niece.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 13:51, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her Ladyship smiled, nodded but  said nothing. Now the refreshments were cleared away and the Lady Dowager ordered two mothers to take Daiyu to see her two uncles. At this time, Mrs. She immediately stood up, replied with a smile, &amp;quot;it's also very convenient for me to take my niece.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 08:37, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“正是呢，你也去罢，不必过来了。”那邢夫人答应了，遂带着黛玉，和王夫人作辞，大家送至穿堂。垂花门前早有众小厮拉过一辆翠幄青油车来，邢夫人携了黛玉坐上，众老婆们放下车帘，方命小厮们抬起。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiamu laughed and said: “ Yeah, you can also leave, and don’t have to come here.” Ms. Xing promised, and said goodbye to Ms Wang with Daiyu, all of them went through the hallway. The ingenious green carriage, which drove by a group of manservants stood in front of the floral-pendant gates, Ms. Xing set in the car with Daiyu, several old mothers put down the car shade, instructing boys uplift the carriage. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 08:35, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
拉至宽处，驾上驯骡，出了西角门往东，过荣府正门，入一黑油漆大门内，至仪门前方下了车。邢夫人挽着黛玉的手进入院中。黛玉度其处必是荣府中之花园隔断过来的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
进入三层仪门，果见正房、厢房、游廊悉皆小巧别致，不似那边的轩峻壮丽，且院中随处之树木山石皆好。及进入正室，早有许多艳妆丽服之姬妾、丫鬟迎着。邢夫人让黛玉坐了；一面令人到外书房中请贾赦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一时回来说：“老爷说了：‘连日身上不好，见了姑娘，彼此伤心，暂且不忍相见。劝姑娘不必伤怀想家，跟着老太太和舅母，是和家里一样的。姐妹们虽拙，大家一处作伴，也可以解些烦闷。或有委屈之处，只管说，别外道了才是。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs.Xing came back and said, &amp;quot;the master said, 'I've been felt not so good for days. I am afraid that I will be emotional if I see you, so I can't bear to see you for the time being. I advise you not to be homesick. It's the same as home to follow the old lady and aunt. Although the sisters are clumsy, you can relieve some boredom if you keep company together. If you have grievances, just tell us and make yourself at home.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉忙站起身来，一一答应了。再坐一刻便告辞，邢夫人苦留吃过饭去。黛玉笑回道：“舅母爱惜赐饭，原不应辞；只是还要过去拜见二舅舅，恐去迟了不恭，异日再领。望舅母容谅。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邢夫人道：“这也罢了。”遂命两个嬷嬷用方才坐来的车送过去。于是黛玉告辞。邢夫人送至仪门前，又嘱咐了众人几句，眼看着车去了方回来。一时黛玉进入荣府，下了车，只见一条大甬路直接出大门来。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众嬷嬷引着，便往东转弯，走过一座东西穿堂，向南大厅之后，仪门内大院落：上面五间大正房，两边厢房，鹿顶耳房钻山，四通八达，轩昂壮丽，比各处不同。黛玉便知这方是正内室。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
进入堂屋，抬头迎面先见一个赤金九龙青地大匾，匾上写着斗大三个字，是“荣禧堂”；后有一行小字：“某年月日书赐荣国公贾源”，又有“万幾宸翰”之宝。大紫檀雕螭案上，设着三尺多高青绿古铜鼎，悬着待漏随朝墨龙大画，一边是錾金彝，一边是玻璃盆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地下两溜十六张楠木圈椅。又有一副对联，乃是乌木联牌镶着錾金字迹，道是：座上珠玑昭日月，堂前黼黻焕烟霞。下面一行小字是“世教弟勋袭东安郡王穆莳拜手书”。原来王夫人时常居坐宴息也不在这正室中，只在东边的三间耳房内。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ground two rows of 16 nanmu armchairs. There is also a pair of couplets, ebony couplet inset with gold handwriting, it said:The pearl and jade in the seat can shine with the sun and the moon; The people in front of the lobby wearing official clothes, its colors like clouds like clouds. The next line is written by mu Shis, the hereditary king of Dongpyeong County, who is a brother who has been taught by your family for generations.For Lady Wang often sat and reposed not in this main room, but in the three eastern rooms.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 03:36, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是嬷嬷们引黛玉进东房门来。临窗大炕上铺着猩红洋毯，正面设着大红金钱蟒引枕，秋香色金钱蟒大条褥；两边设一对梅花式洋漆小几：左边几上摆着文王鼎，鼎旁匙箸、香盒；右边几上摆着汝窑美人觚，里面插着时鲜花草。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地下面，西一溜四张大椅，都搭着银红撒花椅搭，底下四副脚踏；两边又有一对高几，几上茗碗、瓶花俱备。其馀陈设，不必细说。老嬷嬷让黛玉上炕坐。炕沿上却也有两个锦褥对设。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉度其位次，便不上炕，只就东边椅上坐了。本房的丫鬟忙捧上茶来。黛玉一面吃了，打量这些丫鬟们妆饰衣裙，举止行动，果与别家不同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
茶未吃了，只见一个穿红绫袄、青绸掐牙背心的一个丫鬟走来笑道：“太太说，请林姑娘到那边坐罢。”老嬷嬷听了，于是又引黛玉出来，到了东廊三间小正房内。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the tea was drunk, a servant girl wearing a red silk jacket and a green satin vest came up and smiled, &amp;quot;Mrs. Wang invited Miss Lin to come and sit over there.&amp;quot; When the old Mammy heard this, she led Daiyu out again and went to the third small main room on the east porch.--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 03:33, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before they drank tea over, a servant girl in a red silk jacket and a green satin vest came up and smiled, &amp;quot;Mrs. Wang invited Miss Lin to come and sit over there.&amp;quot; When the old Mammy heard this, she led Daiyu out again to the third small main room on the east porch.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 11:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正面炕上横设一张炕桌，上面堆着书籍、茶具；靠东壁面西设着半旧的青缎靠背、引枕。王夫人却坐在西边下首，亦是半旧青缎靠背、坐褥。见黛玉来了，便往东让。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the kang there was a kang table on which books and tea sets piled up. Half new backrests and pillows made of blue satins were set on the east side of the wall. However, Mrs. Wang set at the foot of the west wall where half new backrests and mattresses made of blue satins were displayed. Mrs. Wang moved to the east side when she saw Lin Daiyu come in.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 11:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉心中料定这是贾政之位。因见挨炕一溜三张椅子上也搭着半旧的弹花椅袱，黛玉便向椅上坐了。王夫人再三让他上炕，他方挨王夫人坐下。王夫人因说：“你舅舅今日斋戒去了，再见罢。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只是有句话嘱咐你：你三个姐妹倒都极好，以后一处念书认字，学针线，或偶一玩笑，却都有个尽让的。我就只一件不放心：我有一个孽根祸胎，是家里的混世魔王，今日因往庙里还愿去，尚未回来，晚上你看见就知道了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你以后总不用理会他，你这些姐姐妹妹都不敢沾惹他的。”黛玉素闻母亲说过：“有个内侄，乃衔玉而生，顽劣异常，不喜读书，最喜在内帏厮混。外祖母又溺爱，无人敢管。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今见王夫人所说，便知是这位表兄。一面陪笑道：“舅母所说，可是衔玉而生的？在家时，记得母亲常说：这位哥哥比我大一岁，小名就叫宝玉，性虽憨顽，说待姊妹们却是极好的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What Mrs.Wang described is the cousin for sure. Daiyu said while smiling:&amp;quot; Is the person you just mentioned my cousin born with a jade? I remember when I was at home my mother often said that the cousin nicknamed Precious Jade is one year older than me. Although he is a little mischievous, he is very friendly with his sisters&amp;quot;.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 14:27, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况我来了，自然和姊妹们一处，弟兄们是另院别房，岂有沾惹之理？”王夫人笑道：“你不知道原故。他和别人不同，自幼因老太太疼爱，原系和姐妹们一处娇养惯了的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若姐妹们不理他，他倒还安静些；若一日姐妹们和他多说了一句话，他心上一喜，便生出许多事来：所以嘱咐你别理会他。他嘴里一时甜言蜜语，一时有天没日，疯疯傻傻，只休信他。”黛玉一一的都答应着。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
忽见一个丫鬟来说：“老太太那里传晚饭了。”王夫人忙携了黛玉，出后房门，由后廊往西，出了角门，是一条南北甬路，南边是倒座三间小小抱厦厅，北边立着一个粉油大影壁，后有一个半大门，小小一所房屋。&lt;br /&gt;
Suddenly see a servant girl to say: &amp;quot;old lady there spread supper.&amp;quot; Lady Wang and Daiyu went out of the back door, leading from the back corridor to the west and out of the corner gate. There was a north-south corridor, with three small rooms in the south, a big screen wall of powder and oil in the north, and a small house with a half gate behind.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 13:53, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人笑指向黛玉道：“这是你凤姐姐的屋子。回来你好往这里找他去，少什么东西，只管和他说就是了。”这院门上也有几个才总角的小厮，都垂手侍立。王夫人遂携黛玉穿过一个东西穿堂，便是贾母的后院了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King smiled at Mascara Jade Pearl and said: &amp;quot;This is your sister Phoenix's house. If you come back, you can find her here. And if there's anything missing, just tell her.&amp;quot; On the gate of the courtyard, there were also several young boys who were only in their childhood, all standing with their hands down. Lady King then took Mascara Jade Pearl through an east-west hall, which was Grandma Merchant's backyard.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 07:30, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是进入后房门，已有许多人在此伺候，见王夫人来，方安设桌椅；贾珠之妻李氏捧杯，熙凤安箸，王夫人进羹。贾母正面榻上独坐，两旁四张空椅。熙凤忙拉黛玉在左边第一张椅子上坐下，黛玉十分推让。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“你舅母和嫂子们是不在这里吃饭的。你是客，原该这么坐。”黛玉方告了坐，就坐了。贾母命王夫人也坐了。迎春姊妹三个告了坐，方上来：迎春坐右手第一，探春左第二，惜春右第二。&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Jia said with a smile, &amp;quot;your aunt and sister-in-law don't eat here. You are a guest. You should have sat here.&amp;quot; Daiyu then sat down. Jia Mu ordered Mrs. Wang to sit down. The three sisters of Yingchun sat down：Yingchun sat first on the right hand, Tanchun second on the left, and Xi Chun second on the right.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:36, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Jia said with a smile, &amp;quot;your aunts and sisters-in-law don't eat here. You are a guest. You should have sat here.&amp;quot; Daiyu then sat down. Mrs. Jia ordered Mrs. Wang to sit down. The three sisters of Yingchun were asked to sit down: Yingchun sat first on the right hand, Tanchun second on the left, and Xi Chun second on the right.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 02:02, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
旁边丫鬟执着拂尘、漱盂、巾帕，李纨、凤姐立于案边布让；外间伺候的媳妇、丫鬟虽多，却连一声咳嗽不闻。饭毕，各各有丫鬟用小茶盘捧上茶来。当日林家教女以惜福养身，每饭后必过片时方吃茶，不伤脾胃；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standing at the table, the servant girls held the horsetail whisks, vessels for mouthwash and handkerchiefs. Li Wan and Wang Xifeng sent dishes, refreshments to guests and invited them to eat. Though there were many servant girls in the outer room, they could not be heard to utter a sound. When the meal was over, each servant girl brought tea with a small tray. The daughter of Lin Ruhai, Lin Daiyu took tea after each meal to keep health and not hurt her spleen and stomach.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 01:55, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今黛玉见了这里许多规矩不似家中，也只得随和些。接了茶，又有人捧过漱盂来，黛玉也漱了口，又盥手毕。然后又捧上茶来，这方是吃的茶。贾母便说：“你们去罢，让我们自在说说话儿。”&lt;br /&gt;
Now Daiyu saw many rules here are not like the rules of her home. She was also easy-going. After receiving the tea, someone else took a gargle bowl for her. Daiyu also rinsed her mouth and finished washing her hands again. Then tea which was for drinking was brought in. Then Mother Jia said to servants , &amp;quot;You all go and let's have a talk in our own comfort.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人遂起身，又说了两句闲话儿，方引李、凤二人去了。贾母因问黛玉念何书，黛玉道：“刚念了《四书》。”黛玉又问姊妹读何书，贾母道：“读什么书，不过认几个字罢了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一语未了，只听外面一阵脚步响，丫鬟进来报道：“宝玉来了。”黛玉心想：“这个宝玉，不知是怎样个惫懒人呢。”及至进来一看，却是位青年公子：头上戴着束发嵌宝紫金冠，齐眉勒着二龙戏珠金抹额；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a word, only a sound of footsteps outside, the maid came in and reported: &amp;quot;Baoyu is here.&amp;quot; Daiyu thought to herself: &amp;quot;This Baoyu, I don't know what a tired lazy person.&amp;quot; When she came in, she was a young man. He wears a purple and gold crown with hair inlaid on his head, and his forehead are tied with gold frontlet（The shape is two dragons playing with pearled）.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 15:21, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一件二色金百蝶穿花大红箭袖，束着五彩丝攒花结长穗宫绦，外罩石青起花八团倭缎排穗褂；登着青缎粉底小朝靴。面若中秋之月，色如春晓之花；鬓若刀裁，眉如墨画，鼻如悬胆，睛若秋波。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A big red arrow sleeve decorated with two-color golden butterfly flowers, is tied with multicolored silk and knotted with long spikes, and is covered with azurite and satin rowed gowns; it wears small green satin and powder-soled boots. The face is as round and beautiful as the moon of Mid-Autumn Festival, the complexion is like a flower of spring dawn; the temples are like a knife cut, the eyebrows are like ink painting, the nose is like a hanging gall, and the eyes are like autumn waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽怒时而似笑，即嗔视而有情。项上金螭缨络，又有一根五色丝绦，系着一块美玉。黛玉一见，便吃一大惊，心中想道：“好生奇怪：倒像在那里见过的，何等眼熟！”只见这宝玉向贾母请了安，贾母便命：“去见你娘来。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即转身去了。一会再来时已换了冠带：头上周围一转的短发都结成小辫，红丝结束，共攒至顶中胎发，总编一根大辫，黑亮如漆，从顶至梢，一串四颗大珠，用金八宝坠脚；身上穿着银红撒花半旧大袄；仍旧带着项圈、宝玉、寄名锁、护身符等物；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下面半露松绿撒花绫裤，锦边弹墨袜，厚底大红鞋。越显得面如傅粉，唇若施脂；转盼多情，语言若笑。天然一段风韵，全在眉梢；平生万种情思，悉堆眼角。看其外貌，最是极好，却难知其底细。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后人有《西江月》二词批的极确，词曰：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无故寻愁觅恨，有时似傻如狂。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纵然生得好皮囊，腹内原来草莽。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
潦倒不通庶务，愚顽怕读文章。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I'm not able to get through general affairs, and I'm afraid of reading articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
行为偏僻性乖张，那管世人诽谤。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又曰：富贵不知乐业，贫穷难耐凄凉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可怜辜负好时光，于国于家无望。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下无能第一，古今不肖无双。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寄言纨袴与膏粱，莫效此儿形状。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English; it means that the author is to give some suggestion to playboys of high official that they do not follow the example of Jia Baoyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说贾母见他进来，笑道：“外客没见就脱了衣裳了，还不去见你妹妹呢。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉早已看见了一个袅袅婷婷的女儿，便料定是林姑妈之女，忙来见礼。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归了坐细看时，真是与众各别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When I returned to take a closer look, it was really different. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 07:41, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只见：两弯似蹙非蹙笼烟眉，一双似喜非喜含情目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I saw: two bends like the frowning of smoked eyebrows, at first they seemed happy but not really happy, yet affectionate eyebrows. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 07:41, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
态生两靥之愁，娇袭一身之病。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sorrow of the two distresses, the disease of the whole body. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:17, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泪光点点，娇喘微微。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130697</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130697"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T08:27:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, Berman (2012, 244)'s &amp;quot;twelve deforming tendencies&amp;quot; can remarkably contribute to appropriate translation. They are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Rationalization: This mainly entails the modification of syntactic structures including punctuation and sentence structure and order. An example would be translations of Dostoevsky which remove some of the repetition and simplify complex sentence structures. Berman also refers to the abstractness of rationalization and the tendency to generalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clarification: This includes explicitation, which &amp;quot;aims to render &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; what does not wish to be clear in the original&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 245).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Expansion: Like other theorists (for example, Vinay and Darbelnet), Berman says that TTs tend to be longer than STs. This is due to &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot; explicitation that unshapes its rhythm, to &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;flattening&amp;quot;. These additions only serve to reduce the clarity of the work's &amp;quot;voice&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ennoblement: This refers to the tendency on the part of certain translators to &amp;quot;improve&amp;quot; on the original by rewriting it in a more elegant style. The result, according to Berman (2012, 246), is an annihilation of the oral rhetoric and formless polylogic of the ST. Equally destructive is the opposite – a TT that is too &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot; in its use of colloquialisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Qualitative impoverishment: This is the replacement of words and expressions with TT equivalents &amp;quot;that lack their sonorous richness or, correspondingly, their signifying or &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot; features&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 247). By &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot;, Berman means terms whose form and sound are in some way associated with their sense. An example he gives is the word butterfly and its corresponding terms in other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Quantitative impoverishment: This is loss of lexical variation in translation. Berman gives the example of a Spanish ST that uses three different synonyms for face (semblante, rostro and cara); rendering them all as face would involve loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The destruction of rhythms: Although more common in poetry, rhythm is still important to the novel and can be &amp;quot;destroyed&amp;quot; by deformation of word order and punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The destruction of underlying networks of signification: The translator needs to be aware of the network of words that is formed throughout the text. Individually, these words may not be significant, but they add an underlying uniformity and sense to the text. Examples are augmentative suffixes in a Latin American text – jaulón (&amp;quot;large cage&amp;quot;), portón (&amp;quot;large door&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The destruction of linguistic patternings: While the ST may be systematic in its sentence constructions and patternings, translation tends to be &amp;quot;asystematic&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 249). The translator often adopts a range of techniques, such as rationalization, clarification and expansion, all of which standardize the TT. This is actually a form of incoherence since standardization destroys the linguistic patterns and variations of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. The destruction of vernacular networks or their exoticization: This relates especially to local speech and language patterns which play an important role in establishing the setting of a novel. Examples would include the use of diminutives in Spanish, Portuguese, German and Russian or of Australian English terms and cultural items (outback, bush, dingo, wombat). There is severe loss if these are erased, yet the traditional solution of exoticizing some of these terms by, for example, placing them in italics, isolates them from the co-text. Alternatively, seeking a TL vernacular or slang equivalent to the SL is a ridiculous exoticization of the foreign. Such would be the case if an Australian farmer were made to speak Bavarian in a German translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. The destruction of expressions and idioms: Berman considers the replacement of an idiom or proverb by its TL &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; to be an &amp;quot;ethnocentrism&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;to play with &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; is to attack the discourse of the foreign work&amp;quot;, he says (Berman 2012, 251). Thus, an English idiom from Joseph Conrad containing the name of the well-known London mental health hospital Bedlam, should not be translated by Charenton, a similar French institution, since this would result in a TT that produces a new network of French cultural references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. The effacement of the superimposition of languages: By this, Berman means the way translation tends to erase traces of different forms of language that co-exist in the ST. These may be the mix of American English and varieties of Latin American Spanish in the work of new Latino/a writers, the blends of Anglo-Indian writing, the proliferation of language influences in Joyce's Finnegan's Wake, different sociolects and idiolects, and so on. Berman (2012, 251) considers this to be the &amp;quot;central problem&amp;quot; in the translation of novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Berman, Antoine. (2012). &amp;quot;La traduction comme épreuve de l’étranger&amp;quot;. ''Texte'' 4 (1985): 67–81, translated by L. Venuti as &amp;quot;Translation and the trials of the foreign&amp;quot;, in L. Venuti (ed.) (2012), 240–53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130694</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130694"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T08:22:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, Berman (2012, 244)'s &amp;quot;twelve deforming tendencies&amp;quot; can remarkably contribute to appropriate translation. They are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Rationalization: This mainly entails the modification of syntactic structures including punctuation and sentence structure and order. An example would be translations of Dostoevsky which remove some of the repetition and simplify complex sentence structures. Berman also refers to the abstractness of rationalization and the tendency to generalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Clarification: This includes explicitation, which &amp;quot;aims to render &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; what does not wish to be clear in the original&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 245).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Expansion: Like other theorists (for example, Vinay and Darbelnet), Berman says that TTs tend to be longer than STs. This is due to &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot; explicitation that unshapes its rhythm, to &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;flattening&amp;quot;. These additions only serve to reduce the clarity of the work's &amp;quot;voice&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ennoblement: This refers to the tendency on the part of certain translators to &amp;quot;improve&amp;quot; on the original by rewriting it in a more elegant style. The result, according to Berman (2012, 246), is an annihilation of the oral rhetoric and formless polylogic of the ST. Equally destructive is the opposite – a TT that is too &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot; in its use of colloquialisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Qualitative impoverishment: This is the replacement of words and expressions with TT equivalents &amp;quot;that lack their sonorous richness or, correspondingly, their signifying or &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot; features&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 247). By &amp;quot;iconic&amp;quot;, Berman means terms whose form and sound are in some way associated with their sense. An example he gives is the word butterfly and its corresponding terms in other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Quantitative impoverishment: This is loss of lexical variation in translation. Berman gives the example of a Spanish ST that uses three different synonyms for face (semblante, rostro and cara); rendering them all as face would involve loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The destruction of rhythms: Although more common in poetry, rhythm is still important to the novel and can be &amp;quot;destroyed&amp;quot; by deformation of word order and punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The destruction of underlying networks of signification: The translator needs to be aware of the network of words that is formed throughout the text. Individually, these words may not be significant, but they add an underlying uniformity and sense to the text. Examples are augmentative suffixes in a Latin American text – jaulón (&amp;quot;large cage&amp;quot;), portón (&amp;quot;large door&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The destruction of linguistic patternings: While the ST may be systematic in its sentence constructions and patternings, translation tends to be &amp;quot;asystematic&amp;quot; (Berman 2012, 249). The translator often adopts a range of techniques, such as rationalization, clarification and expansion, all of which standardize the TT. This is actually a form of incoherence since standardization destroys the linguistic patterns and variations of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. The destruction of vernacular networks or their exoticization: This relates especially to local speech and language patterns which play an important role in establishing the setting of a novel. Examples would include the use of diminutives in Spanish, Portuguese, German and Russian or of Australian English terms and cultural items (outback, bush, dingo, wombat). There is severe loss if these are erased, yet the traditional solution of exoticizing some of these terms by, for example, placing them in italics, isolates them from the co-text. Alternatively, seeking a TL vernacular or slang equivalent to the SL is a ridiculous exoticization of the foreign. Such would be the case if an Australian farmer were made to speak Bavarian in a German translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. The destruction of expressions and idioms: Berman considers the replacement of an idiom or proverb by its TL &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; to be an &amp;quot;ethnocentrism&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;to play with &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; is to attack the discourse of the foreign work&amp;quot;, he says (Berman 2012, 251). Thus, an English idiom from Joseph Conrad containing the name of the well-known London mental health hospital Bedlam, should not be translated by Charenton, a similar French institution, since this would result in a TT that produces a new network of French cultural references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. The effacement of the superimposition of languages: By this, Berman means the way translation tends to erase traces of different forms of language that co-exist in the ST. These may be the mix of American English and varieties of Latin American Spanish in the work of new Latino/a writers, the blends of Anglo-Indian writing, the proliferation of language influences in Joyce's Finnegan's Wake, different sociolects and idiolects, and so on. Berman (2012, 251) considers this to be the &amp;quot;central problem&amp;quot; in the translation of novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130683</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130683"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T08:02:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics in Translation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130680</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130680"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T07:55:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira., and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1998). ''The Scandals of Translation: Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130678</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130678"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T07:52:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inghilleri, Moira and Maier, Carol. (2001). &amp;quot;Ethics&amp;quot; in ''Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies''. New York and London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Larkosh, Christopher. (2004). &amp;quot;Levinas, Latin American Thought and the Futures of Translational Ethics&amp;quot;. ''TTR: traduction, terminology, rédaction'' 17 (2): 27-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130674</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130674"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T07:48:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics in Translation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Venuti (1998, 27) insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the socio-cultural framework. Thus, he contests Toury's &amp;quot;scientific&amp;quot; descriptive model with its aim of producing &amp;quot;value-free&amp;quot; norms and laws of translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury's method must still turn to cultural theory in order to assess the significance of the data, to analyze the norms. Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas (Venuti 1998, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to governments and other politically motivated institutions, which may decide to censor or promote certain works, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole. Above all, these would be the publishers and editors who choose the works and commission the translations, pay the translators and often dictate the translation method. They also include the literary agents, marketing and sales teams and reviewers. The reviewers' comments indicate and to some extent determine how translations are read and received in the target culture. Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (Munday 2016, 224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much-discussed publications have been the essays of Antoine Berman and Lawrence Venuti that differ in some aspects but agree on the idea of emphasizing the differences between source and target language and culture when translating. Both are interested in how the &amp;quot;cultural other [...] can best preserve [...] that otherness&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 306). In more recent studies, scholars have applied Emmanuel Levinas' philosophical work on ethics and subjectivity on this issue (Larkosh 2004, 28). As his publications have been interpreted in different ways, various conclusions on his concept of ethical responsibility have been drawn from this. Some have come to the assumption that the idea of translation itself could be ethically doubtful, while others receive it as a call for considering the relationship between author or text and translator as more interpersonal, thus making it an equal and reciprocal process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel to these studies, the general recognition of the translator's responsibility has increased. More and more translators and interpreters are being seen as active participants in geopolitical conflicts, which raises the question of how to act ethically independent from their own identity or judgement. This leads to the conclusion that translating and interpreting cannot be considered solely as a process of language transfer, but also as socially and politically directed activities (Inghilleri and Maier 2001, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is general agreement on the need for an ethical code of practice providing some guiding principles to reduce uncertainties and improve professionalism, as having been stated in other disciplines (for example military medical ethics or legal ethics). However, as there is still no clear understanding of the concept of ethics in this field, opinions about the particular appearance of such a code vary considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130673</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130673"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T07:31:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Abstract */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the human yardsticks framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130672</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130672"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T07:25:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Newmark's Waiver on Ethics in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, still there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130657</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130657"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T05:00:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012, 65). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130655</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130655"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T04:59:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dukmak, W. (2012). &amp;quot;The Treatment of Cultural Items in the Translation of Children's Literature: The Case of Harry Potter in Arabic&amp;quot;. ''PhD thesis''. University of Leeds. United Kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian, Hu. (1993). &amp;quot;On the implausibility of equivalent response (Part IV)&amp;quot;. ''Meta'' 38 (3): 449–67. http://www.erudit.org/revue/meta/1993/v38/n3/003147ar.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130651</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130651"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T04:53:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's communicative translation which resembles Nida's dynamic equivalence may result in contradiction with natural equivalence. Qian Hu (1993, 465) gives an example of the effect of word order in Chinese and English in the words animal, vegetable, mineral and monster. The closest Chinese equivalents are dòng wù, zhí wù, kuàng wù and guài wù. These all happen to contain the character wù, meaning &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; (thus, dòng wù means &amp;quot;moving object&amp;quot;, hence animal). If these Chinese equivalents are chosen, such an unintended cohesive link would lead to what Qian Hu terms &amp;quot;overtranslation&amp;quot;. Qian Hu also discusses cultural references, and the argument recalls the kind of criticism that has surrounded a notorious example where Nida's dynamic equivalence and Newmark's communicative translation consider that give one another a hearty handshake all round quite naturally translates the early Christian greet one another with a holy kiss. While some may feel the loss of the source culture term or custom, such cultural adaptation is far from unusual. It is witnessed, for example, by Arabic translations of Harry Potter that translate &amp;quot;she kissed him on the cheek&amp;quot; by she waved at him and said &amp;quot;Good-bye, Harry&amp;quot; (Dukmak 2012). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130637</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130637"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T04:00:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Abstract */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s &amp;quot;Approaches to Translation&amp;quot;. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130602</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130602"/>
		<updated>2021-12-09T03:23:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 03:23, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130394</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130394"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T18:19:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The Linguistic and Communicative Stages in Translation Theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130393</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130393"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T18:17:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). ''The linguistic and communicative stages in translation theory''. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130391</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130391"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T18:14:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Hunan Normal University, China &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021, 2) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou 2013, 4).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections (Panou 2013, 4). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016, 71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida (1964, 230)'s terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Text (ST) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot; (Newmark 1997, 76). In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A Critical Evaluation of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler 2021, 3). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Thus, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal or free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto Woesler 2021, xv).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 2-3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto and Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 2-3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. Venuti (in Munday 2016, 229) states that they can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually lead to overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021, 1-5) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moratto, Riccardo., and Woesler, Martin. (2021). ''New Frontiers in Translation Studies''. Singapore: Springer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application (4th ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene, A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1977). &amp;quot;Communicative and Semantic Translation&amp;quot;. ''Babel'' 23 (4): 163-180. Fédération Internationale des Traducteurs (FIT) Revue Babel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1981). ''Approaches to Translation''. Oxford and New York: Pergamon, republished 2001 by Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York and London: Prentice Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1997). &amp;quot;The Customer as King&amp;quot;. ''Current Issues in Language and Society'' 4 (1): 75–77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2009). &amp;quot;The linguistic and communicative stages in translation theory&amp;quot;. in J. Munday (ed.). 20–35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. (2013). &amp;quot;Equivalence in Translation Theories: A Critical Evaluation&amp;quot;. ''Theory and Practice in Language Studies'' 3 (1): 1-6. Academy Publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (2014). ''Exploring Translation Theories (2nd ed.)''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, Lawrence. (2008). ''The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2021). Ending the &amp;quot;100‐schools&amp;quot; dispute between translation theories by integrating them and measuring the &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot;. ''International Symposium on Translation Communication 2021''. Hunan: Hunan Normal University.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130333</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130333"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T16:41:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler, 2021). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. They can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture (Munday 2016, 229).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark's papers and works have been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. Yet Newmark departs from Nida’s receptor-oriented line. He feels that the success of equivalent effect is &amp;quot;illusory&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;the conflict of loyalties, the gap between emphasis on source and target language, will always remain as the overriding problem in translation theory and practice&amp;quot;(Newmark 1981, 38). Newmark affirmed his belief that &amp;quot;translation is a noble, truth-seeking activity, and that it should normally be accurate&amp;quot; (1997, 77). In taking that stance, Newmark was certainly traditionalist and willfully unsophisticated, not to say technically wrong. Furthermore, Newmark suggests narrowing the gap by replacing the old terms with those of &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;communicative&amp;quot; translation which actually create overabundance of terminology to some extent. Besides, in this twenty-first century, Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. Eventually, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; suggested by Woesler (2021) comes to integrate all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process to meet the demands of the twenty-first century translation. Some fundamental ways to reach appropriate translation are also offered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130318</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130318"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T16:19:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler, 2021). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter's standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti's general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. They can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture (Munday 2016, 229).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130317</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130317"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T16:17:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler, 2021). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
Appropriateness Theory uses existing theories and adds additional criteria like ethics, seeing the whole picture to reach appropriateness (Woesler 2021, 1). The Appropriateness Theory is complex and shows us that a Code of Ethics needs to be established. Here are some fundamental questions for appropriateness which actually leads us to fundamental ethical questions: &lt;br /&gt;
1. should you report things you overheard from the foreign negotiation team to your own team to enhance your own team's chances?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. is it appropriate to take over the role of a negotiation participant when you were hired for interpreting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. what implications does it have about the foreign country's leader, when he laughs about the interpreter’s standard joke, but the country leader of the source language thinks he laughed about his racist joke?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. is it appropriate to translate propaganda and to interpret for a dictator?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. is it appropriate to translate the order &amp;quot;Feuer!&amp;quot; [Shoot!] into French if the French collaborating soldiers would commit a crime against humanity when they understood and executed the order?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. what responsibilities do interpreters and translators have? &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In addition to fundamental questions for appropriateness, Venuti’s general premises about foreignizing and domesticating translation practices, and about the invisibility of the translator and the relative power of the publisher and the translator, can be useful to reach appropriate translation. They can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. comparing ST and TT linguistically for signs of foreignizing and domesticating practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. interviewing the translators about their strategies and/or researching what the translators say they are doing, their correspondence with the authors and the different drafts of a translation if available;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. interviewing the publishers, editors and agents to see what their aims are in publishing translations, how they choose which books to translate and what instructions they give to translators;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. looking at how many books are translated and sold, which ones are chosen and into which languages, and how trends vary over time;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. looking at the kind of translation contracts that are made and how ‘visible’ the translator is in the final product;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. seeing how literally ‘visible’ the fact of translation is, looking at the packaging of the text, the appearance or otherwise of the translator’s name on the title page, the copyright assignation, translators’ prefaces, correspondence, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. analyzing the reviews of a translation, author or period. The aim would be to see what mentions are made of the translators (are they &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot;?) and by what criteria reviewers (and the literary &amp;quot;élite&amp;quot;) judge translations at a given time and in a given culture (Munday 2016, 229).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130283</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130283"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T15:44:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler, 2021). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. It is as requested by Mary Snell-Hornby in 1988 that all theories need to be seen together as one (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021, xv). Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the Appropriateness Theory goes beyond the previous theories that measure the correctness of a translation by the content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator and reader. Here, an overall assessment is asked for, in which the principal, the equivalence in the source and the target culture or the effect in the target culture are no longer a measure of translation quality. These translations must also be measured against even more general, human yardsticks. And this is where human dignity and ethics come into play (Woesler 2021, 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130150</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130150"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T13:51:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Key words */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler, 2021). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130136</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130136"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T13:44:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* Key words */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, Appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler, 2021). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130059</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130059"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T12:12:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. Discussion of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler, 2021). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will deliberately translate the joke as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmark's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130058</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130058"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T12:10:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. Discussion of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators ethically stand above ideologies or other discrimination and do not contribute to human rights violations (Woesler, 2021). The case is, for example, translating a racist joke. Ethically, a translator should think critically this question: &amp;quot;Is it appropriate to tell a standard joke in the target language when the country leader has told a racist joke in the source language?&amp;quot;. If the translator or interpreter does not pay attention to the code of ethics, he will translate the joke deliberately as it is without considering the effect on the target reader or listener. In fact, this practice is semantically or communicatively acceptable, but it is not appropriate as it contains discrimination which leads to human right violations. In conclusion, it would be ethically reprehensible and might be correct for the principal under the Newmar's theory, but not under the Appropriateness theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130047</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130047"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T11:40:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. Discussion of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics cannot be neglected in translation as they have significant output in the end. They relate to choices made by the translator in order to expand the receiving culture's range. It is stated by Venutti (2008, 19) in his dichotomy that the terms &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally ethical attitudes towards a foreign text and culture, ethical effects produced by the choice of a text for translation and by the strategy devised to translate it, whereas the terms like &amp;quot;fluency&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; indicate fundamentally discursive features of translation strategies in relation to the reader's cognitive processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130028</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=130028"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T11:04:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. Discussion of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Newmark mentions appropriateness (see the table above) as the parameter of semantic and communicative translation, but unfortunately it limits only on the levels of content, semantics, grammar, situation of the principal, translator, and reader. In fact, this twenty-first century translation demands beyond those levels. It is stated by Woesler (2021, 3) that the translation concern should be broadened to the human yardsticks, that is to say human dignity and ethics come into play. Not to say that Newmark doesn't concern about ethics at all in translation. He indeed mentions it, but unfortunately there is no practical guidelines on how ethics have role in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=129978</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=129978"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T10:34:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. Discussion of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida's dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida's formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark's semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combines a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation, his terms semantic translation and communicative translation have generally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark's relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the importance of the target text reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House's pair of &amp;quot;overt&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;covert&amp;quot; translation in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981, 52) and considers communicative translation to be &amp;quot;identical&amp;quot; to Nida's functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009, 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the &amp;quot;pre-linguistics era&amp;quot; of translation studies: translations are &amp;quot;smooth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;awkward&amp;quot;, while translation itself is an &amp;quot;art&amp;quot; (if semantic) or a &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot; (if communicative) (Munday 2016, 73). Nevertheless, the large number of examples in Newmark's work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse, he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between &amp;quot;social, non-literary&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;authoritative and serious&amp;quot; translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=129972</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=129972"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T10:11:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. Discussion of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida’s dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida’s formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark indicates that semantic translation differs from literal translation in that it &amp;quot;respects context&amp;quot;, interprets and even explains (metaphors, for instance). On the opposite, literal translation means word-for-word in its extreme version and, even in its weaker form, sticks very closely to ST lexis and syntax. Importantly, as long as equivalent effect is achieved, Newmark holds literal translation to be the best approach. In communicative as in semantic translation, provided that equivalent effect is secured, the literal word-for-word translation is not only the best, it is the only valid method of translation(Newmark 1981, 39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison of Newmark’s semantic and communicative translation can be seen in the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark's idea has illuminated &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
terms semantic translation and communicative translation have gener- ally received far less discussion than Nida’s formal and dynamic equivalence. This may be because, despite Newmark’s relevant criticisms of equivalent effect, they raise some of the same points concerning the translation process and the impor- tance of the TT reader. One of the difficulties encountered by translation studies in systematically following up advances in theory may indeed be partly attributable to the overabundance of terminology. Newmark himself, for instance, defines Juliane House’s pair of ‘overt’ and ‘covert’ translation (see Chapter 6) in terms of his own semantic and communicative translation (Newmark 1981: 52) and considers communicative translation to be ‘identical’ to Nida’s functional or dynamic equivalence (Newmark 2009: 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark has been criticized for his strong prescriptivism, and the language of his evaluations still bears traces of what he himself called the ‘pre-linguistics era’ of translation studies: translations are ‘smooth’ or ‘awkward’, while transla- tion itself is an ‘art’ (if semantic) or a ‘craft’ (if communicative). Nonetheless, the large number of examples in Newmark’s work provide ample guidance and advice for the trainee, and many of the questions he tackles are of important practical relevance to translation. It should also be noted that in his later discourse (e.g. Pedrola 1999, Newmark 2009: 34), he emphasized the aesthetic principles of writing, the difference between ‘social, non-literary’ and ‘authoritative and serious’ translation and an ethical and truth-seeking function for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=129890</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=129890"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T05:11:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. Discussion of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
The description of communicative translation looks like Nida’s dynamic equivalence in the effect it is trying to create on the TL reader, while semantic translation has been almost the same as Nida’s formal equivalence. Nevertheless, Newmark distances himself from the full principle of equivalent effect, since that effect &amp;quot;is inoperative if the text is out of TL space and time&amp;quot; (Newmark 1981, 69). An example would be a modern British English translation of Homer. No modern translator, irrespective of the TL, can possibly hope or expect to produce the same effect on the reader of the written TL as the oral SL had on its listeners in ancient Greece. Newmark (1981, 51) also raises further questions concerning the readers to whom Nida directs his dynamic equivalence, asking if they are &amp;quot;to be handed everything on a plate&amp;quot;, with everything explained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=129886</id>
		<title>Creat App Theo EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Creat_App_Theo_EN_2&amp;diff=129886"/>
		<updated>2021-12-08T05:04:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Asep Budiman: /* 2. Discussion of Newmark's Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[App_Theo|Overview Page of Appropriateness Theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Creat_App_Theo_EN_1]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_2]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_3]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_4]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_5]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_6]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_7]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_8]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_9]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_10]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_11]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_12]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_13]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_14]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_15]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_16]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_17]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_18]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_19]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_20]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_21]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_22]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_23]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_24]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_25]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_26]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_27]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_28]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_29]] [[Creat_App_Theo_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revisiting Newmark's Theory of Translation: To What Extent Is It Appropriate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Asep Budiman, Student no. 202111080020 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main problems of translating has often been whether to translate literally or freely. This dispute has been going on since at least the first century BC. Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, many writers favored some kind of &amp;quot;free&amp;quot; translation: the spirit, not the letter; the sense not the words; the message rather than the form; the matter not the manner. This was the revolutionary slogan of writers who wanted the truth to be read and comprehended. At the twentieth century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that language was entirely the product of culture, the translation must be as literal as possible. This resulted in confusion among translators when translating a text, not until they were illuminated by Peter Newmark’s Approaches to Translation. Newmark's idea has been widely used on translator training courses and combine a wealth of practical examples of linguistic theories of meaning with practical applications for translation. However, in this twenty-first century where translation becomes more complex (e.g. political agenda), Newmark's theory seems to have deficiency as it does not pay attention to the role of the translators. Therefore, the translation theory needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven of the socio-cultural framework. The aim of the present paper is to provide a critical evaluation of Newmark's theory of translation and to suggest a new theory. It is concluded that the Newmark's theory lacks some important criteria to really reach appropriate translation in some cases. Finally, the &amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; proposed by Woesler (2021) comes to perfect the previous theories and to meet the demands of this twenty-first century translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's translation theory, 21st century translation, appropriateness theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is one of the most influential theorists of translation. He is also one of the founders of the Institute of Linguists and a fervent advocate for the professionalization of translators (Panou, 2013).  Newmark was once professor of Translation and dean of the School of Modern Languages at the Royal Polytechnic Institution (now the University of Westminster). He taught the theory and practice of translation between German and English, and later taught at the University of Surrey. His opinions on translation theory were mostly reflected in papers published between the 1970s and 1990s, some of which were compiled into collections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approaches to Translation, his most important work, was published in 1981, some of his other works includes About Translation, 1991, Paragraphs on translation, 1993, More paragraphs on Translation, 1998 and A Textbook of Translation, 1988. Newmark’s works involve a wide range of problems, and their contents are numerous and complex. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation. By describing the ideas of various schools, he extensively discussed the relationship between translation and other disciplines, putting forward his own views on this basis (Munday 2016,71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's works do not aim to promote any monolithic translation theory but rather attempt to describe a basis for dealing with problems encountered during the translation process. More specifically, Newmark replaces Nida's terms of formal and dynamic equivalence with semantic and  communicative translation respectively. The major difference between the two types of translation proposed by Newmark is that semantic translation focuses on meaning whereas communicative translation concentrates on effect. In other words, semantic translation looks back at the Source Language (SL) and tries to retain its characteristics as much as possible. Its nature is more complex, detailed and there is also a tendency to over-translate. On the other hand, communicative translation looks towards the needs of the addressees, thus trying to satisfy them as much as possible (Pym 2014, 93). In this respect, communicative translation tends to under-translate; to be smoother, more direct and easier to read. Hence, in semantic translation a great emphasis is placed on the author of the original text whereas communicative translation is meant to serve a larger readership. It should be pointed out that during the translation process, communicative translation need not be employed exclusively over semantic or vice versa. It may well be the case in a literary text that a particular sentence requires communicative translation whereas another sentence from the same text may require a semantic one. Therefore, the two methods of translation may be used in parallel, with varying focuses where each is employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Newmark's Semantic and Communicative Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark (1916–2011) tackled the notion of equivalence by asking if a translation should try to remain as close as possible to the source language or if it should, instead, aim to be free and idiomatic. He called these two approaches semantic translation and communicative translation respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Semantic Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation differs from &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; only in as far as it must take more account of the aesthetic value (that is, the beautiful and natural sounds of the Source Language (SL) text, compromising on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; where appropriate so that no assonance, word-play or repetition jars in the finished version. Further, it may translate less important cultural words by culturally neutral third or functional terms but not by cultural equivalents. The distinction  between &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; translation is that the first is uncompromising and dogmatic, while the second is more flexible, admits the creative exception to 100% fidelity and allows for the translator's intuitive empathy with the original (Newmark 1988, 46). The semantic kind of translation would look back to the formal values of the start text and retain them as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is readable but remains with the original culture and assists the reader only in its connotations if they constitute the essential message of the text. It tends to be more complex, more awkward, more detailed, and tends to over-translate, that is more specific than the original in transferring nuances of meaning. Semantic translation relates to the word or the word-group (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the sample of the semantic translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''dog that bites or savage dog''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''walking on the turf is forbidden'' or ''It is forbidden to walk on the turf.'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''My family has four people''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Communicative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original (Newmark 1981, 39).  It must emphasize the force rather than the content of the message. It is likely to be smoother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, tending to under-translate, that means using more generic terms in difficult passages. Communicative translation relates to the sentence (Newmark 1981, 60).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communicative translation would look forward to the needs of the new addressee, adapting to their needs as much as necessary. Newmark’s preferences tend to lie on the &amp;quot;semantic&amp;quot; side, especially with respect to what he terms &amp;quot;authoritative texts&amp;quot;. In theory, however, translators can choose whether to render one aspect or another. There is no necessary assumption of just one &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; equivalent, and the result is a generally directional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the sample of the communicative translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(German) ''bissiger hund'' and (French) ''chien méchant'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''beware of the dog!''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(French) ''défense de marchér sur le gazon''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be simply translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''keep off the grass'' (Newmark 1977, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese) ''我家有四口人''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
would be translated into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(English) ''There are four people in my family''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Discussion of Newmark's Work ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Newmark.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Appropriateness Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Principle of Appropriateness Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Appropriateness Theory&amp;quot; is the ultimate theory of all translation theories. There may be various answers to the question of appropriateness in different times and from different actors, perspectives, disciplines, etc. (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler, 2021). An evaluation of the appropriateness of a translation can only be relative and never absolute. Hence, it is necessary to establish a system of evaluation, valuing the different aspects such as the function of the text, loyalty to the author, the ideals of literal/free translation, and how far a translation can &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the target language (Moratto &amp;amp; Woesler 2021).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation and interpreting theories can each explain particularly well individual aspects of translation processes and the creation of target texts. This allows the existing theories to be used eclectically. In addition, the eclectic use must be supplemented with an enrichment by the final judgment possibility of all theories on super-ordinate categories such as ethics and human dignity in the form of the theory of &amp;quot;appropriateness&amp;quot; (Woesler 2021, 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the appropriateness theory, however, a line of conflict arises with regard to the user's being at the mercy of the principal, both of whom may pursue different interests. Appropriateness theory, as an integrative theory, accepts all existing translation theories for certain aspects of the translation process. Furthermore, it poses the question to what extent a translation can be called &amp;quot;appropriate&amp;quot; in certain sub‐aspects and as a whole (Woesler 2021, 5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Suggested Ways to Reach Appropriateness====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Asep Budiman</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>